pkgsrc binary packages.
rationale:
. pkg_install (which is the pkg_* tools) is entangled with pkgsrc,
not with minix, so tracking it from pkgsrc (easier than with
base system) makes more sense
. simplifies upstreaming minix specific changes for pkg_* tools
. reduce pkgsrc-in-basesystem maintenance burden
truncate tsort ttt tty udpstat umount uname unexpand \
uniq unstack update uud uue version vol wc \
whereis which who write writeisofs fetch \
- xargs yacc yes zdump zic zmodem pkg_install pkgin_cd \
+ xargs yacc yes zdump zic zmodem pkgin_cd \
mktemp
.if ${ARCH} == "i386"
+++ /dev/null
-SUBDIR= lib add admin bpm create delete info
-
-.include <bsd.subdir.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-.include <bsd.own.mk>
-
-BINDIR= /usr/sbin
-# These have to be passed as strings to the c files.
-PKG_LOG_DIR= \"/usr/var/db/pkg\"
-PKG_SYCONFDIR= \"/etc\"
-PKG_OPSYS_NAME= \"Minix\"
-PKG_MACHINE_ARCH= \"${ARCH}\"
-PKG_BINDIR= \"${BINDIR}\"
-CPPFLAGS+= -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -D_MINIX -D_POSIX_SOURCE
-CPPFLAGS+= -DDEF_LOG_DIR=${PKG_LOG_DIR}
-CPPFLAGS+= -DSYSCONFDIR=${PKG_SYCONFDIR}
-CPPFLAGS+= -DMACHINE_ARCH=${PKG_MACHINE_ARCH}
-CPPFLAGS+= -DOPSYS_NAME=${PKG_OPSYS_NAME}
-CPPFLAGS+= -DBINDIR=${PKG_BINDIR}
-
-CPPFLAGS+= -I../ -I../lib
-
-LDFLAGS+= -L../lib
-LDADD= -linstall -lfetch -larchive -lz -lbz2 -lutil
+++ /dev/null
-# $NetBSD: README,v 1.9 2007/07/16 09:57:56 joerg Exp $
-# Original from FreeBSD, no rcs id.
-
-This is the pkg_install suite of tools for doing maintainance of
-software "packages". More documentation is available in the man pages
-for each individual command.
-
-This code was written by Jordan Hubbard for FreeBSD, snatched and
-mildly reshaped by John Kohl in NetBSD and the changes taken back into
-FreeBSD again by Jordan, who then proceeded to add another couple
-of dozen features on top. Whee! :-)
-
-In another round of enhancements, NetBSD changes were added by
-Alistair Crooks, Hubert Feyrer, Thorsten Frueauf, Rene Hexel,
-Christian E. Hopps, Thomas Klausner, Johnny Lam, Matthias Scheler and
-Adrian Portelli.
-
-When making snapshots, please modify PKGTOOLS_VERSION in lib/version.h
-to that day's date.
-
-pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install is the canonical location for these sources.
+++ /dev/null
-PROG= pkg_add
-
-SRCS= main.c perform.c
-
-.include "../Makefile.inc"
-.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: add.h,v 1.18 2010/01/30 20:09:34 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/* from FreeBSD Id: add.h,v 1.8 1997/02/22 16:09:15 peter Exp */
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Include and define various things wanted by the add command.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef _INST_ADD_H_INCLUDE
-#define _INST_ADD_H_INCLUDE
-
-extern char *Destdir;
-extern char *OverrideMachine;
-extern char *Prefix;
-extern char *View;
-extern char *Viewbase;
-extern Boolean NoView;
-extern Boolean NoInstall;
-extern Boolean NoRecord;
-extern Boolean Force;
-extern Boolean Automatic;
-extern int LicenseCheck;
-extern int Replace;
-extern int ReplaceSame;
-
-extern Boolean ForceDepends;
-
-int make_hierarchy(char *);
-void apply_perms(char *, char **, int);
-
-int pkg_perform(lpkg_head_t *);
-
-#endif /* _INST_ADD_H_INCLUDE */
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.26 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.26 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- *
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * This is the add module.
- *
- */
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "add.h"
-
-static char Options[] = "AC:IK:LP:RVW:fhm:np:t:Uuvw:";
-
-char *Destdir = NULL;
-char *OverrideMachine = NULL;
-char *Prefix = NULL;
-char *View = NULL;
-char *Viewbase = NULL;
-Boolean NoView = FALSE;
-Boolean NoInstall = FALSE;
-Boolean NoRecord = FALSE;
-Boolean Automatic = FALSE;
-Boolean ForceDepends = FALSE;
-
-int LicenseCheck = 0;
-int Replace = 0;
-int ReplaceSame = 0;
-
-static void
-usage(void)
-{
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n",
- "usage: pkg_add [-AfhILnRuVv] [-C config] [-P destdir] [-K pkg_dbdir]",
- " [-m machine] [-p prefix] [-s verification-type",
- " [-W viewbase] [-w view]\n",
- " [[ftp|http]://[user[:password]@]host[:port]][/path/]pkg-name ...");
- exit(1);
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int ch, error=0;
- lpkg_head_t pkgs;
-
- setprogname(argv[0]);
- while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, Options)) != -1) {
- switch (ch) {
- case 'A':
- Automatic = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'C':
- config_file = optarg;
-
- case 'P':
- Destdir = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'f':
- Force = TRUE;
- ForceDepends = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'I':
- NoInstall = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'K':
- pkgdb_set_dir(optarg, 3);
- break;
-
- case 'L':
- NoView = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'R':
- NoRecord = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'm':
- OverrideMachine = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- Fake = TRUE;
- Verbose = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'p':
- Prefix = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'U':
- ReplaceSame = 1;
- Replace = 1;
- break;
-
- case 'u':
- Replace = 1;
- break;
-
- case 'V':
- show_version();
- /* NOTREACHED */
-
- case 'v':
- Verbose = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'W':
- Viewbase = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'w':
- View = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'h':
- case '?':
- default:
- usage();
- break;
- }
- }
- argc -= optind;
- argv += optind;
-
- pkg_install_config();
-
- if (Destdir != NULL) {
- char *pkgdbdir;
-
- pkgdbdir = xasprintf("%s/%s", Destdir, config_pkg_dbdir);
- pkgdb_set_dir(pkgdbdir, 4);
- free(pkgdbdir);
- }
-
- process_pkg_path();
- TAILQ_INIT(&pkgs);
-
- if (argc == 0) {
- /* If no packages, yelp */
- warnx("missing package name(s)");
- usage();
- }
-
- if (strcasecmp(do_license_check, "no") == 0)
- LicenseCheck = 0;
- else if (strcasecmp(do_license_check, "yes") == 0)
- LicenseCheck = 1;
- else if (strcasecmp(do_license_check, "always") == 0)
- LicenseCheck = 2;
- else
- errx(1, "Unknown value of the configuration variable"
- "CHECK_LICENSE");
-
- if (LicenseCheck)
- load_license_lists();
-
- /* Get all the remaining package names, if any */
- for (; argc > 0; --argc, ++argv) {
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- if (IS_STDIN(*argv))
- lpp = alloc_lpkg("-");
- else
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(*argv);
-
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- }
-
- error += pkg_perform(&pkgs);
- if (error != 0) {
- warnx("%d package addition%s failed", error, error == 1 ? "" : "s");
- exit(1);
- }
- exit(0);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: perform.c,v 1.97 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $ */
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: perform.c,v 1.97 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2003 Grant Beattie <grant@NetBSD.org>
- * Copyright (c) 2005 Dieter Baron <dillo@NetBSD.org>
- * Copyright (c) 2007 Roland Illig <rillig@NetBSD.org>
- * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifdef __minix
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/utsname.h>
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <errno.h>
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include <archive.h>
-#include <archive_entry.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "add.h"
-#include "version.h"
-
-struct pkg_meta {
- char *meta_contents;
- char *meta_comment;
- char *meta_desc;
- char *meta_mtree;
- char *meta_build_version;
- char *meta_build_info;
- char *meta_size_pkg;
- char *meta_size_all;
- char *meta_required_by;
- char *meta_display;
- char *meta_install;
- char *meta_deinstall;
- char *meta_preserve;
- char *meta_views;
- char *meta_installed_info;
-};
-
-struct pkg_task {
- char *pkgname;
-
- const char *prefix;
- char *install_prefix;
-
- char *logdir;
- char *install_logdir;
- char *install_logdir_real;
- char *other_version;
-
- package_t plist;
-
- struct pkg_meta meta_data;
-
- struct archive *archive;
- struct archive_entry *entry;
-
- char *buildinfo[BI_ENUM_COUNT];
-
- size_t dep_length, dep_allocated;
- char **dependencies;
-};
-
-static const struct pkg_meta_desc {
- size_t entry_offset;
- const char *entry_filename;
- int required_file;
- mode_t perm;
-} pkg_meta_descriptors[] = {
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_contents), CONTENTS_FNAME, 1, 0644 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_comment), COMMENT_FNAME, 1, 0444},
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_desc), DESC_FNAME, 1, 0444},
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_install), INSTALL_FNAME, 0, 0555 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_deinstall), DEINSTALL_FNAME, 0, 0555 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_display), DISPLAY_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_mtree), MTREE_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_build_version), BUILD_VERSION_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_build_info), BUILD_INFO_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_size_pkg), SIZE_PKG_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_size_all), SIZE_ALL_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_preserve), PRESERVE_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_views), VIEWS_FNAME, 0, 0444 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_required_by), REQUIRED_BY_FNAME, 0, 0644 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_installed_info), INSTALLED_INFO_FNAME, 0, 0644 },
- { 0, NULL, 0, 0 },
-};
-
-struct dependency_stack {
- struct dependency_stack *prev;
- const char *pkgpath;
-};
-
-static int pkg_do(const char *, int, int, struct dependency_stack *);
-
-static int
-mkdir_p(const char *path)
-{
- char *p, *cur_end;
- int done;
-
- /*
- * Handle the easy case of direct success or
- * pre-existing directory first.
- */
- if (mkdir(path, 0777) == 0 || errno == EEXIST)
- return 0;
- if (errno != ENOENT)
- return -1;
-
- cur_end = p = xstrdup(path);
-
- for (;;) {
- /*
- * First skip leading slashes either from / or
- * from the last iteration.
- */
- cur_end += strspn(cur_end, "/");
- /* Find end of actual directory name. */
- cur_end += strcspn(cur_end, "/");
-
- /*
- * Remember if this is the last component and
- * overwrite / if needed.
- */
- done = (*cur_end == '\0');
- *cur_end = '\0';
-
- /*
- * ENOENT can only happen if something else races us,
- * in which case we should better give up.
- */
- if (mkdir(p, 0777) == -1 && errno != EEXIST) {
- free(p);
- return -1;
- }
- if (done)
- break;
- *cur_end = '/';
- }
-
- free(p);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Read meta data from archive.
- * Bail out if a required entry is missing or entries are in the wrong order.
- */
-static int
-read_meta_data(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- const struct pkg_meta_desc *descr, *last_descr;
- const char *fname;
- char **target;
-#ifndef __minix
- int64_t size;
-#else
- ssize_t size;
-#endif
- int r, found_required;
-
- found_required = 0;
-
- r = ARCHIVE_OK;
- last_descr = 0;
-
- if (pkg->entry != NULL)
- goto skip_header;
-
- for (;;) {
- r = archive_read_next_header(pkg->archive, &pkg->entry);
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK)
- break;
-skip_header:
- fname = archive_entry_pathname(pkg->entry);
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename;
- ++descr) {
- if (strcmp(descr->entry_filename, fname) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (descr->entry_filename == NULL)
- break;
-
- if (descr->required_file)
- ++found_required;
-
- target = (char **)((char *)&pkg->meta_data +
- descr->entry_offset);
- if (*target) {
- warnx("duplicate entry, package corrupt");
- return -1;
- }
- if (descr < last_descr) {
- warnx("misordered package");
- return -1;
- }
- last_descr = descr;
-
- size = archive_entry_size(pkg->entry);
-/*
- if (size > SSIZE_MAX - 1) {
- warnx("package meta data too large to process");
- return -1;
- }
-*/
- *target = xmalloc(size + 1);
- if (archive_read_data(pkg->archive, *target, size) != size) {
- warnx("cannot read package meta data");
- return -1;
- }
- (*target)[size] = '\0';
- }
-
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK)
- pkg->entry = NULL;
- if (r == ARCHIVE_EOF)
- r = ARCHIVE_OK;
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename; ++descr) {
- if (descr->required_file)
- --found_required;
- }
-
- return !found_required && r == ARCHIVE_OK ? 0 : -1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Free meta data.
- */
-static void
-free_meta_data(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- const struct pkg_meta_desc *descr;
- char **target;
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename; ++descr) {
- target = (char **)((char *)&pkg->meta_data +
- descr->entry_offset);
- free(*target);
- *target = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Parse PLIST and populate pkg.
- */
-static int
-pkg_parse_plist(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- plist_t *p;
-
- parse_plist(&pkg->plist, pkg->meta_data.meta_contents);
- if ((p = find_plist(&pkg->plist, PLIST_NAME)) == NULL) {
- warnx("Invalid PLIST: missing @name");
- return -1;
- }
- if (pkg->pkgname == NULL)
- pkg->pkgname = xstrdup(p->name);
- else if (strcmp(pkg->pkgname, p->name) != 0) {
- warnx("Signature and PLIST differ on package name");
- return -1;
- }
- if ((p = find_plist(&pkg->plist, PLIST_CWD)) == NULL) {
- warnx("Invalid PLIST: missing @cwd");
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (Prefix != NULL &&
- strcmp(p->name, Prefix) != 0) {
- size_t len;
-
- delete_plist(&pkg->plist, FALSE, PLIST_CWD, NULL);
- add_plist_top(&pkg->plist, PLIST_CWD, Prefix);
- free(pkg->meta_data.meta_contents);
- stringify_plist(&pkg->plist, &pkg->meta_data.meta_contents, &len,
- Prefix);
- pkg->prefix = Prefix;
- } else
- pkg->prefix = p->name;
-
- if (Destdir != NULL)
- pkg->install_prefix = xasprintf("%s/%s", Destdir, pkg->prefix);
- else
- pkg->install_prefix = xstrdup(pkg->prefix);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Helper function to extract value from a string of the
- * form key=value ending at eol.
- */
-static char *
-dup_value(const char *line, const char *eol)
-{
- const char *key;
- char *val;
-
- key = strchr(line, '=');
- val = xmalloc(eol - key);
- memcpy(val, key + 1, eol - key - 1);
- val[eol - key - 1] = '\0';
- return val;
-}
-
-static int
-check_already_installed(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- char *filename;
- int fd;
-
- filename = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg->pkgname, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY);
- free(filename);
- if (fd == -1)
- return 1;
-
- if (ReplaceSame) {
- struct stat sb;
-
- pkg->install_logdir_real = pkg->install_logdir;
- pkg->install_logdir = xasprintf("%s.xxxxxx", pkg->install_logdir);
- if (stat(pkg->install_logdir, &sb) == 0) {
- warnx("package `%s' already has a temporary update "
- "directory `%s', remove it manually",
- pkg->pkgname, pkg->install_logdir);
- return -1;
- }
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (Force)
- return 1;
-
- /* We can only arrive here for explicitly requested packages. */
- if (!Automatic && is_automatic_installed(pkg->pkgname)) {
- if (Fake ||
- mark_as_automatic_installed(pkg->pkgname, 0) == 0)
- warnx("package `%s' was already installed as "
- "dependency, now marked as installed "
- "manually", pkg->pkgname);
- } else {
- warnx("package `%s' already recorded as installed",
- pkg->pkgname);
- }
- close(fd);
- return 0;
-
-}
-
-static int
-check_other_installed(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- FILE *f, *f_pkg;
- size_t len;
- char *pkgbase, *iter, *filename;
- package_t plist;
- plist_t *p;
- int status;
-
- if (pkg->install_logdir_real) {
- pkg->other_version = xstrdup(pkg->pkgname);
- return 0;
- }
-
- pkgbase = xstrdup(pkg->pkgname);
-
- if ((iter = strrchr(pkgbase, '-')) == NULL) {
- free(pkgbase);
- warnx("Invalid package name %s", pkg->pkgname);
- return -1;
- }
- *iter = '\0';
- pkg->other_version = find_best_matching_installed_pkg(pkgbase);
- free(pkgbase);
- if (pkg->other_version == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- if (!Replace) {
- /* XXX This is redundant to the implicit conflict check. */
- warnx("A different version of %s is already installed: %s",
- pkg->pkgname, pkg->other_version);
- return -1;
- }
-
- filename = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg->other_version, REQUIRED_BY_FNAME);
- errno = 0;
- f = fopen(filename, "r");
- free(filename);
- if (f == NULL) {
- if (errno == ENOENT) {
- /* No packages depend on this, so everything is well. */
- return 0;
- }
- warnx("Can't open +REQUIRED_BY of %s", pkg->other_version);
- return -1;
- }
-
- status = 0;
-
- while ((iter = fgetln(f, &len)) != NULL) {
- if (iter[len - 1] == '\n')
- iter[len - 1] = '\0';
- filename = pkgdb_pkg_file(iter, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- if ((f_pkg = fopen(filename, "r")) == NULL) {
- warnx("Can't open +CONTENTS of depending package %s",
- iter);
- fclose(f);
- return -1;
- }
- read_plist(&plist, f_pkg);
- fclose(f_pkg);
- for (p = plist.head; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_IGNORE) {
- p = p->next;
- continue;
- } else if (p->type != PLIST_PKGDEP)
- continue;
- /*
- * XXX This is stricter than necessary.
- * XXX One pattern might be fulfilled by
- * XXX a different package and still need this
- * XXX one for a different pattern.
- */
- if (pkg_match(p->name, pkg->other_version) == 0)
- continue;
- if (pkg_match(p->name, pkg->pkgname) == 1)
- continue; /* Both match, ok. */
- warnx("Dependency of %s fulfilled by %s, but not by %s",
- iter, pkg->other_version, pkg->pkgname);
- if (!Force)
- status = -1;
- break;
- }
- free_plist(&plist);
- }
-
- fclose(f);
-
- return status;
-}
-
-/*
- * Read package build information from meta data.
- */
-static int
-read_buildinfo(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- const char *data, *eol, *next_line;
-
- data = pkg->meta_data.meta_build_info;
-
- for (; data != NULL && *data != '\0'; data = next_line) {
- if ((eol = strchr(data, '\n')) == NULL) {
- eol = data + strlen(data);
- next_line = eol;
- } else
- next_line = eol + 1;
-
- if (strncmp(data, "OPSYS=", 6) == 0)
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_OPSYS] = dup_value(data, eol);
- else if (strncmp(data, "OS_VERSION=", 11) == 0)
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_OS_VERSION] = dup_value(data, eol);
- else if (strncmp(data, "MACHINE_ARCH=", 13) == 0)
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_MACHINE_ARCH] = dup_value(data, eol);
- else if (strncmp(data, "IGNORE_RECOMMENDED=", 19) == 0)
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_IGNORE_RECOMMENDED] = dup_value(data,
- eol);
- else if (strncmp(data, "USE_ABI_DEPENDS=", 16) == 0)
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_USE_ABI_DEPENDS] = dup_value(data,
- eol);
- else if (strncmp(data, "LICENSE=", 8) == 0)
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_LICENSE] = dup_value(data, eol);
- else if (strncmp(data, "PKGTOOLS_VERSION=", 17) == 0)
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_PKGTOOLS_VERSION] = dup_value(data,
- eol);
- }
- if (pkg->buildinfo[BI_OPSYS] == NULL ||
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_OS_VERSION] == NULL ||
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_MACHINE_ARCH] == NULL) {
- warnx("Not all required build information are present.");
- return -1;
- }
-
- if ((pkg->buildinfo[BI_USE_ABI_DEPENDS] != NULL &&
- strcasecmp(pkg->buildinfo[BI_USE_ABI_DEPENDS], "YES") != 0) ||
- (pkg->buildinfo[BI_IGNORE_RECOMMENDED] != NULL &&
- strcasecmp(pkg->buildinfo[BI_IGNORE_RECOMMENDED], "NO") != 0)) {
- warnx("%s was built to ignore ABI dependencies", pkg->pkgname);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Free buildinfo.
- */
-static void
-free_buildinfo(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- size_t i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < BI_ENUM_COUNT; ++i) {
- free(pkg->buildinfo[i]);
- pkg->buildinfo[i] = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Write meta data files to pkgdb after creating the directory.
- */
-static int
-write_meta_data(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- const struct pkg_meta_desc *descr;
- char *filename, **target;
- size_t len;
- ssize_t ret;
- int fd;
-
- if (Fake)
- return 0;
-
- if (mkdir_p(pkg->install_logdir)) {
- warn("Can't create pkgdb entry: %s", pkg->install_logdir);
- return -1;
- }
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename; ++descr) {
- target = (char **)((char *)&pkg->meta_data +
- descr->entry_offset);
- if (*target == NULL)
- continue;
- filename = xasprintf("%s/%s", pkg->install_logdir,
- descr->entry_filename);
- (void)unlink(filename);
- fd = open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT, descr->perm);
- if (fd == -1) {
- warn("Can't open meta data file: %s", filename);
- return -1;
- }
- len = strlen(*target);
- do {
- ret = write(fd, *target, len);
- if (ret == -1) {
- warn("Can't write meta data file: %s",
- filename);
- free(filename);
- close(fd);
- return -1;
- }
- len -= ret;
- } while (ret > 0);
- if (close(fd) == -1) {
- warn("Can't close meta data file: %s", filename);
- free(filename);
- return -1;
- }
- free(filename);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Helper function for extract_files.
- */
-static int
-copy_data_to_disk(struct archive *reader, struct archive *writer,
- const char *filename)
-{
- int r;
- const void *buff;
- size_t size;
- off_t offset;
-
- for (;;) {
- r = archive_read_data_block(reader, &buff, &size, &offset);
- if (r == ARCHIVE_EOF)
- return 0;
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK) {
- warnx("Read error for %s: %s", filename,
- archive_error_string(reader));
- return -1;
- }
- r = archive_write_data_block(writer, buff, size, offset);
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK) {
- warnx("Write error for %s: %s", filename,
- archive_error_string(writer));
- return -1;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Extract package.
- * Any misordered, missing or unlisted file in the package is an error.
- */
-
-static const int extract_flags = ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_OWNER |
- ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_PERM | ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_TIME | ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_UNLINK |
- ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_ACL | ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_FFLAGS | ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_XATTR;
-
-static int
-extract_files(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- char cmd[MaxPathSize];
- const char *owner, *group, *permissions;
- struct archive *writer;
- int r;
- plist_t *p;
- const char *last_file;
- char *fullpath;
-
- if (Fake)
- return 0;
-
- if (mkdir_p(pkg->install_prefix)) {
- warn("Can't create prefix: %s", pkg->install_prefix);
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (!NoRecord && !pkgdb_open(ReadWrite)) {
- warn("Can't open pkgdb for writing");
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (chdir(pkg->install_prefix) == -1) {
- warn("Can't change into prefix: %s", pkg->install_prefix);
- return -1;
- }
-
- writer = archive_write_disk_new();
- archive_write_disk_set_options(writer, extract_flags);
- archive_write_disk_set_standard_lookup(writer);
-
- owner = NULL;
- group = NULL;
- permissions = NULL;
- last_file = NULL;
-
- r = -1;
-
- for (p = pkg->plist.head; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_FILE:
- last_file = p->name;
- if (pkg->entry == NULL) {
- warnx("PLIST entry not in package (%s)",
- archive_entry_pathname(pkg->entry));
- goto out;
- }
- if (strcmp(p->name, archive_entry_pathname(pkg->entry))) {
- warnx("PLIST entry and package don't match (%s vs %s)",
- p->name, archive_entry_pathname(pkg->entry));
- goto out;
- }
- fullpath = xasprintf("%s/%s", pkg->prefix, p->name);
- pkgdb_store(fullpath, pkg->pkgname);
- free(fullpath);
- if (Verbose)
- printf("%s", p->name);
- break;
-
- case PLIST_PKGDIR:
- fullpath = xasprintf("%s/%s", pkg->prefix, p->name);
- mkdir_p(fullpath);
- free(fullpath);
- add_pkgdir(pkg->pkgname, pkg->prefix, p->name);
- continue;
-
- case PLIST_CMD:
- if (format_cmd(cmd, sizeof(cmd), p->name, pkg->install_prefix, last_file))
- return -1;
- printf("Executing '%s'\n", cmd);
- if (!Fake && system(cmd))
- warnx("command '%s' failed", cmd); /* XXX bail out? */
- continue;
-
- case PLIST_CHMOD:
- permissions = p->name;
- continue;
-
- case PLIST_CHOWN:
- owner = p->name;
- continue;
-
- case PLIST_CHGRP:
- group = p->name;
- continue;
-
- case PLIST_IGNORE:
- p = p->next;
- continue;
-
- default:
- continue;
- }
-
- r = archive_write_header(writer, pkg->entry);
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK) {
- warnx("Failed to write %s for %s: %s",
- archive_entry_pathname(pkg->entry),
- pkg->pkgname,
- archive_error_string(writer));
- goto out;
- }
-
- if (owner != NULL)
- archive_entry_set_uname(pkg->entry, owner);
- if (group != NULL)
- archive_entry_set_uname(pkg->entry, group);
- if (permissions != NULL) {
- mode_t mode;
-
- mode = archive_entry_mode(pkg->entry);
- mode = getmode(setmode(permissions), mode);
- archive_entry_set_mode(pkg->entry, mode);
- }
-
- r = copy_data_to_disk(pkg->archive, writer,
- archive_entry_pathname(pkg->entry));
- if (r)
- goto out;
- if (Verbose)
- printf("\n");
-
- r = archive_read_next_header(pkg->archive, &pkg->entry);
- if (r == ARCHIVE_EOF) {
- pkg->entry = NULL;
- continue;
- }
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK) {
- warnx("Failed to read from archive for %s: %s",
- pkg->pkgname,
- archive_error_string(pkg->archive));
- goto out;
- }
- }
-
- if (pkg->entry != NULL) {
- warnx("Package contains entries not in PLIST: %s",
- archive_entry_pathname(pkg->entry));
- goto out;
- }
-
- r = 0;
-
-out:
- if (!NoRecord)
- pkgdb_close();
- archive_write_close(writer);
- archive_write_finish(writer);
-
- return r;
-}
-
-/*
- * Register dependencies after sucessfully installing the package.
- */
-static void
-pkg_register_depends(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- int fd;
- size_t text_len, i;
- char *required_by, *text;
-
- if (Fake)
- return;
-
- text = xasprintf("%s\n", pkg->pkgname);
- text_len = strlen(text);
-
- for (i = 0; i < pkg->dep_length; ++i) {
- required_by = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg->dependencies[i], REQUIRED_BY_FNAME);
-
- fd = open(required_by, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND | O_CREAT, 0644);
- if (fd == -1) {
- warn("can't open dependency file '%s',"
- "registration is incomplete!", required_by);
- } else if (write(fd, text, text_len) != (ssize_t)text_len) {
- warn("can't write to dependency file `%s'", required_by);
- close(fd);
- } else if (close(fd) == -1)
- warn("cannot close file %s", required_by);
-
- free(required_by);
- }
-
- free(text);
-}
-
-static void
-normalise_version(char *release, char *version)
-{
- char actual_version[20];
-
- assert(release && version);
-
- if(strlen(release) > 0 && strlen(version) > 0)
- sprintf(actual_version, "%s.%s", release, version);
- else if(strlen(release) > 0)
- strcpy(actual_version, release);
- else if(strlen(version) > 0)
- strcpy(actual_version, version);
- else
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "no version info");
-
- strcpy(release, actual_version);
- version[0] = '\0';
-}
-
-/*
- * Reduce the result from uname(3) to a canonical form.
- */
-static void
-normalise_platform(struct utsname *host_name)
-{
-#ifdef NUMERIC_VERSION_ONLY
- size_t span;
-
- span = strspn(host_name->release, "0123456789.");
- host_name->release[span] = '\0';
-#endif
- normalise_version(host_name->release, host_name->version);
-}
-
-/*
- * Check build platform of the package against local host.
- */
-static int
-check_platform(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- struct utsname host_uname;
- const char *effective_arch;
- int fatal = 0;
-
- if (uname(&host_uname) < 0) {
- if (Force) {
- warnx("uname() failed, continuing.");
- return 0;
- } else {
- warnx("uname() failed, aborting.");
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- normalise_platform(&host_uname);
-
- if (OverrideMachine != NULL)
- effective_arch = OverrideMachine;
- else
- effective_arch = MACHINE_ARCH;
-
- /* If either the OS or arch are different, bomb */
- if (strcmp(OPSYS_NAME, pkg->buildinfo[BI_OPSYS]) ||
- strcmp(effective_arch, pkg->buildinfo[BI_MACHINE_ARCH]) != 0)
- fatal = 1;
-
- normalise_version(host_uname.release, host_uname.version);
-
- if (strcmp(host_uname.release, pkg->buildinfo[BI_OS_VERSION]) != 0)
- fatal = 1;
-
- if (fatal) {
- warnx("Warning: package `%s' was built for a platform:",
- pkg->pkgname);
- warnx("%s/%s %s (pkg) vs. %s/%s %s (this host)",
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_OPSYS],
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_MACHINE_ARCH],
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_OS_VERSION],
- OPSYS_NAME,
- effective_arch,
- host_uname.release);
- if (!Force && fatal)
- return -1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-check_pkgtools_version(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- const char *val = pkg->buildinfo[BI_PKGTOOLS_VERSION];
- int version;
-
- if (val == NULL) {
- warnx("Warning: package `%s' lacks pkg_install version data",
- pkg->pkgname);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (strlen(val) != 8 || strspn(val, "0123456789") != 8) {
- warnx("Warning: package `%s' contains an invalid pkg_install version",
- pkg->pkgname);
- return Force ? 0 : -1;
- }
- version = atoi(val);
- if (version > PKGTOOLS_VERSION) {
- warnx("%s: package `%s' was built with a newer pkg_install version",
- Force ? "Warning" : "Error", pkg->pkgname);
- return Force ? 0 : -1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Run the install script.
- */
-static int
-run_install_script(struct pkg_task *pkg, const char *argument)
-{
- int ret;
- char *filename;
-
- if (pkg->meta_data.meta_install == NULL || NoInstall)
- return 0;
-
- if (Destdir != NULL)
- setenv(PKG_DESTDIR_VNAME, Destdir, 1);
- setenv(PKG_PREFIX_VNAME, pkg->prefix, 1);
- setenv(PKG_METADATA_DIR_VNAME, pkg->logdir, 1);
- setenv(PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR_VNAME, config_pkg_refcount_dbdir, 1);
-
- if (Verbose)
- printf("Running install with PRE-INSTALL for %s.\n", pkg->pkgname);
- if (Fake)
- return 0;
-
- filename = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg->pkgname, INSTALL_FNAME);
-
- ret = 0;
- errno = 0;
- if (fcexec(pkg->install_logdir, filename, pkg->pkgname, argument,
- (void *)NULL)) {
- if (errno != 0)
- warn("exec of install script failed");
- else
- warnx("install script returned error status");
- ret = -1;
- }
- free(filename);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-struct find_conflict_data {
- const char *pkg;
- const char *old_pkg;
- const char *pattern;
-};
-
-static int
-check_explicit_conflict_iter(const char *cur_pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- struct find_conflict_data *data = cookie;
-
- if (data->old_pkg && strcmp(data->old_pkg, cur_pkg) == 0)
- return 0;
-
- warnx("Package `%s' conflicts with `%s', and `%s' is installed.",
- data->pkg, data->pattern, cur_pkg);
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-check_explicit_conflict(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- struct find_conflict_data data;
- char *installed, *installed_pattern;
- plist_t *p;
- int status;
-
- status = 0;
-
- for (p = pkg->plist.head; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_IGNORE) {
- p = p->next;
- continue;
- }
- if (p->type != PLIST_PKGCFL)
- continue;
- data.pkg = pkg->pkgname;
- data.old_pkg = pkg->other_version;
- data.pattern = p->name;
- status |= match_installed_pkgs(p->name,
- check_explicit_conflict_iter, &data);
- }
-
- if (some_installed_package_conflicts_with(pkg->pkgname,
- pkg->other_version, &installed, &installed_pattern)) {
- warnx("Installed package `%s' conflicts with `%s' when trying to install `%s'.",
- installed, installed_pattern, pkg->pkgname);
- free(installed);
- free(installed_pattern);
- status |= -1;
- }
-
- return status;
-}
-
-static int
-check_implicit_conflict(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- char *fullpath, *existing;
- int status;
-
- if (!pkgdb_open(ReadOnly)) {
-#if notyet /* XXX empty pkgdb without database? */
- warn("Can't open pkgdb for reading");
- return -1;
-#else
- return 0;
-#endif
- }
-
- status = 0;
-
- for (p = pkg->plist.head; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_IGNORE) {
- p = p->next;
- continue;
- } else if (p->type != PLIST_FILE)
- continue;
-
- fullpath = xasprintf("%s/%s", pkg->prefix, p->name);
- existing = pkgdb_retrieve(fullpath);
- free(fullpath);
- if (existing == NULL)
- continue;
- if (pkg->other_version != NULL &&
- strcmp(pkg->other_version, existing) == 0)
- continue;
-
- warnx("Conflicting PLIST with %s: %s", existing, p->name);
- if (!Force) {
- status = -1;
- if (!Verbose)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- pkgdb_close();
- return status;
-}
-
-static int
-check_dependencies(struct pkg_task *pkg, struct dependency_stack *dependency_stack)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- char *best_installed;
- int status;
- size_t i;
-
- status = 0;
-
- for (p = pkg->plist.head; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_IGNORE) {
- p = p->next;
- continue;
- } else if (p->type != PLIST_PKGDEP)
- continue;
-
- best_installed = find_best_matching_installed_pkg(p->name);
-
- if (best_installed == NULL) {
- /* XXX check cyclic dependencies? */
- if (Fake || NoRecord) {
- if (!Force) {
- warnx("Missing dependency %s\n",
- p->name);
- status = -1;
- break;
- }
- warnx("Missing dependency %s, continuing",
- p->name);
- continue;
- }
- if (pkg_do(p->name, 1, 0, dependency_stack)) {
- if (ForceDepends) {
- warnx("Can't install dependency %s, "
- "continuing", p->name);
- continue;
- } else {
- warnx("Can't install dependency %s",
- p->name);
- status = -1;
- break;
- }
- }
- best_installed = find_best_matching_installed_pkg(p->name);
- if (best_installed == NULL && ForceDepends) {
- warnx("Missing dependency %s ignored", p->name);
- continue;
- } else if (best_installed == NULL) {
- warnx("Just installed dependency %s disappeared", p->name);
- status = -1;
- break;
- }
- }
- for (i = 0; i < pkg->dep_length; ++i) {
- if (strcmp(best_installed, pkg->dependencies[i]) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (i < pkg->dep_length) {
- /* Already used as dependency, so skip it. */
- free(best_installed);
- continue;
- }
- if (pkg->dep_length + 1 >= pkg->dep_allocated) {
- char **tmp;
- pkg->dep_allocated = 2 * pkg->dep_allocated + 1;
- pkg->dependencies = xrealloc(pkg->dependencies,
- pkg->dep_allocated * sizeof(*tmp));
- }
- pkg->dependencies[pkg->dep_length++] = best_installed;
- }
-
- return status;
-}
-
-/*
- * If this package uses pkg_views, register it in the default view.
- */
-static void
-pkg_register_views(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- if (Fake || NoView || pkg->meta_data.meta_views == NULL)
- return;
-
- if (Verbose) {
- printf("%s/pkg_view -d %s %s%s %s%s %sadd %s\n",
- BINDIR, pkgdb_get_dir(),
- View ? "-w " : "", View ? View : "",
- Viewbase ? "-W " : "", Viewbase ? Viewbase : "",
- Verbose ? "-v " : "", pkg->pkgname);
- }
-
- fexec_skipempty(BINDIR "/pkg_view", "-d", pkgdb_get_dir(),
- View ? "-w " : "", View ? View : "",
- Viewbase ? "-W " : "", Viewbase ? Viewbase : "",
- Verbose ? "-v " : "", "add", pkg->pkgname,
- (void *)NULL);
-}
-
-static int
-preserve_meta_data_file(struct pkg_task *pkg, const char *name)
-{
- char *old_file, *new_file;
- int rv;
-
- if (Fake)
- return 0;
-
- old_file = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg->other_version, name);
- new_file = xasprintf("%s/%s", pkg->install_logdir, name);
- rv = 0;
- if (rename(old_file, new_file) == -1 && errno != ENOENT) {
- warn("Can't move %s from %s to %s", name, old_file, new_file);
- rv = -1;
- }
- free(old_file);
- free(new_file);
- return rv;
-}
-
-static int
-start_replacing(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- if (preserve_meta_data_file(pkg, REQUIRED_BY_FNAME))
- return -1;
-
- if (preserve_meta_data_file(pkg, PRESERVE_FNAME))
- return -1;
-
- if (pkg->meta_data.meta_installed_info == NULL &&
- preserve_meta_data_file(pkg, INSTALLED_INFO_FNAME))
- return -1;
-
- if (Verbose || Fake) {
- printf("%s/pkg_delete -K %s -p %s%s%s '%s'\n",
- BINDIR, pkgdb_get_dir(), pkg->prefix,
- Destdir ? " -P ": "", Destdir ? Destdir : "",
- pkg->other_version);
- }
- if (!Fake)
- fexec_skipempty(BINDIR "/pkg_delete", "-K", pkgdb_get_dir(),
- "-p", pkg->prefix,
- Destdir ? "-P": "", Destdir ? Destdir : "",
- pkg->other_version, NULL);
-
- /* XXX Check return value and do what? */
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int check_input(const char *line, size_t len)
-{
- if (line == NULL || len == 0)
- return 1;
- switch (*line) {
- case 'Y':
- case 'y':
- case 'T':
- case 't':
- case '1':
- return 0;
- default:
- return 1;
- }
-}
-
-static int
-check_signature(struct pkg_task *pkg, int invalid_sig)
-{
- char *line;
- size_t len;
-
- if (strcasecmp(verified_installation, "never") == 0)
- return 0;
- if (strcasecmp(verified_installation, "always") == 0) {
- if (invalid_sig)
- warnx("No valid signature found, rejected");
- return invalid_sig;
- }
- if (strcasecmp(verified_installation, "trusted") == 0) {
- if (!invalid_sig)
- return 0;
- fprintf(stderr, "No valid signature found for %s.\n",
- pkg->pkgname);
- fprintf(stderr,
- "Do you want to proceed with the installation [y/n]?\n");
- line = fgetln(stdin, &len);
- if (check_input(line, len)) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Cancelling installation\n");
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
- }
- if (strcasecmp(verified_installation, "interactive") == 0) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Do you want to proceed with "
- "the installation of %s [y/n]?\n", pkg->pkgname);
- line = fgetln(stdin, &len);
- if (check_input(line, len)) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Cancelling installation\n");
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
- }
- warnx("Unknown value of configuration variable VERIFIED_INSTALLATION");
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-check_vulnerable(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- static struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv;
- int require_check;
- char *line;
- size_t len;
-
- if (strcasecmp(check_vulnerabilities, "never") == 0)
- return 0;
- else if (strcasecmp(check_vulnerabilities, "always") == 0)
- require_check = 1;
- else if (strcasecmp(check_vulnerabilities, "interactive") == 0)
- require_check = 0;
- else {
- warnx("Unknown value of the configuration variable"
- "CHECK_VULNERABILITIES");
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (pv == NULL) {
- pv = read_pkg_vulnerabilities_file(pkg_vulnerabilities_file,
- require_check, 0);
- if (pv == NULL)
- return require_check;
- }
-
- if (!audit_package(pv, pkg->pkgname, NULL, 2))
- return 0;
-
- if (require_check)
- return 1;
-
- fprintf(stderr, "Do you want to proceed with the installation of %s"
- " [y/n]?\n", pkg->pkgname);
- line = fgetln(stdin, &len);
- if (check_input(line, len)) {
- fprintf(stderr, "Cancelling installation\n");
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-check_license(struct pkg_task *pkg)
-{
- if (LicenseCheck == 0)
- return 0;
-
- if ((pkg->buildinfo[BI_LICENSE] == NULL ||
- *pkg->buildinfo[BI_LICENSE] == '\0')) {
-
- if (LicenseCheck == 1)
- return 0;
- warnx("No LICENSE set for package `%s'", pkg->pkgname);
- return 1;
- }
-
- switch (acceptable_license(pkg->buildinfo[BI_LICENSE])) {
- case 0:
- warnx("License `%s' of package `%s' is not acceptable",
- pkg->buildinfo[BI_LICENSE], pkg->pkgname);
- return 1;
- case 1:
- return 0;
- default:
- warnx("Invalid LICENSE for package `%s'", pkg->pkgname);
- return 1;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Install a single package.
- */
-static int
-pkg_do(const char *pkgpath, int mark_automatic, int top_level,
- struct dependency_stack *dependency_stack)
-{
- char *archive_name;
- int status, invalid_sig;
- struct pkg_task *pkg;
-
- /* workaround 2010-12-10: prevent endless recursion for circular dependencies */
- struct dependency_stack dependency_stack_top;
-
- dependency_stack_top.prev = dependency_stack;
- dependency_stack_top.pkgpath = pkgpath;
-
- while (dependency_stack) {
- if (strcmp(dependency_stack->pkgpath, pkgpath) == 0) {
- fprintf(stderr, "warning: ignoring circular dependency:\n");
- dependency_stack = &dependency_stack_top;
- while (dependency_stack) {
- fprintf(stderr, "- %s\n", dependency_stack->pkgpath);
- dependency_stack = dependency_stack->prev;
- }
- return 0;
- }
- dependency_stack = dependency_stack->prev;
- }
- /* end workaround */
-
- pkg = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*pkg));
-
- status = -1;
-
- pkg->archive = find_archive(pkgpath, top_level, &archive_name);
- if (pkg->archive == NULL) {
- warnx("no pkg found for '%s', sorry.", pkgpath);
- goto clean_find_archive;
- }
-
- invalid_sig = pkg_verify_signature(archive_name, &pkg->archive, &pkg->entry,
- &pkg->pkgname);
- free(archive_name);
-
- if (pkg->archive == NULL)
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (read_meta_data(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- /* Parse PLIST early, so that messages can use real package name. */
- if (pkg_parse_plist(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (check_signature(pkg, invalid_sig))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (read_buildinfo(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (check_pkgtools_version(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (check_vulnerable(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (check_license(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (pkg->meta_data.meta_mtree != NULL)
- warnx("mtree specification in pkg `%s' ignored", pkg->pkgname);
-
- if (pkg->meta_data.meta_views != NULL) {
- pkg->logdir = xstrdup(pkg->prefix);
- pkgdb_set_dir(dirname_of(pkg->logdir), 4);
- } else {
- pkg->logdir = xasprintf("%s/%s", config_pkg_dbdir, pkg->pkgname);
- }
-
- if (Destdir != NULL)
- pkg->install_logdir = xasprintf("%s/%s", Destdir, pkg->logdir);
- else
- pkg->install_logdir = xstrdup(pkg->logdir);
-
- if (NoRecord && !Fake) {
- const char *tmpdir;
-
- tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR");
- if (tmpdir == NULL)
- tmpdir = "/tmp";
-
- free(pkg->install_logdir);
- pkg->install_logdir = xasprintf("%s/pkg_install.XXXXXX", tmpdir);
- /* XXX pkg_add -u... */
- if (mkdtemp(pkg->install_logdir) == NULL) {
- warn("mkdtemp failed");
- goto clean_memory;
- }
- }
-
- switch (check_already_installed(pkg)) {
- case 0:
- status = 0;
- goto clean_memory;
- case 1:
- break;
- case -1:
- goto clean_memory;
- }
-
- if (check_platform(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (check_other_installed(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (check_explicit_conflict(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (check_implicit_conflict(pkg))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (pkg->other_version != NULL) {
- /*
- * Replacing an existing package.
- * Write meta-data, get rid of the old version,
- * install/update dependencies and finally extract.
- */
- if (write_meta_data(pkg))
- goto nuke_pkgdb;
-
- if (start_replacing(pkg))
- goto nuke_pkgdb;
-
- if (pkg->install_logdir_real) {
- rename(pkg->install_logdir, pkg->install_logdir_real);
- free(pkg->install_logdir);
- pkg->install_logdir = pkg->install_logdir_real;
- pkg->install_logdir_real = NULL;
- }
-
- if (check_dependencies(pkg, &dependency_stack_top))
- goto nuke_pkgdb;
- } else {
- /*
- * Normal installation.
- * Install/update dependencies first and
- * write the current package to disk afterwards.
- */
- if (check_dependencies(pkg, &dependency_stack_top))
- goto clean_memory;
-
- if (write_meta_data(pkg))
- goto nuke_pkgdb;
- }
-
- if (run_install_script(pkg, "PRE-INSTALL"))
- goto nuke_pkgdb;
-
- if (extract_files(pkg))
- goto nuke_pkg;
-
- if (run_install_script(pkg, "POST-INSTALL"))
- goto nuke_pkgdb;
-
- /* XXX keep +INSTALL_INFO for updates? */
- /* XXX keep +PRESERVE for updates? */
- if (mark_automatic)
- mark_as_automatic_installed(pkg->pkgname, 1);
-
- pkg_register_depends(pkg);
-
- if (Verbose)
- printf("Package %s registered in %s\n", pkg->pkgname, pkg->install_logdir);
-
- if (pkg->meta_data.meta_display != NULL)
- fputs(pkg->meta_data.meta_display, stdout);
-
- pkg_register_views(pkg);
-
- status = 0;
- goto clean_memory;
-
-nuke_pkg:
- if (!Fake) {
- if (pkg->other_version) {
- warnx("Updating of %s to %s failed.",
- pkg->other_version, pkg->pkgname);
- warnx("Remember to run pkg_admin rebuild-tree after fixing this.");
- }
- delete_package(FALSE, &pkg->plist, FALSE, Destdir);
- }
-
-nuke_pkgdb:
- if (!Fake) {
- if (recursive_remove(pkg->install_logdir, 1))
- warn("Couldn't remove %s", pkg->install_logdir);
- free(pkg->install_logdir_real);
- free(pkg->install_logdir);
- free(pkg->logdir);
- pkg->install_logdir_real = NULL;
- pkg->install_logdir = NULL;
- pkg->logdir = NULL;
- }
-
-clean_memory:
- if (pkg->logdir != NULL && NoRecord && !Fake) {
- if (recursive_remove(pkg->install_logdir, 1))
- warn("Couldn't remove %s", pkg->install_logdir);
- }
- free(pkg->install_prefix);
- free(pkg->install_logdir_real);
- free(pkg->install_logdir);
- free(pkg->logdir);
- free_buildinfo(pkg);
- free_plist(&pkg->plist);
- free_meta_data(pkg);
- if (pkg->archive)
- archive_read_finish(pkg->archive);
- free(pkg->other_version);
- free(pkg->pkgname);
-clean_find_archive:
- free(pkg);
- return status;
-}
-
-int
-pkg_perform(lpkg_head_t *pkgs)
-{
- int errors = 0;
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- while ((lpp = TAILQ_FIRST(pkgs)) != NULL) {
- if (pkg_do(lpp->lp_name, Automatic, 1, NULL))
- ++errors;
- TAILQ_REMOVE(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- free_lpkg(lpp);
- }
-
- return errors;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: pkg_add.1,v 1.44 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $
-.\"
-.\" FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintenance
-.\" of non-core utilities.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" Jordan K. Hubbard
-.\"
-.\"
-.\" @(#)pkg_add.1
-.\"
-.Dd June 16, 2010
-.Dt PKG_ADD 1
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm pkg_add
-.Nd a utility for installing and upgrading software package distributions
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl AfILnRUuVv
-.Op Fl C Ar config
-.Op Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-.Op Fl m Ar machine
-.Op Fl P Ar destdir
-.Op Fl p Ar prefix
-.Op Fl W Ar viewbase
-.Op Fl w Ar view
-.Ar Oo Oo Li ftp|http Oc Ns Li :// Ns Oo Ar user Oc Ns \
-Oo Li \&: Ns Ar password Oc \
-Ns Li @ Oc Ns Ar host Ns Oo Li \&: Ns Ar port Oc Ns \
-Oo Li / Ns Ar path/ Oc Ns Ar pkg-name ...
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-command is used to extract and upgrade packages that have been
-previously created with the
-.Xr pkg_create 1
-command.
-Packages are prepared collections of pre-built binaries, documentation,
-configurations, installation instructions and/or other files.
-.Nm
-can recursively install other packages that the current package
-depends on or requires from both local disk and via FTP or HTTP.
-.Sh WARNING
-.Bf -emphasis
-Since the
-.Nm
-command may execute scripts or programs contained within a package file,
-your system may be susceptible to
-.Dq Trojan horses
-or other subtle
-attacks from miscreants who create dangerous package files.
-.Pp
-You are advised to verify the competence and identity of those who
-provide installable package files.
-For extra protection, use the digital signatures provided where possible
-(see the
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5 ) ,
-or, failing that, use
-.Xr tar 1
-to extract the package file, and inspect its contents and scripts
-to ensure it poses no danger to your system's integrity.
-Pay particular attention to any
-.Pa +INSTALL
-or
-.Pa +DEINSTALL
-files, and inspect the
-.Pa +CONTENTS
-file for
-.Cm @cwd ,
-.Cm @mode
-(check for setuid),
-.Cm @dirrm ,
-.Cm @exec ,
-and
-.Cm @unexec
-directives, and/or use the
-.Xr pkg_info 1
-command to examine the package file.
-.Ef
-.Sh OPTIONS
-The following command line arguments are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Ar pkg-name [ ... ]
-The named packages are installed.
-.Nm
-will first try to use
-.Ar pkg-name
-as full URL or path name without any wildcard processing.
-If that fails,
-.Nm
-will try to match packages using wildcard processing.
-If that fails as well and
-.Ar pkg-name
-does not contain any /, the entries of the
-.Dv PKG_PATH
-variable are searched using the wildcard processing rules.
-.It Fl A
-Mark package as installed automatically, as dependency of another
-package.
-You can use
-.Dl Ic pkg_admin set automatic=YES
-to mark packages this way after installation, and
-.Dl Ic pkg_admin unset automatic
-to remove the mark.
-If you
-.Nm
-a package without specifying
-.Fl A
-after it had already been automatically installed, the mark is
-removed.
-.It Fl C Ar config
-Read the configuration file from
-.Ar config
-instead of the system default.
-.It Fl f
-Force installation to proceed even if prerequisite packages are not
-installed or the install script fails.
-Although
-.Nm
-will still try to find and auto-install missing prerequisite packages,
-a failure to find one will not be fatal.
-This flag also overrides the fatal error when the operating system or
-architecture the package was built on differ from that of the host.
-.It Fl I
-If an installation script exists for a given package, do not execute it.
-.It Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-Override the value of the
-.Dv PKG_DBDIR
-configuration option with the value
-.Ar pkg_dbdir .
-.It Fl L
-Don't add the package to any views after installation.
-.It Fl m
-Override the machine architecture returned by uname with
-.Ar machine .
-.It Fl n
-Don't actually install a package, just report the steps that
-would be taken if it was.
-.It Fl P Ar destdir
-Prefix all file and directory names with
-.Ar destdir .
-For packages without install scripts this has the same behavior as
-using
-.Xr chroot 8 .
-.It Fl p Ar prefix
-Override the prefix stored in the package with
-.Ar prefix .
-.It Fl R
-Do not record the installation of a package.
-This implies
-.Fl I .
-This means that you cannot deinstall it later, so only use this option if
-you know what you are doing!
-.It Fl U
-Replace an already installed version from a package.
-Implies
-.Fl u .
-.It Fl u
-If the package that's being installed is already installed,
-an update is performed.
-Installed dependent packages are updated recursively, if they are too
-old to fulfill the dependencies of the to-be-installed version.
-See below for a more detailed description of the process.
-.It Fl V
-Print version number and exit.
-.It Fl v
-Turn on verbose output.
-.It Fl W Ar viewbase
-Passed down to
-.Xr pkg_view 1
-for managed views.
-.It Fl w Ar view
-Passed down to
-.Xr pkg_view 1
-for managed views.
-.El
-.Pp
-One or more
-.Ar pkg-name
-arguments may be specified, each being either a file containing the
-package (these usually ending with the
-.Dq .tgz
-suffix) or a
-URL pointing at a file available on an ftp or web site.
-Thus you may extract files directly from their anonymous ftp or WWW
-locations (e.g.,
-.Nm
-ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages/NetBSD/i386/3.1_2007Q2/shells/bash-3.2.9.tgz
-or
-.Nm
-http://www.example.org/packages/screen-4.0.tbz).
-Note: For ftp transfers, if you wish to use
-.Bf -emphasis
-passive mode
-.Ef
-ftp in such transfers, set the variable
-.Bf -emphasis
-FTP_PASSIVE_MODE
-.Ef
-to some value in your environment.
-Otherwise, the more standard ACTIVE mode may be used.
-If
-.Nm
-consistently fails to fetch a package from a site known to work,
-it may be because you have a firewall that demands the usage of
-.Bf -emphasis
-passive mode
-.Ef
-ftp.
-.Sh TECHNICAL DETAILS
-.Nm
-extracts each package's meta data (including the
-.Dq packing list )
-to memory and then runs through the following sequence to fully extract
-the contents of the package:
-.Bl -enum -offset indent
-.It
-A check is made to determine if the package or another version of it
-is already recorded as installed.
-If it is,
-installation is terminated if the
-.Fl u
-or
-.Fl U
-options are not given.
-.Pp
-If the same version is installed and
-.Fl U
-is not given, it is marked as manually installed and process stops.
-If the
-.Fl u
-option is given, it's assumed the package should be replaced by the
-new version instead.
-Before doing so, all packages that depend on the
-pkg being upgraded are checked if they also work with the new version.
-If that test is not successful, the dependent packages are updated first.
-The replacing is then prepared by moving an existing
-.Pa +REQUIRED_BY
-file aside (if it exists), and running
-.Xr pkg_delete 1
-on the installed package.
-Installation then proceeds as if the package
-was not installed, and restores the
-.Pa +REQUIRED_BY
-file afterwards.
-.It
-The package build information is extracted from the
-.Pa +BUILD_INFO
-file and compared against the result of
-.Xr uname 3 .
-If the operating system or architecture of the package differ from
-that of the host, installation is aborted.
-This behavior is overridable with the
-.Fl f
-flag.
-.It
-The package build information from
-.Pa +BUILD_INFO
-is then checked for
-.Ev USE_ABI_DEPENDS=NO
-(or
-.Ev IGNORE_RECOMMENDED ) .
-If the package was built with ABI dependency recommendations ignored,
-a warning will be issued.
-.It
-A check is made to determine if the package conflicts (from
-.Cm @pkgcfl
-directives, see
-.Xr pkg_create 1 )
-with an already recorded as installed package or if an installed package
-conflicts with the package.
-If it is, installation is terminated.
-.It
-The file list of the package is compared to the file lists of the
-installed packages.
-If there is any overlap, the installation is terminated.
-.It
-All package dependencies (from
-.Cm @pkgdep
-directives, see
-.Xr pkg_create 1 )
-are read from the packing list.
-If any of these required packages are not currently installed,
-an attempt is made to find and install it;
-if the missing package cannot be found or installed,
-the installation is terminated.
-.It
-If the package contains an
-.Ar install
-script, it is executed with the following arguments:
-.Bl -tag -width indentindent
-.It Ar pkg-name
-The name of the package being installed.
-.It Cm PRE-INSTALL
-Keyword denoting that the script is to perform any actions needed before
-the package is installed.
-.El
-.Pp
-If the
-.Ar install
-script exits with a non-zero status code, the installation is terminated.
-.It
-The files from the file list are extracted to the chosen prefix.
-.It
-If an
-.Ar install
-script exists for the package, it is executed with the following arguments:
-.Bl -tag -width indentindent
-.It Ar pkg_name
-The name of the package being installed.
-.It Cm POST-INSTALL
-Keyword denoting that the script is to perform any actions needed
-after the package has been installed.
-.El
-.It
-After installation is complete, a copy of the packing list,
-.Ar deinstall
-script, description, and display files are copied into
-.Pa \*[Lt]PKG_DBDIR\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]pkg-name\*[Gt]
-for subsequent possible use by
-.Xr pkg_delete 1 .
-Any package dependencies are recorded in the other packages'
-.Pa +REQUIRED_BY
-file.
-.It
-If the package is a depoted package, then add it to the registered
-by calling
-.Xr pkg_view 1
-accordingly.
-.It
-Finally, if we were upgrading a package, any
-.Pa +REQUIRED_BY
-file that was moved aside before upgrading was started is now moved
-back into place.
-.El
-.Pp
-The
-.Ar install
-script is called with the environment variable
-.Ev PKG_PREFIX
-set to the installation prefix (see the
-.Fl p
-option above).
-This allows a package author to write a script
-that reliably performs some action on the directory where the package
-is installed, even if the user might change it with the
-.Fl p
-flag to
-.Cm pkg_add .
-The scripts are also called with the
-.Ev PKG_METADATA_DIR
-environment variable set to the location of the
-.Pa +*
-meta-data files, and with the
-.Ev PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR
-environment variable set to the location of the package reference counts
-database directory.
-If the
-.Fl P
-flag was given to
-.Nm ,
-.Ev PKG_DESTDIR
-will be set to
-.Ar destdir .
-Additionally,
-.Ev PKG_METADATA_DIR
-and
-.Ev PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR
-are prefixed with
-.Ar destdir .
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-See
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-for options, that can also be specified using the environment.
-Packages using views are also affected by the environment variables
-documented for
-.Xr pkg_view 1 .
-.Sh EXAMPLES
-In all cases,
-.Nm
-will try to install binary packages listed in dependencies list.
-.Pp
-You can specify a compiled binary package explicitly on the command line.
-.Bd -literal
-# pkg_add /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All/tcsh-6.14.00.tgz
-.Ed
-.Pp
-If you omit the version number,
-.Nm
-will install the latest version available.
-With
-.Fl v ,
-.Nm
-emits more messages to terminal.
-.Bd -literal
-# pkg_add -v /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All/unzip
-.Ed
-.Pp
-You can grab a compiled binary package from remote location by specifying
-a URL.
-The base URL can also be provided by the configuration variable,
-.Dv PKG_PATH .
-.Bd -literal
-# pkg_add -v ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages/NetBSD/i386/3.1_2007Q2/All/firefox-2.0.0.4.tgz
-
-# export PKG_PATH=ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages/NetBSD/i386/3.1_2007Q2/All
-# pkg_add -v firefox
-.Ed
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_admin 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_create 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_delete 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_info 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5 ,
-.Xr pkgsrc 7
-.Sh AUTHORS
-.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
-.It "Jordan Hubbard"
-Initial work and ongoing development.
-.It "John Kohl"
-.Nx
-refinements.
-.It "Hubert Feyrer"
-.Nx
-wildcard dependency processing, pkgdb, upgrading, etc.
-.It Thomas Klausner
-HTTP support.
-.It Joerg Sonnenberger
-Rewrote most of the code base to work without external commands.
-.El
-.Sh BUGS
-Package upgrading needs a lot more work to be really universal.
-.Pp
-Sure to be others.
+++ /dev/null
-PROG= pkg_admin
-SCRIPTS= audit-packages download-vulnerability-list
-FILES=
-SRCS= main.c audit.c check.c
-MAN= pkg_admin.1 download-vulnerability-list.8 audit-packages.8
-
-.include "../Makefile.inc"
-.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-extern int quiet;
-extern int verbose;
-
-void check(char **);
-
-void audit_pkgdb(int, char **);
-void audit_pkg(int, char **);
-void audit_batch(int, char **);
-void audit_history(int, char **);
-void check_pkg_vulnerabilities(int, char **);
-void fetch_pkg_vulnerabilities(int, char **);
-
-void usage(void);
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-
-pkg_admin=/usr/bin/sbin/pkg_admin
-
-usage() {
- echo 'Usage: audit-packages [-deqsVv] [-c config_file] [-F file]' >& $2
- echo ' [-g file] [-h file]' >& $2
- echo ' [-K pkg_dbdir] [-n package] [-p package]' >& $2
- echo ' [-Q varname] [-t type]' >& $2
- echo "Please use the audit, audit-pkg, audit-batch and fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities" >& $2
- echo "commands of pkg_admin instead." >& $2
- exit $1
-}
-
-do_pkgdb=
-do_eol=
-do_fetch=
-do_quiet=
-do_sign=
-do_verbose=
-do_check_file=
-do_check_pattern=
-do_check_installed=
-do_check_vul_file=
-do_limit_type=
-do_print_var=
-
-args=`getopt F:K:Q:Vc:deg:h:n:p:qst:v $*`
-if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
- usage 1 2
-fi
-
-set -- $args
-
-while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
- case "$1" in
- -F)
- do_check_file=$2
- shift
- ;;
- -K)
- do_pkgdb="$1 $2"
- shift
- ;;
- -Q)
- do_print_var="$2"
- shift
- ;;
- -V)
- exec ${pkg_admin} -V
- ;;
- -c)
- echo "The audit-packages wrapper does not support -c" >&2
- echo "Please use the audit, audit-pkg, audit-batch and fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities" >& 2
- echo "commands of pkg_admin instead." >& 2
- exit 1
- ;;
- -d)
- do_fetch=1
- ;;
- -e)
- do_eol=-e
- ;;
- -g)
- echo "The audit-packages wrapper does not support -g" >&2
- echo "Please switch to \`\`pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities''." >&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- -h)
- do_check_vul_file=$2
- shift
- ;;
- -n)
- do_check_pattern=$2
- shift
- ;;
- -p)
- do_check_installed=$2
- shift
- ;;
- -q)
- do_quiet=-q
- ;;
- -s)
- do_sign=-s
- ;;
- -t)
- do_limit_type="-t $2"
- shift
- ;;
- -v)
- do_verbose="$do_verbose -v"
- ;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-if [ -n "${do_fetch}" ]; then
- exec ${pkg_admin} ${do_pkgdb} fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities ${do_sign}
-fi
-
-if [ -n "${do_check_vul_file}" ]; then
- exec ${pkg_admin} ${do_pkgdb} check-pkg-vulnerabilities ${do_sign} "${do_check_vul_file}"
-fi
-
-if [ -n "${do_print_var}" ]; then
- exec ${pkg_admin} ${do_pkgdb} config-var "${do_print_var}"
-fi
-
-if [ -n "${do_check_file}" ]; then
- if [ -n "${do_check_pattern}" -o -n "${do_check_installed}" ]; then
- echo "Only one of -F, -n or -p is interpreted at a time." >& 2
- usage 1 2
- fi
- exec ${pkg_admin} ${do_pkgdb} ${do_verbose} ${do_quiet} audit-pkg \
- ${do_eol} ${do_limit_type} ${do_check_file}
-fi
-
-if [ -n "${do_check_pattern}" ]; then
- if [ -n "${do_check_installed}" ]; then
- echo "Only one of -F, -n or -p is interpreted at a time." >& 2
- usage 1 2
- fi
- exec ${pkg_admin} ${do_pkgdb} ${do_verbose} ${do_quiet} audit-pkg \
- ${do_eol} ${do_limit_type} ${do_check_pattern}
-fi
-
-# If do_check_installed is empty, all packages are checked.
-exec ${pkg_admin} ${do_pkgdb} ${do_verbose} ${do_quiet} audit \
- ${do_eol} ${do_limit_type} ${do_check_installed}
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: audit-packages.8,v 1.1 2010/03/19 12:49:53 wiz Exp $
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
-.\" by Thomas Klausner.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
-.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
-.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.Dd March 18, 2010
-.Dt AUDIT-PACKAGES 8
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm audit-packages
-.Nd report vulnerabilities for the installed packages
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl deqsVv
-.Op Fl c Ar config_file
-.Op Fl F Ar file
-.Op Fl g Ar file
-.Op Fl h Ar file
-.Op Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-.Op Fl n Ar package
-.Op Fl p Ar package
-.Op Fl Q Ar varname
-.Op Fl t Ar type
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-.Nm
-is deprecated.
-Please use the
-.Cm audit ,
-.Cm audit-pkg ,
-.Cm audit-batch ,
-and
-.Cm fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities
-commands of
-.Xr pkg_admin 1
-instead.
-.Pp
-The
-.Nm
-script is installed for backwards compatibility only and will
-eventually be removed.
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_admin 1
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: audit.c,v 1.16 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: audit.c,v 1.16 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SIGNAL_H
-#include <signal.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDIO_H
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_TIME_H
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#if defined(NETBSD) || defined(__minix)
-#include <unistd.h>
-#else
-#include <nbcompat/unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <fetch.h>
-
-#include "admin.h"
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static int check_signature = 0;
-static const char *limit_vul_types = NULL;
-static int update_pkg_vuln = 0;
-
-static struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv;
-
-static const char audit_options[] = "est:";
-
-static void
-parse_options(int argc, char **argv, const char *options)
-{
- int ch;
-
- optreset = 1;
- /*
- * optind == 0 is interpreted as partial reset request
- * by GNU getopt, so compensate against this and cleanup
- * at the end.
- */
- optind = 1;
- ++argc;
- --argv;
-
- while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, options)) != -1) {
- switch (ch) {
- case 'e':
- check_eol = "yes";
- break;
- case 's':
- check_signature = 1;
- break;
- case 't':
- limit_vul_types = optarg;
- break;
- case 'u':
- update_pkg_vuln = 1;
- break;
- default:
- usage();
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
- }
-
- --optind; /* See above comment. */
-}
-
-static int
-check_exact_pkg(const char *pkg)
-{
- return audit_package(pv, pkg, limit_vul_types, quiet ? 0 : 1);
-}
-
-static int
-check_batch_exact_pkgs(const char *fname)
-{
- FILE *f;
- char buf[4096], *line, *eol;
- int ret;
-
- ret = 0;
- if (strcmp(fname, "-") == 0)
- f = stdin;
- else {
- f = fopen(fname, "r");
- if (f == NULL)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Failed to open input file %s",
- fname);
- }
- while ((line = fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), f)) != NULL) {
- eol = line + strlen(line);
- if (eol == line)
- continue;
- --eol;
- if (*eol == '\n') {
- if (eol == line)
- continue;
- *eol = '\0';
- }
- ret |= check_exact_pkg(line);
- }
- if (f != stdin)
- fclose(f);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static int
-check_one_installed_pkg(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- int *ret = cookie;
-
- *ret |= check_exact_pkg(pkg);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-check_installed_pattern(const char *pattern)
-{
- int ret = 0;
-
- match_installed_pkgs(pattern, check_one_installed_pkg, &ret);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static void
-check_and_read_pkg_vulnerabilities(void)
-{
- struct stat st;
- time_t now;
-
- if (pkg_vulnerabilities_file == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "PKG_VULNERABILITIES is not set");
-
- if (verbose >= 1) {
- if (stat(pkg_vulnerabilities_file, &st) == -1) {
- if (errno == ENOENT)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "pkg-vulnerabilities not found, run %s -d",
- getprogname());
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "pkg-vulnerabilities not readable");
- }
- now = time(NULL);
- now -= st.st_mtime;
- if (now < 0)
- warnx("pkg-vulnerabilities is from the future");
- else if (now > 86400 * 7)
- warnx("pkg-vulnerabilities is out of date (%ld days old)",
- (long)(now / 86400));
- else if (verbose >= 2)
- warnx("pkg-vulnerabilities is %ld day%s old",
- (long)(now / 86400), now / 86400 == 1 ? "" : "s");
- }
-
- pv = read_pkg_vulnerabilities_file(pkg_vulnerabilities_file, 0, check_signature);
-}
-
-void
-audit_pkgdb(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int rv;
-
- parse_options(argc, argv, audit_options);
- argv += optind;
-
- check_and_read_pkg_vulnerabilities();
-
- rv = 0;
- if (*argv == NULL)
- rv |= check_installed_pattern("*");
- else {
- for (; *argv != NULL; ++argv)
- rv |= check_installed_pattern(*argv);
- }
- free_pkg_vulnerabilities(pv);
-
- if (rv == 0 && verbose >= 1)
- fputs("No vulnerabilities found\n", stderr);
- exit(rv ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-
-void
-audit_pkg(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int rv;
-
- parse_options(argc, argv, audit_options);
- argv += optind;
-
- check_and_read_pkg_vulnerabilities();
- rv = 0;
- for (; *argv != NULL; ++argv)
- rv |= check_exact_pkg(*argv);
-
- free_pkg_vulnerabilities(pv);
-
- if (rv == 0 && verbose >= 1)
- fputs("No vulnerabilities found\n", stderr);
- exit(rv ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-
-void
-audit_batch(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int rv;
-
- parse_options(argc, argv, audit_options);
- argv += optind;
-
- check_and_read_pkg_vulnerabilities();
- rv = 0;
- for (; *argv != NULL; ++argv)
- rv |= check_batch_exact_pkgs(*argv);
- free_pkg_vulnerabilities(pv);
-
- if (rv == 0 && verbose >= 1)
- fputs("No vulnerabilities found\n", stderr);
- exit(rv ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-
-void
-check_pkg_vulnerabilities(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- parse_options(argc, argv, "s");
- if (argc != optind + 1)
- usage();
-
- pv = read_pkg_vulnerabilities_file(argv[optind], 0, check_signature);
- free_pkg_vulnerabilities(pv);
-}
-
-void
-fetch_pkg_vulnerabilities(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv_check;
- char *buf;
- size_t buf_len, buf_fetched;
- ssize_t cur_fetched;
- struct url *url;
- struct url_stat st;
- fetchIO *f;
- int fd;
- struct stat sb;
- char my_flags[20];
- const char *flags;
-
- parse_options(argc, argv, "su");
- if (argc != optind)
- usage();
-
- if (verbose >= 2)
- fprintf(stderr, "Fetching %s\n", pkg_vulnerabilities_url);
-
- url = fetchParseURL(pkg_vulnerabilities_url);
- if (url == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "Could not parse location of pkg_vulnerabilities: %s",
- fetchLastErrString);
-
- flags = fetch_flags;
- if (update_pkg_vuln) {
- fd = open(pkg_vulnerabilities_file, O_RDONLY);
- if (fd != -1 && fstat(fd, &sb) != -1) {
- url->last_modified = sb.st_mtime;
- snprintf(my_flags, sizeof(my_flags), "%si",
- fetch_flags);
- flags = my_flags;
- } else
- update_pkg_vuln = 0;
- if (fd != -1)
- close(fd);
- }
-
- f = fetchXGet(url, &st, flags);
- if (f == NULL && update_pkg_vuln &&
- fetchLastErrCode == FETCH_UNCHANGED) {
- if (verbose >= 1)
- fprintf(stderr, "%s is not newer\n",
- pkg_vulnerabilities_url);
- exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
- }
-
- if (f == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Could not fetch vulnerability file: %s",
- fetchLastErrString);
-/*
- if (st.size > SSIZE_MAX - 1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "pkg-vulnerabilities is too large");
-*/
-
- buf_len = st.size;
- buf = xmalloc(buf_len + 1);
- buf_fetched = 0;
-
- while (buf_fetched < buf_len) {
- cur_fetched = fetchIO_read(f, buf + buf_fetched,
- buf_len - buf_fetched);
- if (cur_fetched == 0)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "Truncated pkg-vulnerabilities received");
- else if (cur_fetched == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "IO error while fetching pkg-vulnerabilities: %s",
- fetchLastErrString);
- buf_fetched += cur_fetched;
- }
-
- buf[buf_len] = '\0';
-
- pv_check = read_pkg_vulnerabilities_memory(buf, buf_len, check_signature);
- free_pkg_vulnerabilities(pv_check);
-
- fd = open(pkg_vulnerabilities_file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, 0644);
- if (fd == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot create pkg-vulnerability file %s",
- pkg_vulnerabilities_file);
-
- if (write(fd, buf, buf_len) != (ssize_t)buf_len)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot write pkg-vulnerability file");
- if (close(fd) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot close pkg-vulnerability file after write");
-
- free(buf);
-
- exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
-
-static int
-check_pkg_history_pattern(const char *pkg, const char *pattern)
-{
- const char *delim, *end_base;
-
- if ((delim = strchr(pattern, '*')) != NULL) {
- if ((end_base = strrchr(pattern, '-')) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Missing - in wildcard pattern %s",
- pattern);
- if ((delim = strchr(pattern, '>')) != NULL ||
- (delim = strchr(pattern, '<')) != NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "Mixed relational and wildcard patterns in %s",
- pattern);
- } else if ((delim = strchr(pattern, '>')) != NULL) {
- end_base = delim;
- if ((delim = strchr(pattern, '<')) != NULL && delim < end_base)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Inverted operators in %s",
- pattern);
- } else if ((delim = strchr(pattern, '<')) != NULL) {
- end_base = delim;
- } else if ((end_base = strrchr(pattern, '-')) == NULL) {
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Missing - in absolute pattern %s",
- pattern);
- }
-
- if (strncmp(pkg, pattern, end_base - pattern) != 0)
- return 0;
- if (pkg[end_base - pattern] != '\0')
- return 0;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-check_pkg_history1(const char *pkg, const char *pattern)
-{
- const char *open_brace, *close_brace, *inner_brace, *suffix, *iter;
- size_t prefix_len, suffix_len, middle_len;
- char *expanded_pkg;
-
- open_brace = strchr(pattern, '{');
- if (open_brace == NULL) {
- if ((close_brace = strchr(pattern, '}')) != NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unbalanced {} in pattern %s",
- pattern);
- return check_pkg_history_pattern(pkg, pattern);
- }
- close_brace = strchr(open_brace, '}');
- if (strchr(pattern, '}') != close_brace)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unbalanced {} in pattern %s",
- pattern);
-
- while ((inner_brace = strchr(open_brace + 1, '{')) != NULL) {
- if (inner_brace >= close_brace)
- break;
- open_brace = inner_brace;
- }
-
- expanded_pkg = xmalloc(strlen(pattern)); /* {} are going away... */
-
- prefix_len = open_brace - pattern;
- suffix = close_brace + 1;
- suffix_len = strlen(suffix) + 1;
- memcpy(expanded_pkg, pattern, prefix_len);
-
- ++open_brace;
-
- do {
- iter = strchr(open_brace, ',');
- if (iter == NULL || iter > close_brace)
- iter = close_brace;
-
- middle_len = iter - open_brace;
- memcpy(expanded_pkg + prefix_len, open_brace, middle_len);
- memcpy(expanded_pkg + prefix_len + middle_len, suffix,
- suffix_len);
- if (check_pkg_history1(pkg, expanded_pkg)) {
- free(expanded_pkg);
- return 1;
- }
- open_brace = iter + 1;
- } while (iter < close_brace);
-
- free(expanded_pkg);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-check_pkg_history(const char *pkg)
-{
- size_t i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < pv->entries; ++i) {
- if (!quick_pkg_match(pv->vulnerability[i], pkg))
- continue;
- if (strcmp("eol", pv->classification[i]) == 0)
- continue;
- if (check_pkg_history1(pkg, pv->vulnerability[i]) == 0)
- continue;
-
- printf("%s %s %s\n", pv->vulnerability[i],
- pv->classification[i], pv->advisory[i]);
- }
-}
-
-void
-audit_history(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- parse_options(argc, argv, "st:");
- argv += optind;
-
- check_and_read_pkg_vulnerabilities();
- for (; *argv != NULL; ++argv)
- check_pkg_history(*argv);
-
- free_pkg_vulnerabilities(pv);
- exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: check.c,v 1.10 2010/01/22 13:30:41 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: check.c,v 1.10 2010/01/22 13:30:41 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Hubert Feyrer <hubert@feyrer.de>.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-#include <dirent.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#if !defined(NETBSD) && !defined(__minix)
-#include <nbcompat/md5.h>
-#else
-#include <minix/md5.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDIO_H
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "admin.h"
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static int checkpattern_fn(const char *, void *);
-
-/*
- * Assumes CWD is in /var/db/pkg/<pkg>!
- */
-static void
-check1pkg(const char *pkgdir, int *filecnt, int *pkgcnt)
-{
- FILE *f;
- plist_t *p;
- package_t Plist;
- char *PkgName, *dirp = NULL, *md5file;
- char file[MaxPathSize];
- char *content;
-
- content = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkgdir, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- f = fopen(content, "r");
- if (f == NULL)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "can't open %s", content);
- free(content);
-
- read_plist(&Plist, f);
- p = find_plist(&Plist, PLIST_NAME);
- if (p == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Package %s has no @name, aborting.",
- pkgdir);
- PkgName = p->name;
- for (p = Plist.head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_FILE:
- if (dirp == NULL) {
- warnx("dirp not initialized, please send-pr!");
- abort();
- }
-
- (void) snprintf(file, sizeof(file), "%s/%s", dirp, p->name);
-
- if (isfile(file) || islinktodir(file)) {
- if (p->next && p->next->type == PLIST_COMMENT) {
- if (strncmp(p->next->name, CHECKSUM_HEADER, ChecksumHeaderLen) == 0) {
- if ((md5file = MD5File(file, NULL)) != NULL) {
- /* Mismatch? */
- if (strcmp(md5file, p->next->name + ChecksumHeaderLen) != 0)
- printf("%s fails MD5 checksum\n", file);
-
- free(md5file);
- }
- } else if (strncmp(p->next->name, SYMLINK_HEADER, SymlinkHeaderLen) == 0) {
- char buf[MaxPathSize + SymlinkHeaderLen];
- int cc;
-
- (void) strlcpy(buf, SYMLINK_HEADER, sizeof(buf));
- if ((cc = readlink(file, &buf[SymlinkHeaderLen],
- sizeof(buf) - SymlinkHeaderLen - 1)) < 0) {
- warnx("can't readlink `%s'", file);
- } else {
- buf[SymlinkHeaderLen + cc] = 0x0;
- if (strcmp(buf, p->next->name) != 0) {
- printf("symlink (%s) is not same as recorded value, %s: %s\n",
- file, buf, p->next->name);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- (*filecnt)++;
- } else if (isbrokenlink(file)) {
- warnx("%s: Symlink `%s' exists and is in %s but target does not exist!", PkgName, file, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- } else {
- warnx("%s: File `%s' is in %s but not on filesystem!", PkgName, file, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- }
- break;
- case PLIST_CWD:
- if (strcmp(p->name, ".") != 0)
- dirp = p->name;
- else
- dirp = pkgdb_pkg_dir(pkgdir);
- break;
- case PLIST_IGNORE:
- p = p->next;
- break;
- case PLIST_SHOW_ALL:
- case PLIST_SRC:
- case PLIST_CMD:
- case PLIST_CHMOD:
- case PLIST_CHOWN:
- case PLIST_CHGRP:
- case PLIST_COMMENT:
- case PLIST_NAME:
- case PLIST_UNEXEC:
- case PLIST_DISPLAY:
- case PLIST_PKGDEP:
- case PLIST_DIR_RM:
- case PLIST_OPTION:
- case PLIST_PKGCFL:
- case PLIST_BLDDEP:
- case PLIST_PKGDIR:
- break;
- }
- }
- free_plist(&Plist);
- fclose(f);
- (*pkgcnt)++;
-}
-
-struct checkpattern_arg {
- int filecnt;
- int pkgcnt;
- int got_match;
-};
-
-static int
-checkpattern_fn(const char *pkg, void *vp)
-{
- struct checkpattern_arg *arg = vp;
-
- check1pkg(pkg, &arg->filecnt, &arg->pkgcnt);
- if (!quiet)
- printf(".");
-
- arg->got_match = 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-check_pkg(const char *pkg, int *filecnt, int *pkgcnt, int allow_unmatched)
-{
- struct checkpattern_arg arg;
- char *pattern;
-
- arg.filecnt = *filecnt;
- arg.pkgcnt = *pkgcnt;
- arg.got_match = 0;
-
- if (match_installed_pkgs(pkg, checkpattern_fn, &arg) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot process pkdbdb");
- if (arg.got_match != 0) {
- *filecnt = arg.filecnt;
- *pkgcnt = arg.pkgcnt;
- return;
- }
-
- if (ispkgpattern(pkg)) {
- if (allow_unmatched)
- return;
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "No matching pkg for %s.", pkg);
- }
-
- pattern = xasprintf("%s-[0-9]*", pkg);
-
- if (match_installed_pkgs(pattern, checkpattern_fn, &arg) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot process pkdbdb");
-
- if (arg.got_match == 0)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot find package %s", pkg);
- free(pattern);
-
- *filecnt = arg.filecnt;
- *pkgcnt = arg.pkgcnt;
-}
-
-void
-check(char **argv)
-{
- int filecnt, pkgcnt;
-
- filecnt = 0;
- pkgcnt = 0;
- setbuf(stdout, NULL);
-
- if (*argv == NULL) {
- check_pkg("*", &filecnt, &pkgcnt, 1);
- } else {
- for (; *argv != NULL; ++argv)
- check_pkg(*argv, &filecnt, &pkgcnt, 0);
- }
-
- printf("\n");
- printf("Checked %d file%s from %d package%s.\n",
- filecnt, (filecnt == 1) ? "" : "s",
- pkgcnt, (pkgcnt == 1) ? "" : "s");
-}
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-
-pkg_admin=/usr/bin/sbin/pkg_admin
-
-usage() {
- echo 'Usage: download-vulnerability-list [-hs] [-c config_file]' >& $2
- echo "Please use \`\`pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities'' instead." >& $2
- exit $1
-}
-
-do_sign=
-
-args=`getopt c:hs $*`
-if [ $? -ne 0 ]; then
- usage 1 2
-fi
-
-set -- $args
-
-while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
- case "$1" in
- -c)
- echo "The download-vulnerability-list wrapper does not support -c" >&2
- echo "Please switch to \`\`pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities''." >&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- -h)
- usage 0 1
- ;;
- -s)
- do_sign=-s
- ;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-exec ${pkg_admin} fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities ${do_sign}
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: download-vulnerability-list.8,v 1.1 2010/03/19 12:49:53 wiz Exp $
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
-.\" by Thomas Klausner.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
-.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
-.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.Dd March 18, 2010
-.Dt DOWNLOAD-VULNERABILITY-LIST 8
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm download-vulnerability-list
-.Nd download vulnerability list used for checking installed packages
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl hs
-.Op Fl c Ar config_file
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-.Nm
-is deprecated.
-Please use the
-.Cm fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities
-command of
-.Xr pkg_admin 1
-instead.
-.Pp
-The
-.Nm
-script is installed for backwards compatibility only and will
-eventually be removed.
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_admin 1
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.61 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.61 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Hubert Feyrer <hubert@feyrer.de> and
- * by Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-#include <dirent.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#if !defined(NETBSD) && !defined(__minix)
-#include <nbcompat/md5.h>
-#else
-#include <minix/md5.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDIO_H
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
-#include <archive.h>
-#include <fetch.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "admin.h"
-#include "lib.h"
-
-#define DEFAULT_SFX ".t[bg]z" /* default suffix for ls{all,best} */
-
-struct pkgdb_count {
- size_t files;
- size_t directories;
- size_t packages;
-};
-
-static const char Options[] = "C:K:SVbd:qs:v";
-
-int quiet, verbose;
-
-static void set_unset_variable(char **, Boolean);
-
-/* print usage message and exit */
-void
-usage(void)
-{
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-bqSVv] [-C config] [-d lsdir] [-K pkg_dbdir] [-s sfx] command [args ...]\n"
- "Where 'commands' and 'args' are:\n"
- " rebuild - rebuild pkgdb from +CONTENTS files\n"
- " rebuild-tree - rebuild +REQUIRED_BY files from forward deps\n"
- " check [pkg ...] - check md5 checksum of installed files\n"
- " add pkg ... - add pkg files to database\n"
- " delete pkg ... - delete file entries for pkg in database\n"
- " set variable=value pkg ... - set installation variable for package\n"
- " unset variable pkg ... - unset installation variable for package\n"
- " lsall /path/to/pkgpattern - list all pkgs matching the pattern\n"
- " lsbest /path/to/pkgpattern - list pkgs matching the pattern best\n"
- " dump - dump database\n"
- " pmatch pattern pkg - returns true if pkg matches pattern, otherwise false\n"
- " fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities [-s] - fetch new vulnerability file\n"
- " check-pkg-vulnerabilities [-s] <file> - check syntax and checksums of the vulnerability file\n"
- " audit [-es] [-t type] ... - check installed packages for vulnerabilities\n"
- " audit-pkg [-es] [-t type] ... - check listed packages for vulnerabilities\n"
- " audit-batch [-es] [-t type] ... - check packages in listed files for vulnerabilities\n"
- " audit-history [-t type] ... - print all advisories for package names\n"
- " check-license <condition> - check if condition is acceptable\n"
- " check-single-license <license> - check if license is acceptable\n"
- " config-var name - print current value of the configuration variable\n"
- " check-signature ... - verify the signature of packages\n"
- " x509-sign-package pkg spkg key cert - create X509 signature\n"
- " gpg-sign-package pkg spkg - create GPG signature\n",
- getprogname());
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-
-/*
- * add1pkg(<pkg>)
- * adds the files listed in the +CONTENTS of <pkg> into the
- * pkgdb.byfile.db database file in the current package dbdir. It
- * returns the number of files added to the database file.
- */
-static int
-add_pkg(const char *pkgdir, void *vp)
-{
- FILE *f;
- plist_t *p;
- package_t Plist;
- char *contents;
- char *PkgName, *dirp;
- char file[MaxPathSize];
- struct pkgdb_count *count;
-
- if (!pkgdb_open(ReadWrite))
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot open pkgdb");
-
- count = vp;
- ++count->packages;
-
- contents = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkgdir, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- if ((f = fopen(contents, "r")) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s: can't open `%s'", pkgdir, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- free(contents);
-
- read_plist(&Plist, f);
- if ((p = find_plist(&Plist, PLIST_NAME)) == NULL) {
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Package `%s' has no @name, aborting.", pkgdir);
- }
-
- PkgName = p->name;
- dirp = NULL;
- for (p = Plist.head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch(p->type) {
- case PLIST_FILE:
- if (dirp == NULL) {
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "@cwd not yet found, please send-pr!");
- }
- (void) snprintf(file, sizeof(file), "%s/%s", dirp, p->name);
- if (!(isfile(file) || islinktodir(file))) {
- if (isbrokenlink(file)) {
- warnx("%s: Symlink `%s' exists and is in %s but target does not exist!",
- PkgName, file, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- } else {
- warnx("%s: File `%s' is in %s but not on filesystem!",
- PkgName, file, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- }
- } else {
- pkgdb_store(file, PkgName);
- ++count->files;
- }
- break;
- case PLIST_PKGDIR:
- add_pkgdir(PkgName, dirp, p->name);
- ++count->directories;
- break;
- case PLIST_CWD:
- if (strcmp(p->name, ".") != 0)
- dirp = p->name;
- else
- dirp = pkgdb_pkg_dir(pkgdir);
- break;
- case PLIST_IGNORE:
- p = p->next;
- break;
- case PLIST_SHOW_ALL:
- case PLIST_SRC:
- case PLIST_CMD:
- case PLIST_CHMOD:
- case PLIST_CHOWN:
- case PLIST_CHGRP:
- case PLIST_COMMENT:
- case PLIST_NAME:
- case PLIST_UNEXEC:
- case PLIST_DISPLAY:
- case PLIST_PKGDEP:
- case PLIST_DIR_RM:
- case PLIST_OPTION:
- case PLIST_PKGCFL:
- case PLIST_BLDDEP:
- break;
- }
- }
- free_plist(&Plist);
- fclose(f);
- pkgdb_close();
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-delete1pkg(const char *pkgdir)
-{
- if (!pkgdb_open(ReadWrite))
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot open pkgdb");
- (void) pkgdb_remove_pkg(pkgdir);
- pkgdb_close();
-}
-
-static void
-rebuild(void)
-{
- char *cachename;
- struct pkgdb_count count;
-
- count.files = 0;
- count.directories = 0;
- count.packages = 0;
-
- cachename = pkgdb_get_database();
- if (unlink(cachename) != 0 && errno != ENOENT)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "unlink %s", cachename);
-
- setbuf(stdout, NULL);
-
- iterate_pkg_db(add_pkg, &count);
-
- printf("\n");
- printf("Stored %" PRIzu " file%s and %zu explicit director%s"
- " from %"PRIzu " package%s in %s.\n",
- count.files, count.files == 1 ? "" : "s",
- count.directories, count.directories == 1 ? "y" : "ies",
- count.packages, count.packages == 1 ? "" : "s",
- cachename);
-}
-
-static int
-lspattern(const char *pkg, void *vp)
-{
- const char *dir = vp;
- printf("%s/%s\n", dir, pkg);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-lsbasepattern(const char *pkg, void *vp)
-{
- puts(pkg);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-remove_required_by(const char *pkgname, void *cookie)
-{
- char *path;
-
- path = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkgname, REQUIRED_BY_FNAME);
-
- if (unlink(path) == -1 && errno != ENOENT)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot remove %s", path);
-
- free(path);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-add_required_by(const char *pattern, const char *required_by)
-{
- char *best_installed, *path;
- int fd;
- size_t len;
-
- best_installed = find_best_matching_installed_pkg(pattern);
- if (best_installed == NULL) {
- warnx("Dependency %s of %s unresolved", pattern, required_by);
- return;
- }
-
- path = pkgdb_pkg_file(best_installed, REQUIRED_BY_FNAME);
- free(best_installed);
-
- if ((fd = open(path, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND | O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot write to %s", path);
- free(path);
-
- len = strlen(required_by);
- if (write(fd, required_by, len) != (ssize_t)len ||
- write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 ||
- close(fd) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot write to %s", path);
-}
-
-
-static int
-add_depends_of(const char *pkgname, void *cookie)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- plist_t *p;
- package_t plist;
- char *path;
-
- path = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkgname, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- if ((fp = fopen(path, "r")) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot read %s of package %s",
- CONTENTS_FNAME, pkgname);
- free(path);
- read_plist(&plist, fp);
- fclose(fp);
-
- for (p = plist.head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_PKGDEP)
- add_required_by(p->name, pkgname);
- }
-
- free_plist(&plist);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-rebuild_tree(void)
-{
- if (iterate_pkg_db(remove_required_by, NULL) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot iterate pkgdb");
- if (iterate_pkg_db(add_depends_of, NULL) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot iterate pkgdb");
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- Boolean use_default_sfx = TRUE;
- Boolean show_basename_only = FALSE;
- char lsdir[MaxPathSize];
- char sfx[MaxPathSize];
- char *lsdirp = NULL;
- int ch;
-
- setprogname(argv[0]);
-
- if (argc < 2)
- usage();
-
- while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, Options)) != -1)
- switch (ch) {
- case 'C':
- config_file = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'K':
- pkgdb_set_dir(optarg, 3);
- break;
-
- case 'S':
- sfx[0] = 0x0;
- use_default_sfx = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case 'V':
- show_version();
- /* NOTREACHED */
-
- case 'b':
- show_basename_only = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'd':
- (void) strlcpy(lsdir, optarg, sizeof(lsdir));
- lsdirp = lsdir;
- break;
-
- case 'q':
- quiet = 1;
- break;
-
- case 's':
- (void) strlcpy(sfx, optarg, sizeof(sfx));
- use_default_sfx = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case 'v':
- ++verbose;
- break;
-
- default:
- usage();
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
-
- argc -= optind;
- argv += optind;
-
- if (argc <= 0) {
- usage();
- }
-
- /*
- * config-var is reading the config file implicitly,
- * so skip it here.
- */
- if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "config-var") != 0)
- pkg_install_config();
-
- if (use_default_sfx)
- (void) strlcpy(sfx, DEFAULT_SFX, sizeof(sfx));
-
- if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "pmatch") == 0) {
-
- char *pattern, *pkg;
-
- argv++; /* "pmatch" */
-
- if (argv[0] == NULL || argv[1] == NULL) {
- usage();
- }
-
- pattern = argv[0];
- pkg = argv[1];
-
- if (pkg_match(pattern, pkg)){
- return 0;
- } else {
- return 1;
- }
-
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "rebuild") == 0) {
-
- rebuild();
- printf("Done.\n");
-
-
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "rebuild-tree") == 0) {
-
- rebuild_tree();
- printf("Done.\n");
-
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "check") == 0) {
- argv++; /* "check" */
-
- check(argv);
-
- if (!quiet) {
- printf("Done.\n");
- }
-
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "lsall") == 0) {
- argv++; /* "lsall" */
-
- while (*argv != NULL) {
- /* args specified */
- int rc;
- const char *basep, *dir;
-
- dir = lsdirp ? lsdirp : dirname_of(*argv);
- basep = basename_of(*argv);
-
- if (show_basename_only)
- rc = match_local_files(dir, use_default_sfx, 1, basep, lsbasepattern, NULL);
- else
- rc = match_local_files(dir, use_default_sfx, 1, basep, lspattern, __UNCONST(dir));
- if (rc == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Error from match_local_files(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...)",
- dir, basep);
-
- argv++;
- }
-
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "lsbest") == 0) {
- argv++; /* "lsbest" */
-
- while (*argv != NULL) {
- /* args specified */
- const char *basep, *dir;
- char *p;
-
- dir = lsdirp ? lsdirp : dirname_of(*argv);
- basep = basename_of(*argv);
-
- p = find_best_matching_file(dir, basep, use_default_sfx, 1);
-
- if (p) {
- if (show_basename_only)
- printf("%s\n", p);
- else
- printf("%s/%s\n", dir, p);
- free(p);
- }
-
- argv++;
- }
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "list") == 0 ||
- strcasecmp(argv[0], "dump") == 0) {
-
- pkgdb_dump();
-
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "add") == 0) {
- struct pkgdb_count count;
-
- count.files = 0;
- count.directories = 0;
- count.packages = 0;
-
- for (++argv; *argv != NULL; ++argv)
- add_pkg(*argv, &count);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "delete") == 0) {
- argv++; /* "delete" */
- while (*argv != NULL) {
- delete1pkg(*argv);
- argv++;
- }
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "set") == 0) {
- argv++; /* "set" */
- set_unset_variable(argv, FALSE);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "unset") == 0) {
- argv++; /* "unset" */
- set_unset_variable(argv, TRUE);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "config-var") == 0) {
- argv++;
- if (argv == NULL || argv[1] != NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "config-var takes exactly one argument");
- pkg_install_show_variable(argv[0]);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "check-license") == 0) {
- if (argv[1] == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "check-license takes exactly one argument");
-
- load_license_lists();
-
- switch (acceptable_pkg_license(argv[1])) {
- case 0:
- puts("no");
- return 0;
- case 1:
- puts("yes");
- return 0;
- case -1:
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "invalid license condition");
- }
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "check-single-license") == 0) {
- if (argv[1] == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "check-license takes exactly one argument");
- load_license_lists();
-
- switch (acceptable_license(argv[1])) {
- case 0:
- puts("no");
- return 0;
- case 1:
- puts("yes");
- return 0;
- case -1:
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "invalid license");
- }
- }
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
- else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "findbest") == 0) {
- struct url *url;
- char *output;
- int rc;
-
- process_pkg_path();
-
- rc = 0;
- for (++argv; *argv != NULL; ++argv) {
- url = find_best_package(NULL, *argv, 1);
- if (url == NULL) {
- rc = 1;
- continue;
- }
- output = fetchStringifyURL(url);
- puts(output);
- fetchFreeURL(url);
- free(output);
- }
-
- return rc;
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities") == 0) {
- fetch_pkg_vulnerabilities(--argc, ++argv);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "check-pkg-vulnerabilities") == 0) {
- check_pkg_vulnerabilities(--argc, ++argv);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "audit") == 0) {
- audit_pkgdb(--argc, ++argv);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "audit-pkg") == 0) {
- audit_pkg(--argc, ++argv);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "audit-batch") == 0) {
- audit_batch(--argc, ++argv);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "audit-history") == 0) {
- audit_history(--argc, ++argv);
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "check-signature") == 0) {
- struct archive *pkg;
- int rc;
-
- rc = 0;
- for (--argc, ++argv; argc > 0; --argc, ++argv) {
- char *archive_name;
-
- pkg = open_archive(*argv, &archive_name);
- if (pkg == NULL) {
- warnx("%s could not be opened", *argv);
- continue;
- }
- if (pkg_full_signature_check(archive_name, &pkg))
- rc = 1;
- free(archive_name);
- if (!pkg)
- archive_read_finish(pkg);
- }
- return rc;
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "x509-sign-package") == 0) {
-#ifdef HAVE_SSL
- --argc;
- ++argv;
- if (argc != 4)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "x509-sign-package takes exactly four arguments");
- pkg_sign_x509(argv[0], argv[1], argv[2], argv[3]);
-#else
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "OpenSSL support is not included");
-#endif
- } else if (strcasecmp(argv[0], "gpg-sign-package") == 0) {
- --argc;
- ++argv;
- if (argc != 2)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "gpg-sign-package takes exactly two arguments");
- pkg_sign_gpg(argv[0], argv[1]);
- }
-#endif
- else {
- usage();
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-struct set_installed_info_arg {
- char *variable;
- char *value;
- int got_match;
-};
-
-static int
-set_installed_info_var(const char *name, void *cookie)
-{
- struct set_installed_info_arg *arg = cookie;
- char *filename;
- int retval;
-
- filename = pkgdb_pkg_file(name, INSTALLED_INFO_FNAME);
-
- retval = var_set(filename, arg->variable, arg->value);
-
- free(filename);
- arg->got_match = 1;
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-static void
-set_unset_variable(char **argv, Boolean unset)
-{
- struct set_installed_info_arg arg;
- char *eq;
- char *variable;
- int ret = 0;
-
- if (argv[0] == NULL || argv[1] == NULL)
- usage();
-
- variable = NULL;
-
- if (unset) {
- arg.variable = argv[0];
- arg.value = NULL;
- } else {
- eq = NULL;
- if ((eq=strchr(argv[0], '=')) == NULL)
- usage();
-
- variable = xmalloc(eq-argv[0]+1);
- strlcpy(variable, argv[0], eq-argv[0]+1);
-
- arg.variable = variable;
- arg.value = eq+1;
-
- if (strcmp(variable, AUTOMATIC_VARNAME) == 0 &&
- strcasecmp(arg.value, "yes") != 0 &&
- strcasecmp(arg.value, "no") != 0) {
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "unknown value `%s' for " AUTOMATIC_VARNAME,
- arg.value);
- }
- }
- if (strpbrk(arg.variable, "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ") != NULL) {
- free(variable);
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "variable name must not contain uppercase letters");
- }
-
- argv++;
- while (*argv != NULL) {
- arg.got_match = 0;
- if (match_installed_pkgs(*argv, set_installed_info_var, &arg) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot process pkdbdb");
- if (arg.got_match == 0) {
- char *pattern;
-
- if (ispkgpattern(*argv)) {
- warnx("no matching pkg for `%s'", *argv);
- ret++;
- } else {
- pattern = xasprintf("%s-[0-9]*", *argv);
-
- if (match_installed_pkgs(pattern, set_installed_info_var, &arg) == -1)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot process pkdbdb");
-
- if (arg.got_match == 0) {
- warnx("cannot find package %s", *argv);
- ++ret;
- }
- free(pattern);
- }
- }
-
- argv++;
- }
-
- if (ret > 0)
- exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-
- free(variable);
-
- return;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: pkg_admin.1,v 1.32 2010/06/16 23:02:48 joerg Exp $
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 1999-2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
-.\" by Hubert Feyrer <hubert@feyrer.de>.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
-.\" This product includes software developed by the NetBSD
-.\" Foundation, Inc. and its contributors.
-.\" 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
-.\" contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-.\" from this software without specific prior written permission.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
-.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
-.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.Dd June 16, 2010
-.Dt PKG_ADMIN 1
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm pkg_admin
-.Nd perform various administrative tasks to the pkg system
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl bqSVv
-.Op Fl C Ar config
-.Op Fl d Ar lsdir
-.Op Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-.Op Fl s Ar sfx_pattern
-.Ar command Op args ...
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-This command performs various administrative tasks around the
-.Nx
-Packages System.
-.Sh OPTIONS
-The following command-line options are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Fl b
-Print only the base names when matching package names for
-.Cm lsall
-and
-.Cm lsbest .
-.It Fl C Ar config
-Read the configuration file from
-.Ar config
-instead of the system default.
-.It Fl d Ar lsdir
-Set
-.Ar lsdir
-as the path to the directory in which to find matching package names for
-.Cm lsall
-and
-.Cm lsbest .
-.It Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-Override the value of the
-.Dv PKG_DBDIR
-configuration option with the value
-.Ar pkg_dbdir .
-.It Fl q
-Perform checks in a quiet manner.
-In normal operation,
-.Nm
-prints a
-.Sq \&.
-to standard output to indicate progress.
-This option suppresses this progress indicator.
-.It Fl S
-Set the shell glob pattern for package suffixes when matching package
-names for
-.Cm lsall
-and
-.Cm lsbest
-to be the null suffix.
-.It Fl s Ar sfx_pattern
-Set the shell glob pattern for package suffixes when matching package
-names for
-.Cm lsall
-and
-.Cm lsbest .
-The default pattern is ".t[bg]z".
-.It Fl V
-Print version number and exit.
-.It Fl v
-Be more verbose.
-.El
-.Pp
-The following commands are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Cm add Ar pkg ...
-For each listed package, write the absolute pathnames of the files listed in
-its
-.Pa +CONTENTS
-file together with the package they belong to into the package database.
-This should be used only by
-.Xr pkg_view 1 .
-.It Cm audit Oo Fl es Oc Oo Fl t Ar type Oc Oo Ar pkg Oc ...
-Check the listed installed packages for vulnerabilities.
-If no package is given, check all installed packages.
-If
-.Fl e
-is given, override the
-.Dv CHECK_END_OF_LIFE
-option from
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-with
-.Qq Li yes .
-If
-.Fl s
-is given, check the signature of the pkg-vulnerabilities file before using it.
-.Fl t
-restricts the reported vulnerabilities to type
-.Ar type .
-.It Cm audit-pkg Oo Fl es Oc Oo Fl t Ar type Oc Oo Ar pkg Oc ...
-Like
-.Cm audit ,
-but check only the given package names or patterns.
-.It Cm audit-batch Oo Fl es Oc Oo Fl t Ar type Oc Oo Ar pkg-list Oc ...
-Like
-.Cm audit-pkg ,
-but read the package names or patterns one per line from the given files.
-.It Cm audit-history Oo Fl s Oc Oo Fl t Ar type Oc Oo Ar pkgbase Oc ...
-Print all vulnerabilities for the given base package names.
-.It Cm check Op Ar pkg ...
-Use this command to check the files belonging to some or all of the
-packages installed on the local machine against the checksum
-which was recorded in the
-.Pa +CONTENTS
-files at package installation time.
-Symbolic links also have their integrity checked against the recorded
-value at package installation time.
-If no additional argument is given, the files of all installed packages
-are checked, else only the named packages will be checked (wildcards can
-be used here, see
-.Xr pkg_info 1 ) .
-.Pp
-The packages'
-.Pa +CONTENTS
-files will be parsed and the
-checksum will be checked for every file found.
-A warning message is printed if the expected checksum differs from the
-checksum of the file on disk.
-Symbolic links are also checked, ensuring that the targets on disk are
-the same as the contents recorded at package installation time.
-.It Cm check-license Ar condition
-Check if
-.Ar condition
-can be fulfilled with the currently set of accepted licenses.
-Prints either yes or no to stdout if the condition can be parsed,
-otherwise it exits with error.
-.It Cm check-pkg-vulnerabilities Oo Fl s Oc Ar file
-Check format and hashes in the pkg-vulnerabilities file
-.Ar file .
-If
-.Fl s
-is given, also check the embedded signature.
-.It Cm check-signature Ar file ...
-Reports if
-.Ar file
-is a correctly signed package.
-.It Cm check-single-license Ar license
-Check if
-.Ar license
-is a valid license name and if it is in the set of acceptable licenses.
-Prints either yes or no to stdout if the condition can be parsed,
-otherwise it exits with error.
-.It Cm config-var Ar variable
-Print the current value of
-.Ar variable
-as used after parsing the configuration file.
-.It Cm delete Ar pkg ...
-For each listed package, remove all file entries in the package database that
-belong to the package.
-This should be used only by
-.Xr pkg_view 1 .
-.It Cm dump
-Dump the contents of the package database, similar to
-.Cm pkg_info -F .
-Columns are printed for the key field used in the pkgdb - the filename -,
-and the data field - the package the file belongs to.
-.It Cm fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities Oo Fl su Oc
-Fetch a new pkg-vulnerabilities file, check the format and if
-.Fl s
-is given the signature.
-If all checks are passed, write it to pkgdb.
-If
-.Fl u
-is given, the fetch is conditional and the file transfer is only done if
-the remote version is newer than the one in pkgdb.
-.It Cm findbest Ar pattern ...
-Search the entries of
-.Dv PKG_PATH
-for packages matching
-.Ar pattern .
-Print the URL of the best matching package to stdout for each pattern.
-If a pattern is not matched, it is skipped and the command will return
-a failure.
-.It Cm lsall Ar /dir/pkgpattern
-.It Cm lsbest Ar /dir/pkgpattern
-List all/best package matching pattern in the given directory
-.Pa /dir .
-If the
-.Fl d
-flag is given, then that directory path overrides
-.Pa /dir .
-Can be used to work around limitations of /bin/sh and other
-filename globbing mechanisms.
-This option implements matching of
-pkg-wildcards against arbitrary files and directories, useful mainly in
-the build system itself.
-See
-.Xr pkg_info 1
-for a description of the pattern.
-.Pp
-Example:
-.Bd -literal
-yui# cd /usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/
-yui# ls unzip*
-unzip-5.40.tgz unzip-5.41.tgz
-yui# pkg_admin lsall 'unzip*'
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/unzip-5.40.tgz
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/unzip-5.41.tgz
-yui# pkg_admin lsall 'unzip\*[Ge]5.40'
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/unzip-5.40.tgz
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/unzip-5.41.tgz
-yui# pkg_admin lsall 'unzip\*[Ge]5.41'
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/unzip-5.41.tgz
-yui# pkg_admin lsbest 'unzip\*[Ge]5.40'
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/unzip-5.41.tgz
-yui# pkg_admin lsall /usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/'{mit,unproven}-pthread*'
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/mit-pthreads-1.60b6.tgz
-/usr/pkgsrc/packages/i386ELF/All/unproven-pthreads-0.15.tgz
-.Ed
-.It Cm pmatch Ar pattern Ar pkg
-Returns true if
-.Ar pkg
-matches
-.Ar pattern ,
-otherwise returns false.
-.It Cm rebuild
-Rebuild the package database mapping from scratch.
-This option is only intended for recovery after system crashes
-during package installation and removal.
-.It Cm rebuild-tree
-Rebuild the +REQUIRED_BY files from scratch by reresolving all dependencies.
-.Pp
-This option is intended to be used for fixing inconsistencies between
-the records of depending and depended-on packages, such as can arise
-by the use of
-.Cm pkg_delete -f .
-.It Cm set Ar variable=value pkg ...
-Set variable with information about the installed package.
-Use
-.Cm unset
-to remove a variable.
-.Pp
-Packages that are not installed directly by the user but pulled in as
-dependencies are marked by setting
-.Dq automatic=YES .
-.It Cm gpg-sign-package pkg spkg
-Sign the binary package
-.Ar pkg
-using GPG and write the result to
-.Ar spkg .
-.It Cm x509-sign-package pkg spkg key cert
-Sign the binary package
-.Ar pkg
-using the key
-.Ar key
-and the certificate
-.Ar cert ,
-using
-.Ar spkg
-as output file.
-.It Cm unset Ar variable pkg ...
-Remove an installation variable.
-.El
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-See
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-for options, that can also be specified using the environment.
-.Sh FILES
-.Bl -tag -width /var/db/pkg/pkgdb.byfile.db -compact
-.It Pa /var/db/pkg/pkgdb.byfile.db
-.It Pa /var/db/pkg/\*[Lt]pkg\*[Gt]/+CONTENTS
-.El
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_create 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_delete 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_info 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_view 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5 ,
-.Xr pkgsrc 7
-.Sh HISTORY
-The
-.Nm
-command first appeared in
-.Nx 1.4 .
-.Sh AUTHORS
-The
-.Nm
-command was written by Hubert Feyrer.
+++ /dev/null
-SCRIPTS= bpm.sh
-MAN= bpm.1
-
-.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: bpm.1,v 1.6 2009/02/08 23:12:10 wiz Exp $ */
-.\"
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Alistair G. Crooks. All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-.\" must display the following acknowledgement:
-.\" This product includes software developed by Alistair G. Crooks.
-.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
-.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
-.\" permission.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
-.\" OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-.\" WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-.\" DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
-.\" GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
-.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
-.\" NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-.\" SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.Dd August 3, 2007
-.Dt BPM 1
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm bpm
-.Nd menu-based binary package manager
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl hnVv
-.Op Fl b Ar baseURL
-.Op Fl m Ar machine
-.Op Fl r Ar release
-.Op Fl w Ar seconds
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-command is used to locate and install binary packages from any
-reachable URL.
-.Pp
-The following command-line options are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Fl b Ar baseURL
-Specify a base URL from which to download binary packages.
-The default URL is
-.Pa ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages .
-.It Fl h
-Print a help message and then exit.
-.It Fl m Ar machine
-Use
-.Ar machine
-as the machine architecture to be used, instead of that returned by
-.Xr uname 1 .
-.It Fl n
-Don't actually execute the commands to add the package.
-.It Fl r Ar release
-Use
-.Ar release
-as the operating system release to be used, instead of that returned by
-.Xr uname 1 .
-.It Fl V
-Print version number and exit.
-.It Fl v
-Turn on verbose output.
-.It Fl w Ar seconds
-The number of
-.Ar seconds
-to wait after displaying an error message and returning to
-normal menu operations.
-.El
-.Pp
-.Nm
-provides a menu-based binary package manager for
-.Nx .
-.Nm
-first connects to the URL using
-.Xr ftp 1 ,
-and displays a list of categories for which binary packages exist.
-If no categories are displayed, it could
-be that the machine architecture or operating system release string
-have been wrongly interpreted, and that it will be necessary to override
-this values by means of the command line options.
-Within a category, a list of packages will be displayed, and by selecting
-one using the number assigned to it, the package will be downloaded
-automatically, and installed, using the
-.Xr pkg_add 1
-utility.
-It is also possible to change the category currently being examined,
-and to quit from the utility, simply by selecting the appropriate choices
-on the menu.
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-The environment variables which govern the behavior of
-.Xr ftp 1
-and
-.Xr pkg_add 1
-are valid for
-.Nm .
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr ftp 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
-.Xr uname 1
-.Sh AUTHORS
-The
-.Nm
-utility was written by
-.An Alistair Crooks Aq agc@NetBSD.org .
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-#
-# $NetBSD: bpm.sh.in,v 1.4 2007/08/02 23:30:20 wiz Exp $
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2003 Alistair G. Crooks. All rights reserved.
-#
-# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-# are met:
-# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-# must display the following acknowledgement:
-# This product includes software developed by Alistair G. Crooks.
-# 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
-# products derived from this software without specific prior written
-# permission.
-#
-# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
-# OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-# WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-# DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
-# GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
-# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
-# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-#
-
-die()
-{
- echo >&2 "$@"
- exit 1
-}
-
-check_prog()
-{
- _var="$1"; _name="$2"
-
- eval _tmp=\"\$$_var\"
- if [ "x$_tmp" != "x" ]; then
- # Variable is already set (by the user, for example)
- return 0
- fi
-
- for _d in `echo $PATH | tr ':' ' '`; do
- if [ -x "$_d/$_name" ]; then
- # Program found
- eval $_var=\""$_d/$_name"\"
- return 1
- fi
- done
-
- die "$_name not found in path."
-}
-
-check_prog awkprog awk
-check_prog echoprog echo
-check_prog ftpprog ftp
-check_prog idprog id
-check_prog moreprog more
-check_prog pkg_addprog pkg_add
-check_prog rmprog rm
-check_prog sedprog sed
-check_prog suprog su
-check_prog unameprog uname
-
-# print version and exit
-version() {
- $pkg_addprog -V
- exit 0
-}
-
-# temporary files
-tmpcategories=/tmp/categories.$$
-tmppackages=/tmp/packages.$$
-
-# some base parameters
-site=ftp.minix3.org
-base=pub/minix/packages
-release=`${unameprog} -r | ${sedprog} -e 's/_STABLE//'`
-machine=`${unameprog} -p`
-
-read_ftp_dir()
-{
- ftp_base=$1
- ftp_dir=$2
-
-${ftpprog} <<EOF
-open $ftp_base
-user
-anonymous
-cd $ftp_dir
-ls
-EOF
-}
-
-get_dir_entries()
-{
- start='150 Here comes the directory listing.'
- end='226 Directory send OK.'
- sed -n "/$start/,/$end/{ /$start/! {/$end/!p;}; }"
-}
-
-doit=""
-sleepsecs=0
-
-while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
- case $1 in
- -V) version ;;
- -b) base=$2; shift ;;
- -h) ${echoprog} "$0 [-b BaseURL] [-h] [-m machine] [-n] [-r release] [-v] [-w secs]"; exit 0;;
- -m) machine=$2; shift ;;
- -n) doit=":" ;;
- -r) release=$2; shift ;;
- -v) set -x ;;
- -w) sleepsecs=$2; shift ;;
- *) break ;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-category=""
-
-while true; do
- # if we don't have a packages file, then we need to choose a category
- case "$category" in
- "") # get possible categories
- if [ ! -f $tmpcategories ]; then
- ${echoprog} "Downloading package categories from ftp://${site}/${base}..."
- ${echoprog} "** QUIT" > $tmpcategories
- read_ftp_dir $site $base/${release}/${machine} | get_dir_entries >> $tmpcategories
- fi
-
- # check for bad release numbering
- # - it usually shows with 0 categories being displayed
- ${awkprog} 'END { if (NR == 1) { print "\n\n\n*** No categories found - is the OS release set properly? ***\n\n\n" } }' < $tmpcategories
-
- # display possible categories
- ${awkprog} '{ print NR ". " $0 }' < $tmpcategories | ${moreprog}
-
- # read a category number from the user
- ${echoprog} -n "Please type the category number: "
- read choice
-
- # validate user's choice
- case "$choice" in
- 0|1) ${rmprog} -f $tmpcategories $tmppackages; exit 0 ;;
- [2-9]|[0-9]*) category=`${awkprog} 'NR == '$choice' { print }' < $tmpcategories` ;;
- *) category="" ;;
- esac
- case "$category" in
- "") ${echoprog} "No such category \"$choice\""
- sleep $sleepsecs
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # get possible packages
- ${echoprog} ""
- ${echoprog} "Downloading package names from ftp://${site}/${base}/${category}..."
- ${echoprog} "** QUIT" > $tmppackages
- ${echoprog} "** Change category" >> $tmppackages
- read_ftp_dir $site $base/${release}/${machine}/${category} | get_dir_entries >> $tmppackages
- ;;
- esac
-
- # display possible packages
- ${awkprog} '{ print NR ". " $0 }' < $tmppackages | ${moreprog}
-
- # read a package number from the user
- ${echoprog} -n "Please type the package number: "
- read choice
-
- # validate user's choice
- case "$choice" in
- 1) ${rmprog} -f $tmppackages $tmpcategories; exit 0 ;;
- 2) category=""; continue ;; # no package to install - choose new category
- [3-9]|[0-9]*) package=`${awkprog} 'NR == '$choice' { print }' < $tmppackages` ;;
- *) package="" ;;
- esac
- case "$package" in
- "") ${echoprog} "No such package \"$choice\""
- sleep $sleepsecs
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # check it's not already installed
- pkgbase=`${echoprog} ${package} | ${sedprog} -e 's|-[0-9].*||'`
- installed=`pkg_info -e $pkgbase`
- case "$installed" in
- "") ;;
- *) ${echoprog} "$package selected, but $installed already installed"
- sleep $sleepsecs
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Tell people what we're doing
- ${echoprog} ""
- ${echoprog} "Adding package ftp://${site}/${base}/${release}/${machine}/${category}/${package}"
-
- cmd="${pkg_addprog} ftp://${site}/${base}/${release}/${machine}/All/${package}"
-
- # check if we need to become root for this
- if [ `${idprog} -u` != 0 ]; then
- ${echoprog} "Becoming root@`/bin/hostname` to add a binary package"
- ${echoprog} -n "`${echoprog} ${suprog} | $awkprog '{ print $1 }'` "
- $doit ${suprog} root -c "$cmd"
- success=$?
- else
- $doit $cmd
- success=$?
- fi
-
- # give feedback after adding the package
- case $success in
- 0) ${echoprog} "$package successfully installed" ;;
- *) ${echoprog} "Problems when installing $package - please try again" ;;
- esac
-
- ${echoprog} ""
- ${echoprog} -n "[Q]uit, [C]hange category, [I]nstall another package: "
- read choice
-
- case "$choice" in
- [Qq]) break ;;
- [Cc]) category="" ;;
- [Ii]) ;;
- esac
-done
-
-${rmprog} -f $tmpcategories $tmppackages
-
-exit 0
+++ /dev/null
-/* lib/config.h. Generated from config.h.in by configure. */
-/* lib/config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <assert.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_ASSERT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_ERRNO_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <err.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_ERR_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <fnctl.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <fnmatch.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_FNMATCH_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <glob.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_GLOB_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_GRP_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `db' library (-ldb). */
-/* #undef HAVE_LIBDB */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-/* #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_PWD_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/cdefs.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_FILE_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/queue.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_QUEUE_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/utsname.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_TIME_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_VFORK */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <vis.h> header file. */
-/* #undef HAVE_VIS_H */
-
-/* Define to 1 if the `z' modifider for printf is missing. */
-/* #undef MISSING_SIZE_T_SUPPORT */
-
-/* Defined when PRIu64 is missing or broken */
-#define NEED_PRI_MACRO 1
-
-/* Defined when to retain only the numeric OS version */
-/* #undef NUMERIC_VERSION_ONLY */
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "joerg@NetBSD.org"
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_NAME "pkg_install"
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_STRING "pkg_install 20090911"
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "pkg_install"
-
-/* Define to the home page for this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_URL ""
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION "20090911"
-
-/* The size of `int', as computed by sizeof. */
-#define SIZEOF_INT 4
-
-/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */
-#define SIZEOF_LONG 4
-
-/* The size of `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
-#define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 0
-
-/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
-#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#define STDC_HEADERS 1
-
-/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint32_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
- <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
- #define below would cause a syntax error. */
-/* #undef _UINT32_T */
-
-/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint64_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
- <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
- #define below would cause a syntax error. */
-/* #undef _UINT64_T */
-
-/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint8_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
- <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
- #define below would cause a syntax error. */
-/* #undef _UINT8_T */
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 16 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-/* #undef uint16_t */
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 32 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-/* #undef uint32_t */
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 64 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-/* #undef uint64_t */
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 8 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-/* #undef uint8_t */
-
-#if !HAVE_VFORK
-# define vfork fork
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MISSING_SIZE_T_SUPPORT
-# define PRIzu "zu"
-#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_INT
-# define PRIzu "u"
-#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG
-# define PRIzu "lu"
-#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
-# define PRIzu "llu"
-#else
-# error "Unknown size_t size"
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-PROG= pkg_create
-
-SRCS= main.c perform.c pl.c util.c build.c
-
-.include "../Makefile.inc"
-.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: build.c,v 1.15 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: build.c,v 1.15 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2007 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code was developed as part of Google's Summer of Code 2007 program.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * This is the main body of the create module.
- *
- */
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "create.h"
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_GRP_H
-#include <grp.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_PWD_H
-#include <pwd.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <archive.h>
-#include <archive_entry.h>
-
-static struct memory_file *contents_file;
-static struct memory_file *comment_file;
-static struct memory_file *desc_file;
-static struct memory_file *install_file;
-static struct memory_file *deinstall_file;
-static struct memory_file *display_file;
-static struct memory_file *build_version_file;
-static struct memory_file *build_info_file;
-static struct memory_file *size_pkg_file;
-static struct memory_file *size_all_file;
-static struct memory_file *preserve_file;
-static struct memory_file *views_file;
-
-static void
-write_meta_file(struct memory_file *file, struct archive *archive)
-{
- struct archive_entry *entry;
-
- entry = archive_entry_new();
- archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, file->name);
- archive_entry_copy_stat(entry, &file->st);
-
- archive_entry_set_uname(entry, file->owner);
- archive_entry_set_gname(entry, file->group);
-
- if (archive_write_header(archive, entry))
- errx(2, "cannot write to archive: %s", archive_error_string(archive));
-
- archive_write_data(archive, file->data, file->len);
-
- archive_entry_free(entry);
-}
-
-static void
-write_entry(struct archive *archive, struct archive_entry *entry)
-{
- char buf[16384];
- const char *name;
- int fd;
- off_t len;
- ssize_t buf_len;
-
- if (archive_entry_pathname(entry) == NULL) {
- warnx("entry with NULL path");
- return;
- }
-
- if (archive_write_header(archive, entry)) {
- errx(2, "cannot write %s to archive: %s",
- archive_entry_pathname(entry),
- archive_error_string(archive));
- }
-
- /* Only regular files can have data. */
- if (archive_entry_filetype(entry) != AE_IFREG ||
- archive_entry_size(entry) == 0) {
- archive_entry_free(entry);
- return;
- }
-
- name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
-
- if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
- err(2, "cannot open data file %s", name);
-
- len = archive_entry_size(entry);
-
- while (len > 0) {
- buf_len = (len > (off_t)sizeof(buf)) ? (ssize_t)sizeof(buf) : (ssize_t)len;
-
- if ((buf_len = read(fd, buf, buf_len)) == 0)
- break;
- else if (buf_len < 0)
- err(2, "cannot read from %s", name);
-
- archive_write_data(archive, buf, (size_t)buf_len);
- len -= buf_len;
- }
-
- close(fd);
-
- archive_entry_free(entry);
-}
-
-static void
-write_normal_file(const char *name, struct archive *archive,
- struct archive_entry_linkresolver *resolver,
- const char *owner, const char *group)
-{
- char buf[16384];
- ssize_t buf_len;
- struct archive_entry *entry, *sparse_entry;
- struct stat st;
-
- if (lstat(name, &st) == -1)
- err(2, "lstat failed for file %s", name);
-
- entry = archive_entry_new();
- archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, name);
- archive_entry_copy_stat(entry, &st);
-
- if (owner != NULL) {
- uid_t uid;
-
- archive_entry_set_uname(entry, owner);
- if (uid_from_user(owner, &uid) == -1)
- errx(2, "user %s unknown", owner);
- archive_entry_set_uid(entry, uid);
- } else {
- archive_entry_set_uname(entry, user_from_uid(st.st_uid, 1));
- }
-
- if (group != NULL) {
- gid_t gid;
-
- archive_entry_set_gname(entry, group);
- if (gid_from_group(group, &gid) == -1)
- errx(2, "group %s unknown", group);
- archive_entry_set_gid(entry, gid);
- } else {
- archive_entry_set_gname(entry, group_from_gid(st.st_gid, 1));
- }
-
- if ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) {
- buf_len = readlink(name, buf, sizeof buf);
- if (buf_len < 0)
- err(2, "cannot read symlink %s", name);
- buf[buf_len] = '\0';
- archive_entry_set_symlink(entry, buf);
- }
-
- archive_entry_linkify(resolver, &entry, &sparse_entry);
-
- if (entry != NULL)
- write_entry(archive, entry);
- if (sparse_entry != NULL)
- write_entry(archive, sparse_entry);
-}
-
-static void
-make_dist(const char *pkg, const char *suffix, const package_t *plist)
-{
- char *archive_name;
- const char *owner, *group;
- const plist_t *p;
- struct archive *archive;
- struct archive_entry *entry, *sparse_entry;
- struct archive_entry_linkresolver *resolver;
- char *initial_cwd;
-
- archive = archive_write_new();
- archive_write_set_format_pax_restricted(archive);
- if ((resolver = archive_entry_linkresolver_new()) == NULL)
- errx(2, "cannot create link resolver");
- archive_entry_linkresolver_set_strategy(resolver,
- archive_format(archive));
-
- if (CompressionType == NULL) {
- if (strcmp(suffix, "tbz") == 0 ||
- strcmp(suffix, "tar.bz2") == 0)
- CompressionType = "bzip2";
- else if (strcmp(suffix, "tgz") == 0 ||
- strcmp(suffix, "tar.gz") == 0)
- CompressionType = "gzip";
- else
- CompressionType = "none";
- }
-
- if (strcmp(CompressionType, "bzip2") == 0)
- archive_write_set_compression_bzip2(archive);
- else if (strcmp(CompressionType, "gzip") == 0)
- archive_write_set_compression_gzip(archive);
- else if (strcmp(CompressionType, "xz") == 0)
- archive_write_set_compression_xz(archive);
- else if (strcmp(CompressionType, "none") == 0)
- archive_write_set_compression_none(archive);
- else
- errx(1, "Unspported compression type for -F: %s",
- CompressionType);
-
- archive_name = xasprintf("%s.%s", pkg, suffix);
-
- if (archive_write_open_file(archive, archive_name))
- errx(2, "cannot create archive: %s", archive_error_string(archive));
-
- free(archive_name);
-
- owner = DefaultOwner;
- group = DefaultGroup;
-
- write_meta_file(contents_file, archive);
- write_meta_file(comment_file, archive);
- write_meta_file(desc_file, archive);
-
- if (Install)
- write_meta_file(install_file, archive);
- if (DeInstall)
- write_meta_file(deinstall_file, archive);
- if (Display)
- write_meta_file(display_file, archive);
- if (BuildVersion)
- write_meta_file(build_version_file, archive);
- if (BuildInfo)
- write_meta_file(build_info_file, archive);
- if (SizePkg)
- write_meta_file(size_pkg_file, archive);
- if (SizeAll)
- write_meta_file(size_all_file, archive);
- if (Preserve)
- write_meta_file(preserve_file, archive);
- if (create_views)
- write_meta_file(views_file, archive);
-
- initial_cwd = getcwd(NULL, 0);
-
- for (p = plist->head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_FILE) {
- write_normal_file(p->name, archive, resolver, owner, group);
- } else if (p->type == PLIST_CWD) {
- chdir(p->name);
- } else if (p->type == PLIST_IGNORE) {
- p = p->next;
- } else if (p->type == PLIST_CHOWN) {
- if (p->name != NULL)
- owner = p->name;
- else
- owner = DefaultOwner;
- } else if (p->type == PLIST_CHGRP) {
- if (p->name != NULL)
- group = p->name;
- else
- group = DefaultGroup;
- }
- }
-
- entry = NULL;
- archive_entry_linkify(resolver, &entry, &sparse_entry);
- while (entry != NULL) {
- write_entry(archive, entry);
- entry = NULL;
- archive_entry_linkify(resolver, &entry, &sparse_entry);
- }
-
- archive_entry_linkresolver_free(resolver);
-
- if (archive_write_close(archive))
- errx(2, "cannot finish archive: %s", archive_error_string(archive));
- archive_write_finish(archive);
-
- free(initial_cwd);
-}
-
-static struct memory_file *
-load_and_add(package_t *plist, const char *input_name,
- const char *target_name, mode_t perm)
-{
- struct memory_file *file;
-
- file = load_memory_file(input_name, target_name, DefaultOwner,
- DefaultGroup, perm);
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_IGNORE, NULL);
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_FILE, target_name);
-
- return file;
-}
-
-static struct memory_file *
-make_and_add(package_t *plist, const char *target_name,
- char *content, mode_t perm)
-{
- struct memory_file *file;
-
- file = make_memory_file(target_name, content, strlen(content),
- DefaultOwner, DefaultGroup, perm);
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_IGNORE, NULL);
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_FILE, target_name);
-
- return file;
-}
-
-int
-pkg_build(const char *pkg, const char *full_pkg, const char *suffix,
- package_t *plist)
-{
- char *plist_buf;
- size_t plist_len;
-
- /* Now put the release specific items in */
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_CWD, ".");
- comment_file = make_and_add(plist, COMMENT_FNAME, Comment, 0444);
- desc_file = make_and_add(plist, DESC_FNAME, Desc, 0444);
-
- if (Install) {
- install_file = load_and_add(plist, Install, INSTALL_FNAME,
- 0555);
- }
- if (DeInstall) {
- deinstall_file = load_and_add(plist, DeInstall,
- DEINSTALL_FNAME, 0555);
- }
- if (Display) {
- display_file = load_and_add(plist, Display,
- DISPLAY_FNAME, 0444);
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_DISPLAY, DISPLAY_FNAME);
- }
- if (BuildVersion) {
- build_version_file = load_and_add(plist, BuildVersion,
- BUILD_VERSION_FNAME, 0444);
- }
- if (BuildInfo) {
- build_info_file = load_and_add(plist, BuildInfo,
- BUILD_INFO_FNAME, 0444);
- }
- if (SizePkg) {
- size_pkg_file = load_and_add(plist, SizePkg,
- SIZE_PKG_FNAME, 0444);
- }
- if (SizeAll) {
- size_all_file = load_and_add(plist, SizeAll,
- SIZE_ALL_FNAME, 0444);
- }
- if (Preserve) {
- preserve_file = load_and_add(plist, Preserve,
- PRESERVE_FNAME, 0444);
- }
- if (create_views)
- views_file = make_and_add(plist, VIEWS_FNAME, xstrdup(""), 0444);
-
- /* Finally, write out the packing list */
- stringify_plist(plist, &plist_buf, &plist_len, realprefix);
- contents_file = make_memory_file(CONTENTS_FNAME, plist_buf, plist_len,
- DefaultOwner, DefaultGroup, 0644);
-
- /* And stick it into a tar ball */
- make_dist(pkg, suffix, plist);
-
- return TRUE; /* Success */
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: create.h,v 1.14 2009/11/05 16:22:32 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/* from FreeBSD Id: create.h,v 1.13 1997/10/08 07:46:19 charnier Exp */
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Include and define various things wanted by the create command.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef _INST_CREATE_H_INCLUDE
-#define _INST_CREATE_H_INCLUDE
-
-struct memory_file {
- struct stat st;
- const char *name;
- const char *owner;
- const char *group;
- mode_t mode;
-
- char *data;
- size_t len;
-};
-
-extern char *Prefix;
-extern char *Comment;
-extern char *Desc;
-extern char *Display;
-extern char *Install;
-extern char *DeInstall;
-extern char *Contents;
-extern char *Pkgdeps;
-extern char *BuildPkgdeps;
-extern char *Pkgcfl;
-extern char *BuildVersion;
-extern char *BuildInfo;
-extern char *SizePkg;
-extern char *SizeAll;
-extern char *Preserve;
-extern char *realprefix;
-extern char *DefaultOwner;
-extern char *DefaultGroup;
-extern const char *CompressionType;
-extern int PlistOnly;
-extern int RelativeLinks;
-extern int update_pkgdb;
-extern int create_views;
-
-void check_list(package_t *, const char *);
-void copy_plist(char *, package_t *);
-
-struct memory_file
- *load_memory_file(const char *, const char *,
- const char *, const char *, mode_t);
-struct memory_file
- *make_memory_file(const char *, void *, size_t,
- const char *, const char *, mode_t);
-void free_memory_file(struct memory_file *);
-
-int pkg_perform(const char *);
-int pkg_build(const char *, const char *, const char *, package_t *plist);
-
-#endif /* _INST_CREATE_H_INCLUDE */
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.19 2010/01/22 13:30:41 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.19 2010/01/22 13:30:41 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * This is the create module.
- *
- */
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "create.h"
-
-static const char Options[] = "B:C:D:EF:I:K:L:OP:S:T:UVb:c:d:f:g:i:k:ln:p:r:s:u:v";
-
-char *Prefix = NULL;
-char *Comment = NULL;
-char *Desc = NULL;
-char *Display = NULL;
-char *Install = NULL;
-char *DeInstall = NULL;
-char *Contents = NULL;
-char *Pkgdeps = NULL;
-char *BuildPkgdeps = NULL;
-char *Pkgcfl = NULL;
-char *BuildVersion = NULL;
-char *BuildInfo = NULL;
-char *SizePkg = NULL;
-char *SizeAll = NULL;
-char *Preserve = NULL;
-char *DefaultOwner = NULL;
-char *DefaultGroup = NULL;
-char *realprefix = NULL;
-const char *CompressionType = NULL;
-int update_pkgdb = 1;
-int create_views = 0;
-int PlistOnly = 0;
-int RelativeLinks = 0;
-Boolean File2Pkg = FALSE;
-
-static void
-usage(void)
-{
- fprintf(stderr,
- "usage: pkg_create [-ElOUVv] [-B build-info-file] [-b build-version-file]\n"
- " [-C cpkgs] [-D displayfile] [-F compression] \n"
- " [-I realprefix] [-i iscript]\n"
- " [-K pkg_dbdir] [-k dscript]\n"
- " [-n preserve-file] [-P dpkgs] [-p prefix] [-r rscript]\n"
- " [-S size-all-file] [-s size-pkg-file]\n"
- " [-T buildpkgs] [-u owner] [-g group]\n"
- " -c comment -d description -f packlist\n"
- " pkg-name\n");
- exit(1);
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- int ch;
-
- setprogname(argv[0]);
- while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, Options)) != -1)
- switch (ch) {
- case 'v':
- Verbose = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'E':
- create_views = 1;
- break;
-
- case 'F':
- CompressionType = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'I':
- realprefix = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'O':
- PlistOnly = 1;
- break;
-
- case 'U':
- update_pkgdb = 0;
- break;
-
- case 'p':
- Prefix = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 's':
- SizePkg = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'S':
- SizeAll = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'f':
- Contents = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- Comment = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'd':
- Desc = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'g':
- DefaultGroup = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'i':
- Install = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'K':
- pkgdb_set_dir(optarg, 3);
- break;
-
- case 'k':
- DeInstall = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'l':
- RelativeLinks = 1;
- break;
-
- case 'L':
- warnx("Obsolete -L option ignored");
- break;
-
- case 'u':
- DefaultOwner = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'D':
- Display = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- Preserve = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'P':
- Pkgdeps = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'T':
- BuildPkgdeps = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'C':
- Pkgcfl = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- BuildVersion = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'B':
- BuildInfo = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'V':
- show_version();
- /* NOTREACHED */
-
- case '?':
- default:
- usage();
- break;
- }
-
- argc -= optind;
- argv += optind;
-
- pkg_install_config();
-
- if (argc == 0) {
- warnx("missing package name");
- usage();
- }
- if (argc != 1) {
- warnx("only one package name allowed");
- usage();
- }
-
- if (pkg_perform(*argv))
- return 0;
- if (Verbose) {
- if (PlistOnly)
- warnx("package registration failed");
- else
- warnx("package creation failed");
- }
- return 1;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: perform.c,v 1.26 2009/11/05 16:22:32 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: perform.c,v 1.26 2009/11/05 16:22:32 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * This is the main body of the create module.
- *
- */
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "create.h"
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-static void
-sanity_check(void)
-{
- if (!Comment)
- errx(2, "required package comment string is missing (-c comment)");
- if (!Desc)
- errx(2, "required package description string is missing (-d desc)");
- if (!Contents)
- errx(2, "required package contents list is missing (-f [-]file)");
-}
-
-static void
-register_depends(package_t *plist, char *deps, int build_only)
-{
- char *cp;
-
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly) {
- if (build_only)
- printf("Registering build depends:");
- else
- printf("Registering depends:");
- }
- while (deps) {
- cp = strsep(&deps, " \t\n");
- if (*cp) {
- char *best_installed;
- best_installed = find_best_matching_installed_pkg(cp);
- if (best_installed != NULL) {
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_BLDDEP, best_installed);
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly && build_only)
- printf(" %s", cp);
- } else
- warnx("No matching package installed for %s", cp);
- free(best_installed);
- if (!build_only) {
- add_plist(plist, PLIST_PKGDEP, cp);
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly)
- printf(" %s", cp);
- }
- }
- }
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly)
- printf(".\n");
-}
-
-/*
- * Expect "fname" to point at a file, and read it into
- * the buffer returned.
- */
-static char *
-fileGetContents(char *fname)
-{
- char *contents;
- struct stat sb;
- int fd;
-
- if (stat(fname, &sb) == FAIL) {
- errx(2, "can't stat '%s'", fname);
- }
-
- contents = xmalloc((size_t) (sb.st_size) + 1);
- fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
- if (fd == FAIL) {
- errx(2, "unable to open '%s' for reading", fname);
- }
- if (read(fd, contents, (size_t) sb.st_size) != (ssize_t) sb.st_size) {
-#ifndef __minix
- errx(2, "short read on '%s' - did not get %lld bytes",
- fname, (long long) sb.st_size);
-#else
- errx(2, "short read on '%s' - did not get %ld bytes",
- fname, (long) sb.st_size);
-#endif
- }
- close(fd);
- contents[(size_t) sb.st_size] = '\0';
- return contents;
-}
-
-/*
- * Get a string parameter as a file spec or as a "contents follow -" spec
- */
-static void
-get_dash_string(char **s)
-{
- if (**s == '-')
- *s = xstrdup(*s + 1);
- else
- *s = fileGetContents(*s);
-}
-
-int
-pkg_perform(const char *pkg)
-{
- char *cp;
- FILE *pkg_in;
- package_t plist;
- const char *full_pkg, *suffix;
- char *allocated_pkg;
- int retval;
-
- /* Break the package name into base and desired suffix (if any) */
- if ((cp = strrchr(pkg, '.')) != NULL) {
- allocated_pkg = xmalloc(cp - pkg + 1);
- memcpy(allocated_pkg, pkg, cp - pkg);
- allocated_pkg[cp - pkg] = '\0';
- suffix = cp + 1;
- full_pkg = pkg;
- pkg = allocated_pkg;
- } else {
- allocated_pkg = NULL;
- full_pkg = pkg;
- suffix = "tgz";
- }
-
- /* Preliminary setup */
- sanity_check();
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly)
- printf("Creating package %s\n", pkg);
- get_dash_string(&Comment);
- get_dash_string(&Desc);
- if (IS_STDIN(Contents))
- pkg_in = stdin;
- else {
- pkg_in = fopen(Contents, "r");
- if (!pkg_in)
- errx(2, "unable to open contents file '%s' for input", Contents);
- }
-
- plist.head = plist.tail = NULL;
-
- /* Stick the dependencies, if any, at the top */
- if (Pkgdeps)
- register_depends(&plist, Pkgdeps, 0);
-
- /*
- * Put the build dependencies after the dependencies.
- * This works due to the evaluation order in pkg_add.
- */
- if (BuildPkgdeps)
- register_depends(&plist, BuildPkgdeps, 1);
-
- /* Put the conflicts directly after the dependencies, if any */
- if (Pkgcfl) {
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly)
- printf("Registering conflicts:");
- while (Pkgcfl) {
- cp = strsep(&Pkgcfl, " \t\n");
- if (*cp) {
- add_plist(&plist, PLIST_PKGCFL, cp);
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly)
- printf(" %s", cp);
- }
- }
- if (Verbose && !PlistOnly)
- printf(".\n");
- }
-
- /* Slurp in the packing list */
- append_plist(&plist, pkg_in);
-
- if (pkg_in != stdin)
- fclose(pkg_in);
-
- /* Prefix should override the packing list */
- if (Prefix) {
- delete_plist(&plist, FALSE, PLIST_CWD, NULL);
- add_plist_top(&plist, PLIST_CWD, Prefix);
- }
- /*
- * Run down the list and see if we've named it, if not stick in a name
- * at the top.
- */
- if (find_plist(&plist, PLIST_NAME) == NULL) {
- add_plist_top(&plist, PLIST_NAME, basename_of(pkg));
- }
-
- /* Make first "real contents" pass over it */
- check_list(&plist, basename_of(pkg));
-
- /*
- * We're just here for to dump out a revised plist for the FreeBSD ports
- * hack. It's not a real create in progress.
- */
- if (PlistOnly) {
- write_plist(&plist, stdout, realprefix);
- retval = TRUE;
- } else {
-#ifdef BOOTSTRAP
- warnx("Package building is not supported in bootstrap mode");
- retval = FALSE;
-#else
- retval = pkg_build(pkg, full_pkg, suffix, &plist);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Cleanup */
- free(Comment);
- free(Desc);
- free_plist(&plist);
-
- free(allocated_pkg);
-
- return retval;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: pkg_create.1,v 1.25 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $
-.\"
-.\" FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintenance
-.\" of non-core utilities.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" Jordan K. Hubbard
-.\"
-.\"
-.\" @(#)pkg_create.1
-.\" from FreeBSD Id: pkg_create.1,v 1.19 1997/05/02 22:00:05 max Exp
-.\"
-.\" hacked up by John Kohl for NetBSD--fixed a few bugs, extended keywords,
-.\" added dependency tracking, etc.
-.\"
-.\" [jkh] Took John's changes back and made some additional extensions for
-.\" better integration with FreeBSD's new ports collection.
-.\"
-.Dd January 20, 2010
-.Dt PKG_CREATE 1
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm pkg_create
-.Nd a utility for creating software package distributions
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl ElOUVv
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl B Ar build-info-file
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl b Ar build-version-file
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl C Ar cpkgs
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl D Ar displayfile
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl F Ar compression
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl g Ar group
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl I Ar realprefix
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl i Ar iscript
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl k Ar dscript
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl n Ar preserve-file
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl P Ar dpkgs
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl T Ar buildpkgs
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl p Ar prefix
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl S Ar size-all-file
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl s Ar size-pkg-file
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl t Ar template
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Op Fl u Ar owner
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Fl c Ar comment
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Fl d Ar description
-.Ek
-.Bk -words
-.Fl f Ar packlist
-.Ek
-.Ar pkg-name
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-command is used to create packages that will subsequently be fed to
-one of the package extraction/info utilities.
-The input description and command line arguments for the creation of a
-package are not really meant to be human-generated, though it is easy
-enough to do so.
-It is more expected that you will use a front-end tool for
-the job rather than muddling through it yourself.
-Nonetheless, a short description of the input syntax is included in this
-document.
-.Sh OPTIONS
-The following command line options are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Fl B Ar build-info-file
-Install the file
-.Ar build-info-file
-so that users of binary packages can see what
-.Xr make 1
-definitions
-were used to control the build when creating the
-binary package.
-This allows various build definitions to be retained in a binary package
-and viewed wherever it is installed, using
-.Xr pkg_info 1 .
-.It Fl b Ar build-version-file
-Install the file
-.Ar build-version-file
-so that users of binary packages can see what versions of
-the files used to control the build were used when creating the
-binary package.
-This allows some fine-grained version control information to be retained
-in a binary package and viewed wherever it is installed, using
-.Xr pkg_info 1 .
-.It Fl C Ar cpkgs
-Set the initial package conflict list to
-.Ar cpkgs .
-This is assumed to be a whitespace separated list of package names
-and is meant as a convenient shorthand for specifying multiple
-.Cm @pkgcfl
-directives in the packing list (see PACKING LIST DETAILS section below).
-.It Fl c Ar [-]desc
-Fetch package
-.Pq one line description
-from file
-.Ar desc
-or, if preceded by
-.Cm - ,
-the argument itself.
-This string should also give some idea of which version of the product
-(if any) the package represents.
-.It Fl D Ar displayfile
-Display the file after installing the package.
-Useful for things like legal notices on almost-free software, etc.
-.It Fl d Ar [-]desc
-Fetch long description for package from file
-.Ar desc
-or, if preceded by
-.Cm - ,
-the argument itself.
-.It Fl E
-Add an empty views file to the package.
-.It Fl F Ar compression
-Use
-.Ar compression
-as compression algorithm.
-This overrides the heuristic to guess the compression type from the
-output name.
-Currently supported values are bzip2, gzip, none and xz.
-.It Fl f Ar packlist
-Fetch
-.Pq packing list
-for package from the file
-.Ar packlist
-or
-.Cm stdin
-if
-.Ar packlist
-is a
-.Cm -
-(dash).
-.It Fl g Ar group
-Make
-.Ar group
-the default group ownership instead of extracting it from the file system.
-.It Fl I Ar realprefix
-Provide the real prefix, as opposed to the staging prefix, for use in
-staged installations of packages.
-.It Fl i Ar iscript
-Set
-.Ar iscript
-to be the install procedure for the package.
-This can be any executable program (or shell script).
-It will be invoked automatically when the package is later installed.
-.It Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-Override the value of the
-.Dv PKG_DBDIR
-configuration option with the value
-.Ar pkg_dbdir .
-.It Fl k Ar dscript
-Set
-.Ar dscript
-to be the de-install procedure for the package.
-This can be any executable program (or shell script).
-It will be invoked automatically
-when the package is later (if ever) de-installed.
-.It Fl l
-Check that any symbolic links which are to be placed in the package are
-relative to the current prefix.
-This means using
-.Xr unlink 2
-and
-.Xr symlink 2
-to remove and re-link
-any symbolic links which are targeted at full path names.
-.It Fl n Ar preserve-file
-The file is used to denote that the package should not be deleted.
-This is intended for use where the deletion of packages may present
-a bootstrap problem.
-.It Fl O
-Go into a
-.Pq packing list only
-mode.
-This is used to do
-.Pq fake pkg_add
-operations when a package is installed.
-In such cases, it is necessary to know what the final, adjusted packing
-list will look like.
-.It Fl P Ar dpkgs
-Set the initial package dependency list to
-.Ar dpkgs .
-This is assumed to be a whitespace separated list of package names
-and is meant as a convenient shorthand for specifying multiple
-.Cm @pkgdep
-directives in the packing list (see PACKING LIST DETAILS section below).
-In addition, the exact versions of the packages referred to in the
-.Ar dpkgs
-list will be added to the packing list in the form of
-.Cm @blddep
-directives.
-.It Fl T Ar buildpkgs
-The exact versions of the packages referred to in the
-.Ar buildpkgs
-list will be added to the packing list in the form of
-.Cm @blddep
-directives.
-This directives are stored after those created by the
-.Fl P
-option.
-.Ar buildpkgs
-is assumed to be a whitespace separated list of package names.
-.It Fl p Ar prefix
-Set
-.Ar prefix
-as the initial directory
-.Pq base
-to start from in selecting files for
-the package.
-.It Fl S Ar size-all-file
-Store the given file for later querying with the
-.Xr pkg_info 1
-.Fl S
-flag.
-The file is expected to contain the size (in bytes) of all files of
-this package plus any required packages added up and stored as a
-ASCII string, terminated by a newline.
-.It Fl s Ar size-pkg-file
-Store the given file for later querying with the
-.Xr pkg_info 1
-.Fl s
-flag.
-The file is expected to contain the size (in bytes) of all files of
-this package added up and stored as a ASCII string, terminated by a newline.
-.It Fl t Ar template
-Use
-.Ar template
-as the input to
-.Xr mktemp 3 .
-By default, this is the string
-.Pa /tmp/instmp.XXXXXX ,
-but it may be necessary to override it in the situation where
-space in your
-.Pa /tmp
-directory is limited.
-Be sure to leave some number of
-.Sq X
-characters for
-.Xr mktemp 3
-to fill in with a unique ID.
-.It Fl U
-Do not update the package file database with any file information.
-.It Fl u Ar owner
-Make
-.Ar owner
-the default owner instead of extracting it from the file system.
-.It Fl V
-Print version number and exit.
-.It Fl v
-Turn on verbose output.
-.El
-.Sh PACKING LIST DETAILS
-The
-.Pq packing list
-format (see
-.Fl f )
-is fairly simple, being
-nothing more than a single column of filenames to include in the
-package.
-However, since absolute pathnames are generally a bad idea
-for a package that could be installed potentially anywhere, there is
-another method of specifying where things are supposed to go
-and, optionally, what ownership and mode information they should be
-installed with.
-This is done by embedding specialized command sequences
-in the packing list.
-Briefly described, these sequences are:
-.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
-.It Cm @cwd Ar directory
-Set the internal directory pointer to point to
-.Ar directory .
-All subsequent filenames will be assumed relative to this directory.
-Note:
-.Cm @cd
-is also an alias for this command.
-.It Cm @src Ar directory
-This command is supported for compatibility only.
-It was formerly used to override
-.Cm @cwd
-during package creation.
-.It Cm @exec Ar command
-Execute
-.Ar command
-as part of the unpacking process.
-If
-.Ar command
-contains any of the following sequences somewhere in it, they will
-be expanded inline.
-For the following examples, assume that
-.Cm @cwd
-is set to
-.Pa /usr/local
-and the last extracted file was
-.Pa bin/emacs .
-.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
-.It Cm "\&%F"
-Expands to the last filename extracted (as specified), in the example case
-.Pa bin/emacs
-.It Cm "\&%D"
-Expand to the current directory prefix, as set with
-.Cm @cwd ,
-in the example case
-.Pa /usr/local .
-.It Cm "\&%B"
-Expand to the
-.Pq basename
-of the fully qualified filename, that
-is the current directory prefix, plus the last filespec, minus
-the trailing filename.
-In the example case, that would be
-.Pa /usr/local/bin .
-.It Cm "\&%f"
-Expand to the
-.Pq filename
-part of the fully qualified name, or
-the converse of
-.Cm \&%B ,
-being in the example case,
-.Pa emacs .
-.El
-.It Cm @unexec Ar command
-Execute
-.Ar command
-as part of the deinstallation process.
-Expansion of special
-.Cm \&%
-sequences is the same as for
-.Cm @exec .
-This command is not executed during the package add, as
-.Cm @exec
-is, but rather when the package is deleted.
-This is useful for deleting links and other ancillary files that were created
-as a result of adding the package, but not directly known to the package's
-table of contents (and hence not automatically removable).
-The advantage of using
-.Cm @unexec
-over a deinstallation script is that you can use the
-.Pq special sequence expansion
-to get at files regardless of where they've
-been potentially redirected (see
-.Fl p ) .
-.It Cm @mode Ar mode
-Set default permission for all subsequently extracted files to
-.Ar mode .
-Format is the same as that used by the
-.Cm chmod
-command (well, considering that it's later handed off to it, that's
-no surprise).
-Use without an arg to set back to default (extraction) permissions.
-.It Cm @option Ar option
-Set internal package options, the only currently supported one
-being
-.Ar preserve ,
-which tells pkg_add to move any existing files out of the way,
-preserving the previous contents (which are also resurrected on
-pkg_delete, so caveat emptor).
-.It Cm @owner Ar user
-Set default ownership for all subsequently extracted files to
-.Ar user .
-Use without an arg to set back to default (extraction)
-ownership.
-.It Cm @group Ar group
-Set default group ownership for all subsequently extracted files to
-.Ar group .
-Use without an arg to set back to default (extraction)
-group ownership.
-.It Cm @comment Ar string
-Embed a comment in the packing list.
-Useful in trying to document some particularly hairy sequence that
-may trip someone up later.
-.It Cm @ignore
-Used internally to tell extraction to ignore the next file (don't
-copy it anywhere), as it's used for some special purpose.
-.It Cm @name Ar name
-Set the name of the package.
-This is mandatory and is usually put at the top.
-This name is potentially different than the name of the file it came in,
-and is used when keeping track of the package for later deinstallation.
-Note that
-.Nm
-will derive this field from the
-.Ar pkg-name
-and add it automatically if none is given.
-.It Cm @pkgdir Ar name
-Declare directory
-.Pa name
-as managed.
-If it does not exist at installation time, it is created.
-If this directory is no longer referenced by packages and the last
-file or directory in it is deleted, the directory is removed as well.
-.It Cm @dirrm Ar name
-This command is supported for compatibility only.
-If directory
-.Pa name
-exists, it will be deleted at deinstall time.
-.It Cm @display Ar name
-Declare
-.Pa name
-as the file to be displayed at install time (see
-.Fl D
-above).
-.It Cm @pkgdep Ar pkgname
-Declare a dependency on the
-.Ar pkgname
-package.
-The
-.Ar pkgname
-package must be installed before this package may be
-installed, and this package must be deinstalled before the
-.Ar pkgname
-package is deinstalled.
-Multiple
-.Cm @pkgdep
-directives may be used if the package depends on multiple other packages.
-.It Cm @blddep Ar pkgname
-Declare that this package was built with the exact version
-of
-.Ar pkgname
-(since the
-.Cm @pkgdep
-directive may contain wildcards or relational
-package version information).
-.It Cm @pkgcfl Ar pkgcflname
-Declare a conflict with the
-.Ar pkgcflname
-package, as the two packages contain references to the same files,
-and so cannot co-exist on the same system.
-.El
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-See
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-for options, that can also be specified using the environment.
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_admin 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_delete 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_info 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-.Xr pkgsrc 7
-.Sh HISTORY
-The
-.Nm
-command first appeared in
-.Fx .
-.Sh AUTHORS
-.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
-.It Jordan Hubbard
-most of the work
-.It John Kohl
-refined it for
-.Nx
-.It Hubert Feyrer
-.Nx
-wildcard dependency processing, pkgdb, pkg size recording etc.
-.El
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: pl.c,v 1.14 2009/11/05 16:22:32 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: pl.c,v 1.14 2009/11/05 16:22:32 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Routines for dealing with the packing list.
- *
- */
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "create.h"
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if defined(NETBSD)
-#include <md5.h>
-#elif defined(__minix)
-#include <minix/md5.h>
-#else
-#include <nbcompat/md5.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Check that any symbolic link is relative to the prefix
- */
-static void
-CheckSymlink(char *name, char *prefix, size_t prefixcc)
-{
- char newtgt[MaxPathSize];
- char oldtgt[MaxPathSize];
- char *slash;
- int slashc;
- int cc;
- int i;
-
- if ((cc = readlink(name, oldtgt, sizeof(oldtgt) - 1)) > 0) {
- oldtgt[cc] = 0;
- if (strncmp(oldtgt, prefix, prefixcc) == 0 && oldtgt[prefixcc] == '/') {
- for (slashc = 0, slash = &name[prefixcc + 1]; (slash = strchr(slash, '/')) != (char *) NULL; slash++, slashc++) {
- }
- for (cc = i = 0; i < slashc; i++) {
- strlcpy(&newtgt[cc], "../", sizeof(newtgt) - cc);
- cc += 3;
- }
- strlcpy(&newtgt[cc], &oldtgt[prefixcc + 1], sizeof(newtgt) - cc);
- (void) fprintf(stderr, "Full pathname symlink `%s' is target of `%s' - adjusting to `%s'\n", oldtgt, name, newtgt);
- if (unlink(name) != 0) {
- warn("can't unlink `%s'", name);
- } else if (symlink(newtgt, name) != 0) {
- warn("can't symlink `%s' called `%s'", newtgt, name);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Check a list for files that require preconversion
- */
-void
-check_list(package_t *pkg, const char *PkgName)
-{
- struct stat st;
- plist_t *tmp;
- plist_t *p;
- char buf[ChecksumHeaderLen + LegibleChecksumLen];
- char target[MaxPathSize + SymlinkHeaderLen];
- char name[MaxPathSize];
- char *cwd = NULL;
- char *pkgname = NULL;
- int cc;
-
- /* Open Package Database for writing */
- if (update_pkgdb && !pkgdb_open(ReadWrite))
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "can't open pkgdb");
-
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_CWD:
- cwd = p->name;
- break;
- case PLIST_NAME:
- pkgname = p->name;
- break;
- case PLIST_IGNORE:
- p = p->next;
- break;
- case PLIST_PKGDIR:
- if (cwd == NULL)
- errx(2, "@pkgdir without preceding @cwd found");
- if (pkgname == NULL)
- errx(2, "@pkgdir without preceding @name found");
- if (update_pkgdb) {
- add_pkgdir(pkgname, cwd, p->name);
- /* mkdir_p(cwd, p->name); */
- }
- break;
- case PLIST_FILE:
- /*
- * pkgdb handling - usually, we enter files
- * into the pkgdb as soon as they hit the disk,
- * but as they are present before pkg_create
- * starts, it's ok to do this somewhere here
- */
- if (cwd == NULL)
- errx(2, "file without preceding @cwd found");
- if (update_pkgdb) {
- char *s, t[MaxPathSize];
-
- (void) snprintf(t, sizeof(t), "%s%s%s",
- cwd,
- (strcmp(cwd, "/") == 0) ? "" : "/",
- p->name);
-
- s = pkgdb_retrieve(t);
- if (s && PlistOnly)
- warnx("Overwriting %s - "
- "pkg %s bogus/conflicting?", t, s);
- else {
- pkgdb_store(t, PkgName);
- }
- }
-
- /* prepend DESTDIR if set? - HF */
- (void) snprintf(name, sizeof(name), "%s%s%s",
- cwd,
- (strcmp(cwd, "/") == 0) ? "" : "/",
- p->name);
- if (lstat(name, &st) < 0) {
- warnx("can't stat `%s'", name);
- continue;
- }
- switch (st.st_mode & S_IFMT) {
- case S_IFDIR:
- warnx("Warning - directory `%s' in PLIST", name);
- break;
- case S_IFLNK:
- if (RelativeLinks) {
- CheckSymlink(name, cwd, strlen(cwd));
- }
- (void) strlcpy(target, SYMLINK_HEADER,
- sizeof(target));
- if ((cc = readlink(name, &target[SymlinkHeaderLen],
- sizeof(target) - SymlinkHeaderLen - 1)) < 0) {
- warnx("can't readlink `%s'", name);
- continue;
- }
- target[SymlinkHeaderLen + cc] = 0x0;
- tmp = new_plist_entry();
- tmp->name = xstrdup(target);
- tmp->type = PLIST_COMMENT;
- tmp->next = p->next;
- tmp->prev = p;
- if (p == pkg->tail) {
- pkg->tail = tmp;
- }
- p->next = tmp;
- p = tmp;
- break;
- case S_IFCHR:
- warnx("Warning - char special device `%s' in PLIST", name);
- break;
- case S_IFBLK:
- warnx("Warning - block special device `%s' in PLIST", name);
- break;
- default:
- (void) strlcpy(buf, CHECKSUM_HEADER,
- sizeof(buf));
- if (MD5File(name, &buf[ChecksumHeaderLen]) != (char *) NULL) {
- tmp = new_plist_entry();
- tmp->name = xstrdup(buf);
- tmp->type = PLIST_COMMENT; /* PLIST_MD5 - HF */
- tmp->next = p->next;
- tmp->prev = p;
- if (p == pkg->tail) {
- pkg->tail = tmp;
- }
- p->next = tmp;
- p = tmp;
- }
- break;
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (update_pkgdb) {
- pkgdb_close();
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2007 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_PWD_H
-#include <grp.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_PWD_H
-#include <pwd.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_TIME_H
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "create.h"
-
-static void
-update_ids(struct memory_file *file)
-{
- if (file->owner != NULL) {
- uid_t uid;
-
- if (uid_from_user(file->owner, &uid) == -1)
- errx(2, "user %s unknown", file->owner);
- file->st.st_uid = uid;
- } else {
- file->owner = user_from_uid(file->st.st_uid, 1);
- }
-
- if (file->group != NULL) {
- gid_t gid;
-
- if (gid_from_group(file->group, &gid) == -1)
- errx(2, "group %s unknown", file->group);
- file->group = file->group;
- file->st.st_gid = gid;
- } else {
- file->group = group_from_gid(file->st.st_gid, 1);
- }
-}
-
-struct memory_file *
-make_memory_file(const char *archive_name, void *data, size_t len,
- const char *owner, const char *group, mode_t mode)
-{
- struct memory_file *file;
-
- file = xmalloc(sizeof(*file));
- file->name = archive_name;
- file->owner = owner;
- file->group = group;
- file->data = data;
- file->len = len;
-
- memset(&file->st, 0, sizeof(file->st));
-
- file->st.st_atime = file->st.st_ctime = file->st.st_mtime = time(NULL);
-
- file->st.st_nlink = 1;
- file->st.st_size = len;
- file->st.st_mode = mode | S_IFREG;
-
- update_ids(file);
-
- return file;
-}
-
-struct memory_file *
-load_memory_file(const char *disk_name,
- const char *archive_name, const char *owner, const char *group,
- mode_t mode)
-{
- struct memory_file *file;
- int fd;
-
- file = xmalloc(sizeof(*file));
- file->name = archive_name;
- file->owner = owner;
- file->group = group;
- file->mode = mode;
-
- fd = open(disk_name, O_RDONLY);
- if (fd == -1)
- err(2, "cannot open file %s", disk_name);
- if (fstat(fd, &file->st) == -1)
- err(2, "cannot stat file %s", disk_name);
-
- update_ids(file);
-
- if ((file->st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFREG)
- errx(1, "meta data file %s is not regular file", disk_name);
-/* if (file->st.st_size > SSIZE_MAX)
- errx(2, "meta data file too large: %s", disk_name);
- file->data = xmalloc(file->st.st_size);
-
- if (read(fd, file->data, file->st.st_size) != file->st.st_size)
- err(2, "cannot read file into memory %s", disk_name);
-*/
- file->data = xmalloc(file->st.st_size);
- if (readfile(fd, file->data, file->st.st_size) < 0)
- err(2, "cannot read file into memory %s", disk_name);
-
-
- file->len = file->st.st_size;
-
- close(fd);
-
- return file;
-}
-
-void
-free_memory_file(struct memory_file *file)
-{
- if (file != NULL) {
- free(file->data);
- free(file);
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-PROG= pkg_delete
-
-SRCS= pkg_delete.c
-
-.include "../Makefile.inc"
-.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: pkg_delete.1,v 1.30 2010/02/25 06:56:23 wiz Exp $
-.\"
-.\" FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintenance
-.\" of non-core utilities.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" Jordan K. Hubbard
-.\"
-.\"
-.\" from FreeBSD: @(#)pkg_delete.1
-.\"
-.Dd January 20, 2010
-.Dt PKG_DELETE 1
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm pkg_delete
-.Nd a utility for deleting previously installed software package distributions
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl ADFfkNnORrVv
-.Op Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-.Op Fl P Ar destdir
-.Op Fl p Ar prefix
-.Ar pkg-name ...
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-command is used to delete packages that have been previously installed
-with the
-.Xr pkg_add 1
-command.
-The given packages are sorted, so that the dependencies needed by a
-package are deleted after the package.
-Before any action is executed,
-.Nm
-checks for packages that are marked as
-.Cm preserved
-or have depending packages left.
-If the
-.Fl k
-flag is given, preserved packages are skipped and not removed.
-Unless the
-.Fl f
-flag is given,
-.Nm
-stops on the first error.
-.Sh WARNING
-.Bf -emphasis
-Since the
-.Nm
-command may execute scripts or programs provided by a package file,
-your system may be susceptible to
-.Dq Trojan horses
-or other subtle
-attacks from miscreants who create dangerous package files.
-.Pp
-You are advised to verify the competence and identity of those who
-provide installable package files.
-For extra protection, examine all the package control files in the
-package record directory
-.Pa \*[Lt]PKG_DBDIR\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]pkg-name\*[Gt]/ ) .
-Pay particular
-attention to any
-.Pa +INSTALL
-or
-.Pa +DEINSTALL
-files, and inspect the
-.Pa +CONTENTS
-file for
-.Cm @cwd ,
-.Cm @mode
-(check for setuid),
-.Cm @dirrm ,
-.Cm @exec ,
-and
-.Cm @unexec
-directives, and/or use the
-.Xr pkg_info 1
-command to examine the installed package control files.
-.Ef
-.Sh OPTIONS
-The following command line options are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Ar pkg-name ...
-The named packages are deinstalled, wildcards can be used, see
-.Xr pkg_info 1 .
-If no version is given, the one currently installed
-will be removed.
-If the
-.Fl F
-flag is given, one or more (absolute) filenames may be specified and
-the package database will be consulted for the package to which the
-given file belongs.
-These packages are then deinstalled.
-.It Fl A
-Recursively remove all automatically installed packages that were needed
-by the given packages and are no longer required.
-Does not remove manually installed packages; see also the
-.Fl R
-flag.
-.It Fl D
-If a deinstallation script exists for a given package, do not execute it.
-.It Fl F
-Any
-.Ar pkg-name
-given will be interpreted as pathname which is
-subsequently transformed in a (real) package name via the package
-database.
-That way, packages can be deleted by giving a filename
-instead of the package-name.
-.It Fl f
-Force removal of the package, even if a dependency is recorded or the
-deinstall script fails.
-This might break the package database; see
-.Xr pkg_admin 1
-on how to repair it.
-.It Fl ff
-Force removal of the package, even if the package is marked as a
-.Cm preserved
-package.
-Note that this is a dangerous operation.
-See also the
-.Fl k
-option.
-.It Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-Override the value of the
-.Dv PKG_DBDIR
-configuration option with the value
-.Ar pkg_dbdir .
-.It Fl k
-Silently skip all packages that are marked as
-.Cm preserved .
-.It Fl N
-Remove the package's registration and its entries from the package database,
-but leave the files installed.
-Don't run any deinstall scripts or
-.Cm @unexec
-lines either.
-.It Fl n
-Don't actually deinstall a package, just report the steps that
-would be taken.
-.It Fl O
-Only delete the package's entries from the package database; do not
-touch the package or its files itself.
-.It Fl P Ar destdir
-Prefix all file and directory names with
-.Ar destdir .
-For packages without install scripts this has the same behavior as
-using
-.Xr chroot 8 .
-.It Fl p Ar prefix
-Set
-.Ar prefix
-as the directory in which to delete files from any installed packages
-which do not explicitly set theirs.
-For most packages, the prefix will
-be set automatically to the installed location by
-.Xr pkg_add 1 .
-.It Fl R
-Recursively remove all packages that were needed by the given packages
-and are no longer required.
-This option overrides the
-.Fl A
-flag.
-.It Fl r
-Recursively remove all packages that require one of the packages given.
-.It Fl V
-Print version number and exit.
-.It Fl v
-Turn on verbose output.
-.El
-.Sh TECHNICAL DETAILS
-.Nm
-does pretty much what it says.
-It examines installed package records in
-.Pa \*[Lt]PKG_DBDIR\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]pkg-name\*[Gt] ,
-deletes the package contents, and finally removes the package records.
-.Pp
-If a package is required by other installed packages,
-.Nm
-will list those dependent packages and refuse to delete the package
-(unless the
-.Fl f
-option is given).
-.Pp
-If a package has been marked as a
-.Cm preserved
-package, it will not be able to be deleted
-(unless more than one occurrence of the
-.Fl f
-option is given).
-.Pp
-If a filename is given instead of a package name, the package of which
-the given file belongs to can be deleted if the
-.Fl F
-flag is given.
-The filename needs to be absolute, see the output produced by the
-.Xr pkg_info 1
-.Fl aF
-command.
-.Pp
-If a
-.Cm deinstall
-script exists for the package, it is executed before and after
-any files are removed.
-It is this script's responsibility to clean up any additional messy details
-around the package's installation, since all
-.Nm
-knows how to do is delete the files created in the original distribution.
-The
-.Ic deinstall
-script is called as:
-.Bd -filled -offset indent -compact
-.Cm deinstall
-.Aq Ar pkg-name
-.Ar VIEW-DEINSTALL
-.Ed
-before removing the package from a view, and as:
-.Bd -filled -offset indent -compact
-.Cm deinstall
-.Aq Ar pkg-name
-.Ar DEINSTALL
-.Ed
-before deleting all files and as:
-.Bd -filled -offset indent -compact
-.Cm deinstall
-.Aq Ar pkg-name
-.Ar POST-DEINSTALL
-.Ed
-after deleting them.
-Passing the keywords
-.Ar VIEW-DEINSTALL ,
-.Ar DEINSTALL ,
-and
-.Ar POST-DEINSTALL
-lets you potentially write only one program/script that handles all
-aspects of installation and deletion.
-.Pp
-All scripts are called with the environment variable
-.Ev PKG_PREFIX
-set to the installation prefix (see the
-.Fl p
-option above).
-This allows a package author to write a script
-that reliably performs some action on the directory where the package
-is installed, even if the user might have changed it by specifying the
-.Fl p
-option when running
-.Nm
-or
-.Xr pkg_add 1 .
-The scripts are also called with the
-.Ev PKG_METADATA_DIR
-environment variable set to the location of the
-.Pa +*
-meta-data files, and with the
-.Ev PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR
-environment variable set to the location of the package reference counts
-database directory.
-If the
-.Fl P
-flag was given to
-.Nm ,
-.Ev PKG_DESTDIR
-will be set to
-.Ar destdir .
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-See
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-for options, that can also be specified using the environment.
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_admin 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_create 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_info 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-.Xr pkgsrc 7
-.Sh AUTHORS
-.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
-.It "Jordan Hubbard"
-most of the work
-.It "John Kohl"
-refined it for
-.Nx
-.It "Hubert Feyrer"
-.Nx
-wildcard dependency processing, pkgdb, recursive "down"
-delete, etc.
-.It Joerg Sonnenberger
-Rewrote most of the code to compute correct order of deinstallation
-and to improve error handling.
-.El
+++ /dev/null
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2009 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * Copyright (c) 2003 Johnny Lam <jlam@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: pkg_delete.c,v 1.11 2010/02/03 14:20:14 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static const char *pkgdb;
-static const char *destdir;
-static const char *prefix;
-
-static int keep_preserve;
-static int no_deinstall;
-static int find_by_filename;
-static int unregister_only;
-static int pkgdb_update_only;
-static int delete_recursive;
-static int delete_new_leaves;
-static int delete_automatic_leaves;
-
-static void
-usage(void)
-{
- fprintf(stderr, "usage: pkg_delete [-DFfkNnORrVv] [-K pkg_dbdir]"
- " [-P destdir] [-p prefix] pkg-name ...\n");
- exit(1);
-}
-
-static int
-add_by_filename(lpkg_head_t *pkgs, const char *filename)
-{
- lpkg_t *lpp;
- char *s;
-
- if ((s = pkgdb_retrieve(filename)) == NULL) {
- warnx("No matching package for file `%s' in pkgdb", filename);
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* XXX Verify that pkgdb is consistent? Trust it for now... */
-
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(s);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-add_by_pattern(lpkg_head_t *pkgs, const char *pattern)
-{
- switch (add_installed_pkgs_by_pattern(pattern, pkgs)) {
- case 0:
- warnx("No package matching `%s' found", pattern);
- return 1;
- case -1:
- warnx("Error while iterating package database for `%s'",
- pattern);
- return 1;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * The argument is either a fixed package name or an absolute path.
- * The latter is recognized for legacy compatibility and must point
- * into the package database.
- */
-static int
-add_by_pkgname(lpkg_head_t *pkgs, char *pkg)
-{
- char *s;
- lpkg_t *lpp;
- size_t l;
- const char *orig_pkg = pkg;
-
- if (pkg[0] == '/') {
- l = strlen(pkgdb);
- if (strncmp(pkg, pkgdb, l) || pkg[l] != '/') {
- warnx("Absolute path is not relative to "
- "package database, skipping: %s", pkg);
- return 1;
- }
- pkg += l + 1;
- }
- l = strcspn(pkg, "/");
- if (pkg[l + strspn(pkg + l, "/")] != '\0') {
- warnx("`%s' is not a package name, skipping", orig_pkg);
- return 1;
- }
- pkg[l] = '\0';
-
- s = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- if (fexists(s)) {
- free(s);
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(pkg);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- return 0;
- }
- free(s);
-
- switch (add_installed_pkgs_by_basename(pkg, pkgs)) {
- case 0:
- warnx("No matching package for basename `%s' of `%s'",
- pkg, orig_pkg);
- return 1;
- case -1:
- warnx("Error expanding basename `%s' of `%s'",
- pkg, orig_pkg);
- return 1;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Evaluate +REQUIRED_BY. This function is used for four different
- * tasks:
- * 0: check if no depending packages remain
- * 1: like 0, but prepend the depending packages to pkgs if they exist
- * 2: print remaining packages to stderr
- * 3: check all and at least one depending packages have been removed
- */
-static int
-process_required_by(const char *pkg, lpkg_head_t *pkgs,
- lpkg_head_t *sorted_pkgs, int action)
-{
- char line[MaxPathSize], *eol, *fname;
- FILE *fp;
- lpkg_t *lpp;
- int got_match, got_miss;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, REQUIRED_BY_FNAME);
- if (!fexists(fname)) {
- free(fname);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) {
- warn("Failed to open `%s'", fname);
- free(fname);
- return -1;
- }
- free(fname);
-
- got_match = 0;
- got_miss = 0;
-
- while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
- if ((eol = strrchr(line, '\n')) != NULL)
- *eol = '\0';
- TAILQ_FOREACH(lpp, sorted_pkgs, lp_link) {
- if (strcmp(lpp->lp_name, line) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (lpp != NULL) {
- got_match = 1;
- continue;
- }
- got_miss = 1;
- if (pkgs) {
- TAILQ_FOREACH(lpp, pkgs, lp_link) {
- if (strcmp(lpp->lp_name, line) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (lpp != NULL)
- continue;
- }
- switch (action) {
- case 0:
- fclose(fp);
- return 1;
- case 1:
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(line);
- TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- break;
- case 2:
- fprintf(stderr, "\t%s\n", line);
- break;
- case 3:
- fclose(fp);
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- fclose(fp);
-
- return (action == 3 ? got_match : got_miss);
-}
-
-/*
- * Main function to order the patterns from the command line and
- * add the subtrees for -r processing as needed.
- *
- * The first part ensures that all packages are listed at most once
- * in pkgs. Afterwards the list is scanned for packages without depending
- * packages. Each such package is moved to sorted_pkgs in order.
- * If -r is given, all dependencies are inserted at the head of pkgs.
- * The loop has to continue as long as progress is made. This can happen
- * either because another package has been added to pkgs due to recursion
- * (head of pkgs changed) or because a package has no more depending packages
- * (tail of sorted_pkgs changed).
- *
- * If no progress is made, the remaining packages are moved to sorted_pkgs
- * and an error is returned for the !Force case.
- */
-static int
-sort_and_recurse(lpkg_head_t *pkgs, lpkg_head_t *sorted_pkgs)
-{
- lpkg_t *lpp, *lpp2, *lpp_next, *lpp_old_tail, *lpp_old_head;
- int rv;
-
- TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(lpp, pkgs, lp_link, lpp_next) {
- TAILQ_FOREACH(lpp2, pkgs, lp_link) {
- if (lpp != lpp2 &&
- strcmp(lpp->lp_name, lpp2->lp_name) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (lpp2 == NULL)
- continue;
- TAILQ_REMOVE(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- free_lpkg(lpp);
- }
-
- while (!TAILQ_EMPTY(pkgs)) {
- lpp_old_tail = TAILQ_LAST(sorted_pkgs, _lpkg_head_t);
- lpp_old_head = TAILQ_FIRST(pkgs);
-
- TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(lpp, pkgs, lp_link, lpp_next) {
- rv = process_required_by(lpp->lp_name, pkgs,
- sorted_pkgs, delete_recursive ? 1 : 0);
- if (rv)
- continue;
- TAILQ_REMOVE(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(sorted_pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- }
-
- if (lpp_old_tail == TAILQ_LAST(sorted_pkgs, _lpkg_head_t) &&
- lpp_old_head == TAILQ_FIRST(pkgs))
- break;
- }
-
- if (TAILQ_EMPTY(pkgs))
- return 0;
-
- while (!TAILQ_EMPTY(pkgs)) {
- lpp = TAILQ_FIRST(pkgs);
- TAILQ_REMOVE(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- fprintf(stderr,
- "Package `%s' is still required by other packages:\n",
- lpp->lp_name);
- process_required_by(lpp->lp_name, NULL, sorted_pkgs, 2);
- if (Force) {
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(sorted_pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- } else
- free_lpkg(lpp);
- }
-
- return !Force;
-}
-
-struct find_leaves_data {
- lpkg_head_t *pkgs;
- int progress;
-};
-
-/*
- * Iterator for finding leaf packages.
- * Packages that are marked as not for deletion are not considered as
- * leaves. For all other packages it is checked if at least one package
- * that depended on them is to be removed AND no depending package remains.
- * If that is the case, the package is appened to the sorted list.
- * As this package can't have depending packages left, the topological order
- * remains consistent.
- */
-static int
-find_new_leaves_iter(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- char *fname;
- struct find_leaves_data *data = cookie;
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, PRESERVE_FNAME);
- if (fexists(fname)) {
- free(fname);
- return 0;
- }
- free(fname);
-
- if (delete_automatic_leaves && !delete_new_leaves &&
- !is_automatic_installed(pkg))
- return 0;
-
- /* Check whether this package is already on the list first. */
- TAILQ_FOREACH(lpp, data->pkgs, lp_link) {
- if (strcmp(lpp->lp_name, pkg) == 0)
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (process_required_by(pkg, NULL, data->pkgs, 3) == 1) {
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(pkg);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(data->pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- data->progress = 0;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Iterate over all installed packages and look for new leaf packages.
- * As long as the loop adds one new leaf package, processing continues.
- */
-static void
-find_new_leaves(lpkg_head_t *pkgs)
-{
- struct find_leaves_data data;
-
- data.pkgs = pkgs;
- do {
- data.progress = 0;
- iterate_pkg_db(find_new_leaves_iter, &data);
- } while (data.progress);
-}
-
-/*
- * Check that no entry on the package list is marked as not for deletion.
- */
-static int
-find_preserve_pkgs(lpkg_head_t *pkgs)
-{
- lpkg_t *lpp, *lpp_next;
- char *fname;
- int found_preserve;
-
- found_preserve = 0;
- TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(lpp, pkgs, lp_link, lpp_next) {
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(lpp->lp_name, PRESERVE_FNAME);
- if (!fexists(fname)) {
- free(fname);
- continue;
- }
- free(fname);
- if (keep_preserve) {
- TAILQ_REMOVE(pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- free_lpkg(lpp);
- continue;
- }
- if (!found_preserve)
- warnx("The following packages are marked as not "
- "for deletion:");
- found_preserve = 1;
- fprintf(stderr, "\t%s\n", lpp->lp_name);
- }
- if (!found_preserve)
- return 0;
- if (Force == 0 || (!unregister_only && Force == 1))
- return 1;
- fprintf(stderr, "...but will delete them anyway\n");
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Remove package from view. This is calling pkg_deinstall again.
- */
-static int
-remove_pkg_from_view(const char *pkg)
-{
- char line[MaxPathSize], *fname, *eol;
- FILE *fp;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, VIEWS_FNAME);
- if (isemptyfile(fname)) {
- free(fname);
- return 0;
- }
- if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) {
- warn("Unable to open `%s', aborting", fname);
- free(fname);
- return 1;
- }
- free(fname);
- while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) != NULL) {
- if ((eol = strrchr(line, '\n')) != NULL)
- *eol = '\0';
- if (Verbose || Fake)
- printf("Deleting package `%s' instance from `%s' view\n",
- pkg, line);
- if (Fake)
- continue;
- if (fexec_skipempty(BINDIR "/pkg_delete", "-K", line,
- Fake ? "-n" : "",
- (Force > 1) ? "-f" : "",
- (Force > 0) ? "-f" : "",
- pkg, NULL) != 0) {
- warnx("Unable to delete package `%s' from view `%s'",
- pkg, line);
- fclose(fp);
- return 1;
- }
- }
- fclose(fp);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Run the +DEINSTALL script. Depending on whether this is
- * a depoted package and whether this pre- or post-deinstall phase,
- * different arguments are passed down.
- */
-static int
-run_deinstall_script(const char *pkg, int do_postdeinstall)
-{
- const char *target, *text;
- char *fname, *fname2, *pkgdir;
- int rv;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, DEINSTALL_FNAME);
- if (!fexists(fname)) {
- free(fname);
- return 0;
- }
-
- fname2 = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, DEPOT_FNAME);
- if (fexists(fname2)) {
- if (do_postdeinstall) {
- free(fname);
- free(fname2);
- return 0;
- }
- target = "VIEW-DEINSTALL";
- text = "view deinstall";
- } else if (do_postdeinstall) {
- target = "POST-DEINSTALL";
- text = "post-deinstall";
- } else {
- target = "DEINSTALL";
- text = "deinstall";
- }
- free(fname2);
-
- if (Fake) {
- printf("Would execute %s script with argument %s now\n",
- text, target);
- free(fname);
- return 0;
- }
-
- pkgdir = pkgdb_pkg_dir(pkg);
- if (chmod(fname, 0555))
- warn("chmod of `%s' failed", fname);
- rv = fcexec(pkgdir, fname, pkg, target, NULL);
- if (rv)
- warnx("%s script returned error status", text);
- free(pkgdir);
- free(fname);
- return rv;
-}
-
-/*
- * Copy lines from fname to fname_tmp, filtering out lines equal to text.
- * Afterwards rename fname_tmp to fname;
- */
-static int
-remove_line(const char *fname, const char *fname_tmp, const char *text)
-{
- FILE *fp, *fp_out;
- char line[MaxPathSize], *eol;
- int rv;
-
- if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) {
- warn("Unable to open `%s'", fname);
- return 1;
- }
- if ((fp_out = fopen(fname_tmp, "w")) == NULL) {
- warn("Unable to open `%s'", fname_tmp);
- fclose(fp);
- return 1;
- }
-
- while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) != NULL) {
- if ((eol = strrchr(line, '\n')) != NULL)
- *eol = '\0';
- if (strcmp(line, text) == 0)
- continue;
- fprintf(fp_out, "%s\n", line);
- }
- fclose(fp);
-
- if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF) {
- remove(fname_tmp);
- warnx("Failure while closing `%s' temp file", fname_tmp);
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (rename(fname_tmp, fname) == -1) {
- warn("Unable to rename `%s' to `%s'", fname_tmp, fname);
- rv = 1;
- } else
- rv = 0;
- remove(fname_tmp);
-
- return rv;
-}
-
-/*
- * Unregister the package from the depot it is registered in.
- */
-static int
-remove_pkg_from_depot(const char *pkg)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char line[MaxPathSize], *eol;
- char *fname, *fname2;
- int rv;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, DEPOT_FNAME);
- if (isemptyfile(fname)) {
- free(fname);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (Verbose)
- printf("Attempting to remove the `%s' registration "
- "on package `%s'\n", fname, pkg);
-
- if (Fake) {
- free(fname);
- return 1;
- }
-
- if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) {
- warn("Unable to open `%s' file", fname);
- free(fname);
- return 1;
- }
- if (fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL) {
- fclose(fp);
- warnx("Empty depot file `%s'", fname);
- free(fname);
- return 1;
- }
- if ((eol = strrchr(line, '\n')) != NULL)
- *eol = '\0';
- fclose(fp);
- free(fname);
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, VIEWS_FNAME);
- fname2 = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, VIEWS_FNAME_TMP);
- rv = remove_line(fname, fname2, line);
- free(fname2);
- free(fname);
-
- return rv;
-}
-
-/*
- * remove_depend is used as iterator function below.
- * The passed-in package name should be removed from the
- * +REQUIRED_BY list of the dependency. Such an entry
- * can miss in a fully correct package database, if the pattern
- * matches more than one package.
- */
-static int
-remove_depend(const char *cur_pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- const char *pkg = cookie;
- char *fname, *fname2;
- int rv;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(cur_pkg, REQUIRED_BY_FNAME);
- if (isemptyfile(fname)) {
- free(fname);
- return 0;
- }
- fname2 = pkgdb_pkg_file(cur_pkg, REQUIRED_BY_FNAME_TMP);
-
- rv = remove_line(fname, fname2, pkg);
-
- free(fname2);
- free(fname);
-
- return rv;
-}
-
-static int
-remove_pkg(const char *pkg)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char *fname, *pkgdir;
- package_t plist;
- plist_t *p;
- int is_depoted_pkg, rv, late_error;
-
- if (pkgdb_update_only)
- return pkgdb_remove_pkg(pkg) ? 0 : 1;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- if (!fexists(fname)) {
- warnx("package `%s' is not installed, `%s' missing", pkg, fname);
- free(fname);
- return 1;
- }
- free(fname);
-
- /* +REQUIRED_BY and +PRESERVE already checked */
- if (remove_pkg_from_view(pkg))
- return 1;
-
- /*
- * The views related code has bad error handling, if e.g.
- * the deinstall script fails, the package remains unregistered.
- */
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) == NULL) {
- warnx("Failed to open `%s'", fname);
- free(fname);
- return 1;
- }
- read_plist(&plist, fp);
- fclose(fp);
-
- /*
- * If a prefix has been provided, remove the first @cwd and
- * prepend that prefix. This allows removing packages without
- * @cwd if really necessary. pkg_admin rebuild is likely needed
- * afterwards though.
- */
- if (prefix) {
- delete_plist(&plist, FALSE, PLIST_CWD, NULL);
- add_plist_top(&plist, PLIST_CWD, prefix);
- }
- if ((p = find_plist(&plist, PLIST_CWD)) == NULL) {
- warnx("Package `%s' doesn't have a prefix", pkg);
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (find_plist(&plist, PLIST_NAME) == NULL) {
- /* Cheat a bit to allow removal of such bad packages. */
- warnx("Package `%s' doesn't have a name", pkg);
- add_plist_top(&plist, PLIST_NAME, pkg);
- }
-
- setenv(PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR_VNAME, config_pkg_refcount_dbdir, 1);
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_dir(pkg);
- setenv(PKG_METADATA_DIR_VNAME, fname, 1);
- free(fname);
- setenv(PKG_PREFIX_VNAME, p->name, 1);
-
- if (!no_deinstall && !unregister_only) {
- if (run_deinstall_script(pkg, 0) && !Force)
- return 1;
- }
-
- late_error = 0;
-
- if (Fake)
- printf("Attempting to delete package `%s'\n", pkg);
- else if (delete_package(FALSE, &plist, unregister_only,
- destdir) == FAIL) {
- warnx("couldn't entirely delete package `%s'", pkg);
- /*
- * XXX It could be nice to error out here explicitly,
- * XXX but this is problematic for missing or changed files.
- * XXX At least the inability to remove files at all should
- * XXX be handled though.
- */
- }
-
- /*
- * Past the point of no return. Files are gone, all that is left
- * is cleaning up registered dependencies and removing the meta data.
- * Errors in the remaining part are counted, but don't stop the
- * processing.
- */
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, DEPOT_FNAME);
- if (fexists(fname)) {
- late_error |= remove_pkg_from_depot(pkg);
- /* XXX error checking */
- } else {
- for (p = plist.head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type != PLIST_PKGDEP)
- continue;
- if (Verbose)
- printf("Attempting to remove dependency "
- "on package `%s'\n", p->name);
- if (Fake)
- continue;
- match_installed_pkgs(p->name, remove_depend,
- __UNCONST(pkg));
- }
- }
- free(fname);
-
- free_plist(&plist);
-
- if (!no_deinstall && !unregister_only)
- late_error |= run_deinstall_script(pkg, 1);
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, VIEWS_FNAME);
- if (fexists(fname))
- is_depoted_pkg = TRUE;
- else
- is_depoted_pkg = FALSE;
- free(fname);
-
- if (Fake)
- return 0;
-
- /*
- * Kill the pkgdb subdirectory. The files have been removed, so
- * this is way beyond the point of no return.
- */
- pkgdir = pkgdb_pkg_dir(pkg);
- (void) remove_files(pkgdir, "+*");
- rv = 1;
- if (isemptydir(pkgdir)&& rmdir(pkgdir) == 0)
- rv = 0;
- else if (is_depoted_pkg)
- warnx("Depot directory `%s' is not empty", pkgdir);
- else if (!Force)
- warnx("Couldn't remove package directory in `%s'", pkgdir);
- else if (recursive_remove(pkgdir, 1))
- warn("Couldn't remove package directory `%s'", pkgdir);
- else
- warnx("Package directory `%s' forcefully removed", pkgdir);
- free(pkgdir);
-
- return rv | late_error;
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- lpkg_head_t pkgs, sorted_pkgs;
- int ch, r, has_error;
- unsigned long bad_count;
-
- TAILQ_INIT(&pkgs);
- TAILQ_INIT(&sorted_pkgs);
-
- setprogname(argv[0]);
- while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ADFfK:kNnOP:p:RrVv")) != -1) {
- switch (ch) {
- case 'A':
- delete_automatic_leaves = 1;
- break;
- case 'D':
- no_deinstall = 1;
- break;
- case 'F':
- find_by_filename = 1;
- break;
- case 'f':
- ++Force;
- break;
- case 'K':
- pkgdb_set_dir(optarg, 3);
- break;
- case 'k':
- keep_preserve = 1;
- break;
- case 'N':
- unregister_only = 1;
- break;
- case 'n':
- Fake = 1;
- break;
- case 'O':
- pkgdb_update_only = 1;
- break;
- case 'P':
- destdir = optarg;
- break;
- case 'p':
- prefix = optarg;
- break;
- case 'R':
- delete_new_leaves = 1;
- break;
- case 'r':
- delete_recursive = 1;
- break;
- case 'V':
- show_version();
- /* NOTREACHED */
- case 'v':
- ++Verbose;
- break;
- default:
- usage();
- break;
- }
- }
-
- pkg_install_config();
-
- pkgdb = xstrdup(pkgdb_get_dir());
-
- if (destdir != NULL) {
- char *pkgdbdir;
-
- pkgdbdir = xasprintf("%s/%s", destdir, pkgdb);
- pkgdb_set_dir(pkgdbdir, 4);
- free(pkgdbdir);
- }
-
- argc -= optind;
- argv += optind;
-
- if (argc == 0) {
- if (find_by_filename)
- warnx("Missing filename(s)");
- else
- warnx("Missing package name(s)");
- usage();
- }
-
- if (Fake)
- r = pkgdb_open(ReadOnly);
- else
- r = pkgdb_open(ReadWrite);
-
- if (!r)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Opening pkgdb failed");
-
- /* First, process all command line options. */
-
- has_error = 0;
- for (; argc != 0; --argc, ++argv) {
- if (find_by_filename)
- has_error |= add_by_filename(&pkgs, *argv);
- else if (ispkgpattern(*argv))
- has_error |= add_by_pattern(&pkgs, *argv);
- else
- has_error |= add_by_pkgname(&pkgs, *argv);
- }
-
- if (has_error && !Force) {
- pkgdb_close();
- return EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
-
- /* Second, reorder and recursive if necessary. */
-
- if (sort_and_recurse(&pkgs, &sorted_pkgs)) {
- pkgdb_close();
- return EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
-
- /* Third, add leaves if necessary. */
-
- if (delete_new_leaves || delete_automatic_leaves)
- find_new_leaves(&sorted_pkgs);
-
- /*
- * Now that all packages to remove are known, check
- * if all are removable. After that, start the actual
- * removal.
- */
-
- if (find_preserve_pkgs(&sorted_pkgs)) {
- pkgdb_close();
- return EXIT_FAILURE;
- }
-
- setenv(PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR_VNAME, pkgdb_refcount_dir(), 1);
-
- bad_count = 0;
- while (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&sorted_pkgs)) {
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- lpp = TAILQ_FIRST(&sorted_pkgs);
- TAILQ_REMOVE(&sorted_pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- if (remove_pkg(lpp->lp_name)) {
- ++bad_count;
- if (!Force)
- break;
- }
- free_lpkg(lpp);
- }
-
- pkgdb_close();
-
- if (Force && bad_count && Verbose)
- warnx("Removal of %lu packages failed", bad_count);
-
- return bad_count > 0 ? EXIT_FAILURE : EXIT_SUCCESS;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-PROG= pkg_info
-
-SRCS= main.c perform.c show.c
-
-.include "../Makefile.inc"
-.include <bsd.prog.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-# $NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.21 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $
-
-srcdir= @srcdir@
-
-prefix= @prefix@
-exec_prefix= @exec_prefix@
-sbindir= @sbindir@
-mandir= @mandir@
-datarootdir= @datarootdir@
-
-man1dir= $(mandir)/man1
-cat1dir= $(mandir)/cat1
-
-BOOTSTRAP= @bootstrap@
-SSL_SUPPORT= @ssl_support@
-
-CC= @CC@
-CCLD= $(CC)
-.if empty(BOOTSTRAP)
-LIBS= -linstall -lfetch @LIBS@
-.if !empty(SSL_SUPPORT)
-LIBS+= -lcrypto
-.endif
-CPPFLAGS= @CPPFLAGS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../lib
-.else
-LIBS= -linstall @LIBS@
-CPPFLAGS= @CPPFLAGS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../lib -DBOOTSTRAP
-.endif
-DEFS= @DEFS@
-CFLAGS= @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS= @LDFLAGS@ -L../lib
-
-INSTALL= @INSTALL@
-
-PROG= pkg_info
-
-OBJS= main.o perform.o show.o
-
-all: $(PROG)
-
-.c.o:
- $(CC) $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
-
-$(PROG): $(OBJS)
- $(CCLD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
-
-clean:
- rm -f $(OBJS) $(PROG)
-
-install:
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(sbindir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(man1dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(cat1dir)
- $(INSTALL) $(PROG) ${DESTDIR}$(sbindir)/$(PROG)
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 $(PROG).1 ${DESTDIR}$(man1dir)/$(PROG).1
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 $(PROG).cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat1dir)/$(PROG).0
+++ /dev/null
-# $NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.21 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $
-
-srcdir= .
-
-prefix= /usr/bin
-exec_prefix= ${prefix}
-sbindir= ${exec_prefix}/sbin
-mandir= ${datarootdir}/man
-datarootdir= ${prefix}/share
-
-man1dir= $(mandir)/man1
-cat1dir= $(mandir)/cat1
-
-BOOTSTRAP=
-SSL_SUPPORT=
-
-CC= cc
-CCLD= $(CC)
-.if empty(BOOTSTRAP)
-LIBS= -linstall -lfetch -larchive -lbz2 -lz -lutil
-.if !empty(SSL_SUPPORT)
-LIBS+= -lcrypto
-.endif
-CPPFLAGS= -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../lib
-.else
-LIBS= -linstall
-CPPFLAGS= -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../lib -DBOOTSTRAP
-.endif
-DEFS= -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
-CFLAGS= -g
-LDFLAGS= -L../lib
-
-INSTALL= /usr/bin/install -c
-
-PROG= pkg_info
-
-OBJS= main.o perform.o show.o
-
-all: $(PROG)
-
-.c.o:
- $(CC) $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
-
-$(PROG): $(OBJS)
- $(CCLD) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
-
-clean:
- rm -f $(OBJS) $(PROG)
-
-install:
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(sbindir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(man1dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(cat1dir)
- $(INSTALL) $(PROG) ${DESTDIR}$(sbindir)/$(PROG)
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 $(PROG).1 ${DESTDIR}$(man1dir)/$(PROG).1
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 $(PROG).cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat1dir)/$(PROG).0
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: info.h,v 1.21 2009/09/11 18:00:13 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/* from FreeBSD Id: info.h,v 1.10 1997/02/22 16:09:40 peter Exp */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 23 August 1993
- *
- * Include and define various things wanted by the info command.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef _INST_INFO_H_INCLUDE
-#define _INST_INFO_H_INCLUDE
-
-struct pkg_meta {
- char *meta_contents;
- char *meta_comment;
- char *meta_desc;
- char *meta_mtree;
- char *meta_build_version;
- char *meta_build_info;
- char *meta_size_pkg;
- char *meta_size_all;
- char *meta_required_by;
- char *meta_display;
- char *meta_install;
- char *meta_deinstall;
- char *meta_preserve;
- char *meta_views;
- char *meta_installed_info;
- int is_installed;
-};
-
-#ifndef MAXINDEXSIZE
-#define MAXINDEXSIZE 60
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MAXNAMESIZE
-#define MAXNAMESIZE 20
-#endif
-
-#define SHOW_COMMENT 0x00001
-#define SHOW_DESC 0x00002
-#define SHOW_PLIST 0x00004
-#define SHOW_INSTALL 0x00008
-#define SHOW_DEINSTALL 0x00010
-#define SHOW_PREFIX 0x00040
-#define SHOW_INDEX 0x00080
-#define SHOW_FILES 0x00100
-#define SHOW_DISPLAY 0x00200
-#define SHOW_REQBY 0x00400
-#define SHOW_MTREE 0x00800
-#define SHOW_BUILD_VERSION 0x01000
-#define SHOW_BUILD_INFO 0x02000
-#define SHOW_DEPENDS 0x04000
-#define SHOW_PKG_SIZE 0x08000
-#define SHOW_ALL_SIZE 0x10000
-#define SHOW_BLD_DEPENDS 0x20000
-#define SHOW_BI_VAR 0x40000
-#define SHOW_SUMMARY 0x80000
-#define SHOW_FULL_REQBY 0x100000
-
-enum which {
- WHICH_ALL,
- WHICH_USER,
- WHICH_LIST
-};
-
-extern int Flags;
-extern enum which Which;
-extern Boolean File2Pkg;
-extern Boolean Quiet;
-extern const char *InfoPrefix;
-extern const char *BuildInfoVariable;
-extern lpkg_head_t pkgs;
-
-int CheckForPkg(const char *);
-int CheckForBestPkg(const char *);
-
-void show_file(const char *, const char *, Boolean);
-void show_var(const char *, const char *);
-void show_plist(const char *, package_t *, pl_ent_t);
-void show_files(const char *, package_t *);
-void show_depends(const char *, package_t *);
-void show_bld_depends(const char *, package_t *);
-void show_index(const char *, const char *);
-void show_summary(struct pkg_meta *, package_t *, const char *);
-void show_list(lpkg_head_t *, const char *);
-
-int pkg_perform(lpkg_head_t *);
-
-#endif /* _INST_INFO_H_INCLUDE */
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.30 2010/01/22 13:30:42 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.30 2010/01/22 13:30:42 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- *
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * This is the add module.
- *
- */
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "info.h"
-
-static const char Options[] = ".aBbcDde:E:fFhIiK:kLl:mNnpQ:qrRsSuvVX";
-
-int Flags = 0;
-enum which Which = WHICH_LIST;
-Boolean File2Pkg = FALSE;
-Boolean Quiet = FALSE;
-const char *InfoPrefix = "";
-const char *BuildInfoVariable = "";
-lpkg_head_t pkgs;
-
-static void
-usage(void)
-{
- fprintf(stderr, "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n",
- "usage: pkg_info [-BbcDdFfhIikLmNnpqrRSsVvX] [-e package] [-E package]",
- " [-K pkg_dbdir] [-l prefix] pkg-name ...",
- " pkg_info [-a | -u] [flags]",
- " pkg_info [-Q variable] pkg-name ...");
- exit(1);
-}
-
-int
-main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- char *CheckPkg = NULL;
- char *BestCheckPkg = NULL;
- lpkg_t *lpp;
- int ch;
- int rc;
-
- setprogname(argv[0]);
- while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, Options)) != -1)
- switch (ch) {
- case '.': /* for backward compatibility */
- break;
-
- case 'a':
- Which = WHICH_ALL;
- break;
-
- case 'B':
- Flags |= SHOW_BUILD_INFO;
- break;
-
- case 'b':
- Flags |= SHOW_BUILD_VERSION;
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- Flags |= SHOW_COMMENT;
- break;
-
- case 'D':
- Flags |= SHOW_DISPLAY;
- break;
-
- case 'd':
- Flags |= SHOW_DESC;
- break;
-
- case 'E':
- BestCheckPkg = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'e':
- CheckPkg = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'f':
- Flags |= SHOW_PLIST;
- break;
-
- case 'F':
- File2Pkg = 1;
- break;
-
- case 'I':
- Flags |= SHOW_INDEX;
- break;
-
- case 'i':
- Flags |= SHOW_INSTALL;
- break;
-
- case 'K':
- pkgdb_set_dir(optarg, 3);
- break;
-
- case 'k':
- Flags |= SHOW_DEINSTALL;
- break;
-
- case 'L':
- Flags |= SHOW_FILES;
- break;
-
- case 'l':
- InfoPrefix = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'm':
- Flags |= SHOW_MTREE;
- break;
-
- case 'N':
- Flags |= SHOW_BLD_DEPENDS;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- Flags |= SHOW_DEPENDS;
- break;
-
- case 'p':
- Flags |= SHOW_PREFIX;
- break;
-
- case 'Q':
- Flags |= SHOW_BI_VAR;
- BuildInfoVariable = optarg;
- break;
-
- case 'q':
- Quiet = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case 'r':
- Flags |= SHOW_FULL_REQBY;
- break;
-
- case 'R':
- Flags |= SHOW_REQBY;
- break;
-
- case 's':
- Flags |= SHOW_PKG_SIZE;
- break;
-
- case 'S':
- Flags |= SHOW_ALL_SIZE;
- break;
-
- case 'u':
- Which = WHICH_USER;
- break;
-
- case 'v':
- Verbose = TRUE;
- /* Reasonable definition of 'everything' */
- Flags = SHOW_COMMENT | SHOW_DESC | SHOW_PLIST | SHOW_INSTALL |
- SHOW_DEINSTALL | SHOW_DISPLAY | SHOW_MTREE |
- SHOW_REQBY | SHOW_BLD_DEPENDS | SHOW_DEPENDS | SHOW_PKG_SIZE | SHOW_ALL_SIZE;
- break;
-
- case 'V':
- show_version();
- /* NOTREACHED */
-
- case 'X':
- Flags |= SHOW_SUMMARY;
- break;
-
- case 'h':
- case '?':
- default:
- usage();
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
-
- argc -= optind;
- argv += optind;
-
- pkg_install_config();
-
- if (argc == 0 && !Flags && !CheckPkg) {
- /* No argument or relevant flags specified - assume -I */
- Flags = SHOW_INDEX;
- /* assume -a if neither -u nor -a is given */
- if (Which == WHICH_LIST)
- Which = WHICH_ALL;
- }
-
- if (CheckPkg != NULL && BestCheckPkg != NULL) {
- warnx("-E and -e are mutally exlusive");
- usage();
- }
-
- if (argc != 0 && CheckPkg != NULL) {
- warnx("can't give any additional arguments to -e");
- usage();
- }
-
- if (argc != 0 && BestCheckPkg != NULL) {
- warnx("can't give any additional arguments to -E");
- usage();
- }
-
- if (argc != 0 && Which != WHICH_LIST) {
- warnx("can't use both -a/-u and package name");
- usage();
- }
-
- /* Set some reasonable defaults */
- if (!Flags)
- Flags = SHOW_COMMENT | SHOW_DESC | SHOW_REQBY
- | SHOW_DEPENDS | SHOW_DISPLAY;
-
- /* -Fe /filename -> change CheckPkg to real packagename */
- if (CheckPkg) {
- if (File2Pkg) {
- char *s;
-
- if (!pkgdb_open(ReadOnly))
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot open pkgdb");
-
- s = pkgdb_retrieve(CheckPkg);
-
- if (s == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "No matching pkg for %s.", CheckPkg);
- CheckPkg = xstrdup(s);
-
- pkgdb_close();
- }
- return CheckForPkg(CheckPkg);
- }
-
- if (BestCheckPkg)
- return CheckForBestPkg(BestCheckPkg);
-
- TAILQ_INIT(&pkgs);
-
- /* Get all the remaining package names, if any */
- if (File2Pkg && Which == WHICH_LIST)
- if (!pkgdb_open(ReadOnly)) {
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot open pkgdb");
- }
- while (*argv) {
- /* pkgdb: if -F flag given, don't add pkgnames to the "pkgs"
- * queue but rather resolve the given filenames to pkgnames
- * using pkgdb_retrieve, then add them. */
- if (File2Pkg) {
- char *s;
-
- s = pkgdb_retrieve(*argv);
-
- if (s) {
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(s);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- } else
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "No matching pkg for %s.", *argv);
- } else {
- if (ispkgpattern(*argv)) {
- switch (add_installed_pkgs_by_pattern(*argv, &pkgs)) {
- case 0:
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "No matching pkg for %s.", *argv);
- case -1:
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Error during search in pkgdb for %s", *argv);
- }
- } else {
- const char *dbdir;
-
- dbdir = pkgdb_get_dir();
- if (**argv == '/' && strncmp(*argv, dbdir, strlen(dbdir)) == 0) {
- *argv += strlen(dbdir) + 1;
- if ((*argv)[strlen(*argv) - 1] == '/') {
- (*argv)[strlen(*argv) - 1] = 0;
- }
- }
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(*argv);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&pkgs, lpp, lp_link);
- }
- }
- argv++;
- }
-
- if (File2Pkg)
- pkgdb_close();
-
- /* If no packages, yelp */
- if (TAILQ_FIRST(&pkgs) == NULL && Which == WHICH_LIST && !CheckPkg)
- warnx("missing package name(s)"), usage();
-
- rc = pkg_perform(&pkgs);
- exit(rc);
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: perform.c,v 1.61 2010/02/20 04:40:03 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_QUEUE_H
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: perform.c,v 1.61 2010/02/20 04:40:03 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 23 Aug 1993
- *
- * This is the main body of the info module.
- *
- */
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "info.h"
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
-#include <archive.h>
-#include <archive_entry.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SIGNAL_H
-#include <signal.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-#include <dirent.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_CTYPE_H
-#include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-#define LOAD_CONTENTS (1 << 0)
-#define LOAD_COMMENT (1 << 1)
-#define LOAD_DESC (1 << 2)
-#define LOAD_INSTALL (1 << 3)
-#define LOAD_DEINSTALL (1 << 4)
-#define LOAD_DISPLAY (1 << 5)
-#define LOAD_MTREE (1 << 6)
-#define LOAD_BUILD_VERSION (1 << 7)
-#define LOAD_BUILD_INFO (1 << 8)
-#define LOAD_SIZE_PKG (1 << 9)
-#define LOAD_SIZE_ALL (1 << 10)
-#define LOAD_PRESERVE (1 << 11)
-#define LOAD_VIEWS (1 << 12)
-#define LOAD_REQUIRED_BY (1 << 13)
-#define LOAD_INSTALLED_INFO (1 << 14)
-
-static const struct pkg_meta_desc {
- size_t entry_offset;
- const char *entry_filename;
- int entry_mask;
- int required_file;
-} pkg_meta_descriptors[] = {
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_contents), CONTENTS_FNAME,
- LOAD_CONTENTS, 1},
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_comment), COMMENT_FNAME,
- LOAD_COMMENT, 1 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_desc), DESC_FNAME,
- LOAD_DESC, 1 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_install), INSTALL_FNAME,
- LOAD_INSTALL, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_deinstall), DEINSTALL_FNAME,
- LOAD_DEINSTALL, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_display), DISPLAY_FNAME,
- LOAD_DISPLAY, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_mtree), MTREE_FNAME,
- LOAD_MTREE, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_build_version), BUILD_VERSION_FNAME,
- LOAD_BUILD_VERSION, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_build_info), BUILD_INFO_FNAME,
- LOAD_BUILD_INFO, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_size_pkg), SIZE_PKG_FNAME,
- LOAD_SIZE_PKG, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_size_all), SIZE_ALL_FNAME,
- LOAD_SIZE_ALL, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_preserve), PRESERVE_FNAME,
- LOAD_PRESERVE, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_views), VIEWS_FNAME,
- LOAD_VIEWS, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_required_by), REQUIRED_BY_FNAME,
- LOAD_REQUIRED_BY, 0 },
- { offsetof(struct pkg_meta, meta_installed_info), INSTALLED_INFO_FNAME,
- LOAD_INSTALLED_INFO, 0 },
- { 0, NULL, 0, 0 },
-};
-
-static int desired_meta_data;
-
-static void
-free_pkg_meta(struct pkg_meta *meta)
-{
- const struct pkg_meta_desc *descr;
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename; ++descr)
- free(*(char **)((char *)meta + descr->entry_offset));
-
- free(meta);
-}
-
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
-static struct pkg_meta *
-read_meta_data_from_archive(struct archive *archive,
- struct archive_entry *entry)
-{
- struct pkg_meta *meta;
- const char *fname;
- const struct pkg_meta_desc *descr, *last_descr;
- char **target;
-#ifndef __minix
- int64_t size;
-#else
- ssize_t size;
-#endif
- int r, found_required;
-
- found_required = 0;
-
- meta = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*meta));
-
- last_descr = 0;
- if (entry != NULL) {
- r = ARCHIVE_OK;
- goto has_entry;
- }
-
- while ((r = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
-has_entry:
- fname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename;
- ++descr) {
- if (strcmp(descr->entry_filename, fname) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (descr->entry_filename == NULL)
- break;
-
- if (descr->required_file)
- ++found_required;
-
- target = (char **)((char *)meta + descr->entry_offset);
- if (*target)
- errx(2, "duplicate entry, package corrupt");
- if (descr < last_descr)
- warnx("misordered package, continuing");
- else
- last_descr = descr;
-
- if ((descr->entry_mask & desired_meta_data) == 0) {
- if (archive_read_data_skip(archive))
- errx(2, "cannot read package meta data");
- continue;
- }
-
- size = archive_entry_size(entry);
-/* archive_read_data handles this case using multiple reads
- * if (size > SSIZE_MAX - 1)
- * errx(2, "package meta data too large to process");
- */
- *target = xmalloc(size + 1);
- if (archive_read_data(archive, *target, size) != size)
- errx(2, "cannot read package meta data");
- (*target)[size] = '\0';
- }
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename; ++descr) {
- if (descr->required_file)
- --found_required;
- }
-
- meta->is_installed = 0;
- if (found_required != 0 || (r != ARCHIVE_OK && r != ARCHIVE_EOF)) {
- free_pkg_meta(meta);
- meta = NULL;
- }
-
- return meta;
-}
-#endif
-
-static struct pkg_meta *
-read_meta_data_from_pkgdb(const char *pkg)
-{
- struct pkg_meta *meta;
- const struct pkg_meta_desc *descr;
- char **target;
- char *fname;
- int fd;
- struct stat st;
-
- meta = xcalloc(1, sizeof(*meta));
-
- for (descr = pkg_meta_descriptors; descr->entry_filename; ++descr) {
- if ((descr->entry_mask & desired_meta_data) == 0)
- continue;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, descr->entry_filename);
- fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY, 0);
- free(fname);
- if (fd == -1) {
- if (errno == ENOENT && descr->required_file == 0)
- continue;
- err(2, "cannot read meta data file %s of package %s",
- descr->entry_filename, pkg);
- }
- target = (char **)((char *)meta + descr->entry_offset);
-
- if (fstat(fd, &st) == -1)
- err(2, "cannot stat meta data");
- if ((st.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFREG)
- errx(1, "meta data is not regular file");
-/*
- if (st.st_size > SSIZE_MAX - 1)
- err(2, "meta data file too large to process");
- *target = xmalloc(st.st_size + 1);
- if (read(fd, *target, st.st_size) != st.st_size)
- err(2, "cannot read meta data");
-*/
- *target = xmalloc(st.st_size + 1);
- if (readfile(fd, *target, st.st_size) < 0)
- err(2, "cannot read meta data");
- (*target)[st.st_size] = '\0';
- close(fd);
- }
-
- meta->is_installed = 1;
-
- return meta;
-}
-
-static void
-build_full_reqby(lpkg_head_t *reqby, struct pkg_meta *meta, int limit)
-{
- char *iter, *eol, *next;
- lpkg_t *lpp;
- struct pkg_meta *meta_dep;
-
- if (limit == 65536)
- errx(1, "Cycle in the dependency tree, bailing out");
-
- if (meta->is_installed == 0 || meta->meta_required_by == NULL)
- return;
-
- for (iter = meta->meta_required_by; *iter != '\0'; iter = next) {
- eol = iter + strcspn(iter, "\n");
- if (*eol == '\n')
- next = eol + 1;
- else
- next = eol;
- if (iter == eol)
- continue;
- TAILQ_FOREACH(lpp, reqby, lp_link) {
- if (strlen(lpp->lp_name) + iter != eol)
- continue;
- if (memcmp(lpp->lp_name, iter, eol - iter) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (lpp != NULL)
- continue;
- *eol = '\0';
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(iter);
- if (next != eol)
- *eol = '\n';
-
- meta_dep = read_meta_data_from_pkgdb(lpp->lp_name);
- if (meta_dep == NULL)
- continue;
- build_full_reqby(reqby, meta_dep, limit + 1);
- free_pkg_meta(meta_dep);
-
- TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(reqby, lpp, lp_link);
- }
-}
-
-static lfile_head_t files;
-
-static int
-pkg_do(const char *pkg)
-{
- struct pkg_meta *meta;
- int code = 0;
- const char *binpkgfile = NULL;
- char *pkgdir;
-
- if (IS_URL(pkg) || (fexists(pkg) && isfile(pkg))) {
-#ifdef BOOTSTRAP
- errx(2, "Binary packages not supported during bootstrap");
-#else
- struct archive *archive;
- struct archive_entry *entry;
- char *archive_name, *pkgname;
-
- archive = open_archive(pkg, &archive_name);
- if (archive == NULL) {
- warnx("can't find package `%s', skipped", pkg);
- return -1;
- }
- pkgname = NULL;
- entry = NULL;
- pkg_verify_signature(archive_name, &archive, &entry, &pkgname);
- if (archive == NULL)
- return -1;
- free(pkgname);
-
- meta = read_meta_data_from_archive(archive, entry);
- archive_read_finish(archive);
- if (!IS_URL(pkg))
- binpkgfile = pkg;
-#endif
- } else {
- /*
- * It's not an uninstalled package, try and find it among the
- * installed
- */
- pkgdir = pkgdb_pkg_dir(pkg);
- if (!fexists(pkgdir) || !(isdir(pkgdir) || islinktodir(pkgdir))) {
- switch (add_installed_pkgs_by_basename(pkg, &pkgs)) {
- case 1:
- return 0;
- case 0:
- /* No match */
- warnx("can't find package `%s'", pkg);
- return 1;
- case -1:
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Error during search in pkgdb for %s", pkg);
- }
- }
- free(pkgdir);
- meta = read_meta_data_from_pkgdb(pkg);
- }
-
- if (meta == NULL) {
- warnx("invalid package `%s' skipped", pkg);
- return 1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Index is special info type that has to override all others to make
- * any sense.
- */
- if (Flags & SHOW_INDEX) {
- char tmp[MaxPathSize];
-
- (void) snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%-19s ", pkg);
- show_index(meta->meta_comment, tmp);
- } else if (Flags & SHOW_BI_VAR) {
- if (strcspn(BuildInfoVariable, "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ")
- == strlen(BuildInfoVariable)) {
- if (meta->meta_installed_info)
- show_var(meta->meta_installed_info, BuildInfoVariable);
- } else {
- if (meta->meta_build_info)
- show_var(meta->meta_build_info, BuildInfoVariable);
- else
- warnx("Build information missing");
- }
- } else {
- package_t plist;
-
- /* Read the contents list */
- parse_plist(&plist, meta->meta_contents);
-
- /* Start showing the package contents */
- if (!Quiet && !(Flags & SHOW_SUMMARY)) {
- printf("%sInformation for %s:\n\n", InfoPrefix, pkg);
- if (meta->meta_preserve) {
- printf("*** PACKAGE MAY NOT BE DELETED ***\n");
- }
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_SUMMARY) {
- show_summary(meta, &plist, binpkgfile);
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_COMMENT) {
- show_file(meta->meta_comment, "Comment:\n", TRUE);
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_DEPENDS) {
- show_depends("Requires:\n", &plist);
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_BLD_DEPENDS) {
- show_bld_depends("Built using:\n", &plist);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_REQBY) && meta->meta_required_by) {
- show_file(meta->meta_required_by, "Required by:\n", TRUE);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_FULL_REQBY) && meta->is_installed) {
- lpkg_head_t reqby;
- TAILQ_INIT(&reqby);
- build_full_reqby(&reqby, meta, 0);
- show_list(&reqby, "Full required by list:\n");
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_DESC) {
- show_file(meta->meta_desc, "Description:\n", TRUE);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_DISPLAY) && meta->meta_display) {
- show_file(meta->meta_display, "Install notice:\n",
- TRUE);
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_PLIST) {
- show_plist("Packing list:\n", &plist, PLIST_SHOW_ALL);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_INSTALL) && meta->meta_install) {
- show_file(meta->meta_install, "Install script:\n",
- TRUE);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_DEINSTALL) && meta->meta_deinstall) {
- show_file(meta->meta_deinstall, "De-Install script:\n",
- TRUE);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_MTREE) && meta->meta_mtree) {
- show_file(meta->meta_mtree, "mtree file:\n", TRUE);
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_PREFIX) {
- show_plist("Prefix(s):\n", &plist, PLIST_CWD);
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_FILES) {
- show_files("Files:\n", &plist);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_BUILD_VERSION) && meta->meta_build_version) {
- show_file(meta->meta_build_version, "Build version:\n",
- TRUE);
- }
- if (Flags & SHOW_BUILD_INFO) {
- if (meta->meta_build_info) {
- show_file(meta->meta_build_info, "Build information:\n",
- TRUE);
- }
- if (meta->meta_installed_info) {
- show_file(meta->meta_installed_info, "Installed information:\n",
- TRUE);
- }
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_PKG_SIZE) && meta->meta_size_pkg) {
- show_file(meta->meta_size_pkg, "Size of this package in bytes: ",
- TRUE);
- }
- if ((Flags & SHOW_ALL_SIZE) && meta->meta_size_all) {
- show_file(meta->meta_size_all, "Size in bytes including required pkgs: ",
- TRUE);
- }
- if (!Quiet && !(Flags & SHOW_SUMMARY)) {
- if (meta->meta_preserve) {
- printf("*** PACKAGE MAY NOT BE DELETED ***\n\n");
- }
- puts(InfoPrefix);
- }
- free_plist(&plist);
- }
- free_pkg_meta(meta);
- return code;
-}
-
-struct print_matching_arg {
- const char *pattern;
- int got_match;
-};
-
-static int
-print_matching_pkg(const char *pkgname, void *cookie)
-{
- struct print_matching_arg *arg= cookie;
-
- if (pkg_match(arg->pattern, pkgname)) {
- if (!Quiet)
- puts(pkgname);
- arg->got_match = 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Returns 0 if at least one package matching pkgname.
- * Returns 1 otherwise.
- *
- * If -q was not specified, print all matching packages to stdout.
- */
-int
-CheckForPkg(const char *pkgname)
-{
- struct print_matching_arg arg;
-
- arg.pattern = pkgname;
- arg.got_match = 0;
-
- if (iterate_pkg_db(print_matching_pkg, &arg) == -1) {
- warnx("cannot iterate pkgdb");
- return 1;
- }
-
- if (arg.got_match == 0 && !ispkgpattern(pkgname)) {
- char *pattern;
-
- pattern = xasprintf("%s-[0-9]*", pkgname);
-
- arg.pattern = pattern;
- arg.got_match = 0;
-
- if (iterate_pkg_db(print_matching_pkg, &arg) == -1) {
- free(pattern);
- warnx("cannot iterate pkgdb");
- return 1;
- }
- free(pattern);
- }
-
- if (arg.got_match)
- return 0;
- else
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Returns 0 if at least one package matching pkgname.
- * Returns 1 otherwise.
- *
- * If -q was not specified, print best match to stdout.
- */
-int
-CheckForBestPkg(const char *pkgname)
-{
- char *pattern, *best_match;
-
- best_match = find_best_matching_installed_pkg(pkgname);
- if (best_match == NULL) {
- if (ispkgpattern(pkgname))
- return 1;
-
- pattern = xasprintf("%s-[0-9]*", pkgname);
- best_match = find_best_matching_installed_pkg(pattern);
- free(pattern);
- }
-
- if (best_match == NULL)
- return 1;
- if (!Quiet)
- puts(best_match);
- free(best_match);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-perform_single_pkg(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- int *err_cnt = cookie;
-
- if (Which == WHICH_ALL || !is_automatic_installed(pkg))
- *err_cnt += pkg_do(pkg);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-pkg_perform(lpkg_head_t *pkghead)
-{
- int err_cnt = 0;
-
- TAILQ_INIT(&files);
-
- desired_meta_data = 0;
- if ((Flags & (SHOW_INDEX | SHOW_BI_VAR)) == 0)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_PRESERVE;
- if ((Flags & (SHOW_INDEX | SHOW_BI_VAR)) == 0)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_CONTENTS;
- if (Flags & (SHOW_COMMENT | SHOW_INDEX | SHOW_SUMMARY))
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_COMMENT;
- if (Flags & (SHOW_BI_VAR | SHOW_BUILD_INFO | SHOW_SUMMARY))
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_BUILD_INFO | LOAD_INSTALLED_INFO;
- if (Flags & (SHOW_SUMMARY | SHOW_PKG_SIZE))
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_SIZE_PKG;
- if (Flags & SHOW_ALL_SIZE)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_SIZE_ALL;
- if (Flags & (SHOW_SUMMARY | SHOW_DESC))
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_DESC;
- if (Flags & (SHOW_REQBY | SHOW_FULL_REQBY))
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_REQUIRED_BY;
- if (Flags & SHOW_DISPLAY)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_DISPLAY;
- if (Flags & SHOW_INSTALL)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_INSTALL;
- if (Flags & SHOW_DEINSTALL)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_DEINSTALL;
- if (Flags & SHOW_MTREE)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_MTREE;
- if (Flags & SHOW_BUILD_VERSION)
- desired_meta_data |= LOAD_BUILD_VERSION;
-
- if (Which != WHICH_LIST) {
- if (File2Pkg) {
- /* Show all files with the package they belong to */
- if (pkgdb_dump() == -1)
- err_cnt = 1;
- } else {
- if (iterate_pkg_db(perform_single_pkg, &err_cnt) == -1)
- err_cnt = 1;
- }
- } else {
- /* Show info on individual pkg(s) */
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- while ((lpp = TAILQ_FIRST(pkghead)) != NULL) {
- TAILQ_REMOVE(pkghead, lpp, lp_link);
- err_cnt += pkg_do(lpp->lp_name);
- free_lpkg(lpp);
- }
- }
- return err_cnt;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: pkg_info.1,v 1.30 2010/02/27 21:02:01 wiz Exp $
-.\"
-.\" FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintenance
-.\" of non-core utilities.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" Jordan K. Hubbard
-.\"
-.\"
-.\" @(#)pkg_info.1
-.\"
-.Dd February 27, 2010
-.Dt PKG_INFO 1
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm pkg_info
-.Nd a utility for displaying information on software packages
-.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm
-.Op Fl BbcDdFfhIikLmNnpqRrSsVvX
-.Op Fl e Ar package
-.Op Fl E Ar package
-.Op Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-.Op Fl l Ar prefix
-.Ar pkg-name ...
-.Nm
-.Op Fl a | Fl u
-.Op flags
-.Nm
-.Op Fl Q Ar variable
-.Ar pkg-name ...
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Nm
-command is used to dump out information for packages, which may be either
-packed up in files or already installed on the system with the
-.Xr pkg_create 1
-command.
-.Pp
-The
-.Ar pkg-name
-may be the name of an installed package (with our without version), a
-pattern matching several installed packages (see the
-.Sx PACKAGE WILDCARDS
-section for a description of possible patterns),
-the pathname to a
-binary package, a filename belonging to an installed
-package (if
-.Fl F
-is also given), or a URL to an ftp-available package.
-.Pp
-The following command-line options are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Fl a
-Show information for all currently installed packages.
-See also
-.Fl u .
-.It Fl B
-Show some of the important definitions used when building
-the binary package (the
-.Dq Build information )
-for each package.
-Additionally, any installation information variables
-(lowercase) can be queried, too.
-In particular,
-.Ar automatic
-tells if a package was installed automatically
-as a dependency of another package.
-.It Fl b
-Show the
-.Nx
-RCS Id strings from the files used in the construction
-of the binary package (the "Build version") for each package.
-These files are the package Makefile, any patch files, any checksum
-files, and the packing list file.
-.It Fl c
-Show the one-line comment field for each package.
-.It Fl D
-Show the install-message file (if any) for each package.
-.It Fl d
-Show the long-description field for each package.
-.It Fl E Ar pkg-name
-This option
-allows you to test for the existence of a given package.
-If a package identified by
-.Ar pkg-name
-is currently installed, return code is 0, otherwise 1.
-The name of the best matching package found installed is printed to
-stdout unless turned off using the
-.Fl q
-option.
-.Ar pkg-name
-can contain wildcards (see the
-.Sx PACKAGE WILDCARDS
-section below).
-.It Fl e Ar pkg-name
-This option
-allows you to test for the existence of a given package.
-If a package identified by
-.Ar pkg-name
-is currently installed, return code is 0, otherwise 1.
-The names of any package(s) found installed are printed to
-stdout unless turned off using the
-.Fl q
-option.
-.Ar pkg-name
-can contain wildcards (see the
-.Sx PACKAGE WILDCARDS
-section below).
-.It Fl F
-Interpret any pkg-name given as filename, and translate it to a
-package name using the package database.
-This can be used to query information on a per-file basis, e.g. in
-conjunction with the
-.Fl e
-flag to find out which package a file belongs to.
-.It Fl f
-Show the packing list instructions for each package.
-.It Fl I
-Show the index entry for each package.
-.It Fl i
-Show the install script (if any) for each package.
-.It Fl K Ar pkg_dbdir
-Override the value of the
-.Dv PKG_DBDIR
-configuration option with the value
-.Ar pkg_dbdir .
-.It Fl k
-Show the de-install script (if any) for each package.
-.It Fl L
-Show the files within each package.
-This is different from just viewing the packing list, since full pathnames
-for everything are generated.
-Files that were created dynamically during installation of the package
-are not listed.
-.It Fl l Ar str
-Prefix each information category header (see
-.Fl q )
-shown with
-.Ar str .
-This is primarily of use to front-end programs that want to request a
-lot of different information fields at once for a package, but don't
-necessary want the output intermingled in such a way that they can't
-organize it.
-This lets you add a special token to the start of each field.
-.It Fl m
-Show the mtree file (if any) for each package.
-.It Fl N
-Show which packages each package was built with (exact dependencies), if any.
-.It Fl n
-Show which packages each package needs (depends upon), if any.
-.It Fl p
-Show the installation prefix for each package.
-.It Fl Q
-Show the definition of
-.Ar variable
-from the build information for each package.
-An empty string is returned if no such variable definition is found for
-the package(s).
-.It Fl q
-Be
-.Dq quiet
-in emitting report headers and such, just dump the
-raw info (basically, assume a non-human reading).
-.It Fl R
-For each package, show the packages that require it.
-.It Fl r
-For each package, show the packages that require it.
-Continue recursively to show all dependents.
-.It Fl S
-Show the size of this package and all the packages it requires,
-in bytes.
-.It Fl s
-Show the size of this package in bytes.
-The size is calculated by adding up the size of each file of the package.
-.It Fl u
-Show information for all user-installed packages.
-Automatically installed packages (as dependencies
-of other packages) are not displayed.
-See also
-.Fl a .
-.It Fl V
-Print version number and exit.
-.It Fl v
-Turn on verbose output.
-.It Fl X
-Print summary information for each package.
-The summary format is
-described in
-.Xr pkg_summary 5 .
-Its primary use is to contain all information about the contents of a
-(remote) binary package repository needed by package managing software.
-.El
-.Sh TECHNICAL DETAILS
-Package info is either extracted from package files named on the
-command line, or from already installed package information
-in
-.Pa \*[Lt]PKG_DBDIR\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]pkg-name\*[Gt] .
-.Pp
-A filename can be given instead of a (installed) package name to query
-information on the package this file belongs to.
-This filename is then resolved to a package name using the package database.
-For this translation to take place, the
-.Fl F
-flag must be given.
-The filename must be absolute, compare the output of pkg_info
-.Fl aF .
-.Sh PACKAGE WILDCARDS
-In the places where a package name/version is expected, e.g. for the
-.Fl e
-switch, several forms can be used.
-Either use a package name with or without version, or specify a
-package wildcard that gets matched against all installed packages.
-.Pp
-Package wildcards use
-.Xr fnmatch 3 .
-In addition,
-.Xr csh 1
-style {,} alternates have been implemented.
-Package version numbers can also be matched in a relational manner
-using the
-.Pa \*[Ge] , \*[Le] , \*[Gt] ,
-and
-.Pa \*[Lt]
-operators.
-For example,
-.Pa pkg_info -e 'name\*[Ge]1.3'
-will match versions 1.3 and later of the
-.Pa name
-package.
-Additionally, ranges can be defined by giving a lower bound with
-\*[Gt] or \*[Ge] and an upper bound with \*[Lt] or \*[Le].
-The lower bound has to come first.
-For example,
-.Pa pkg_info -e 'name\*[Ge]1.3\*[Lt]2.0'
-will match versions 1.3 (inclusive) to 2.0 (exclusive)
-of package
-.Pa name .
-.Pp
-The collating sequence of the various package version numbers is
-unusual, but strives to be consistent.
-The magic string
-.Dq alpha
-equates to
-.Pa alpha version
-and sorts before a beta version.
-The magic string
-.Dq beta
-equates to
-.Pa beta version
-and sorts before a release candidate.
-The magic string
-.Dq rc
-equates to
-.Pa release candidate
-and sorts before a release.
-The magic string
-.Dq pre ,
-short for
-.Dq pre-release ,
-is a synonym for
-.Dq rc .
-For example,
-.Pa name-1.3rc3
-will sort before
-.Pa name-1.3
-and after
-.Pa name-1.2.9 .
-Similarly
-.Pa name-1.3alpha2
-will sort before
-.Pa name-1.3beta1
-and they both sort before
-.Pa name-1.3rc1 .
-In addition, alphabetic characters sort in the same place as
-their numeric counterparts, so that
-.Pa name-1.2e
-has the same sorting value as
-.Pa name-1.2.5
-The magic string
-.Dq pl
-equates to a
-.Pa patch level
-and has the same value as a dot in the dewey-decimal ordering schemes,
-as does the underscore
-.Sq _ .
-.Sh ENVIRONMENT
-See
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-for options, that can also be specified using the environment.
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_admin 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_create 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_delete 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_install.conf 5
-.Xr pkgsrc 7
-.Sh AUTHORS
-.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
-.It "Jordan Hubbard"
-most of the work
-.It "John Kohl"
-refined it for
-.Nx
-.It "Hubert Feyrer"
-.Nx
-wildcard dependency processing, pkgdb, depends displaying,
-pkg size display etc.
-.El
+++ /dev/null
-PKG_INFO(1) NetBSD General Commands Manual PKG_INFO(1)
-
-N\bNA\bAM\bME\bE
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bnf\bfo\bo -- a utility for displaying information on software packages
-
-S\bSY\bYN\bNO\bOP\bPS\bSI\bIS\bS
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bnf\bfo\bo [-\b-B\bBb\bbc\bcD\bDd\bdF\bFf\bfh\bhI\bIi\bik\bkL\bLm\bmN\bNn\bnp\bpq\bqr\brR\bRS\bSs\bsV\bVv\bvX\bX] [-\b-e\be _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be] [-\b-E\bE _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be]
- [-\b-K\bK _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b__\bd_\bb_\bd_\bi_\br] [-\b-l\bl _\bp_\br_\be_\bf_\bi_\bx] _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be _\b._\b._\b.
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bnf\bfo\bo [-\b-a\ba | -\b-u\bu] [flags]
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bnf\bfo\bo [-\b-Q\bQ _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be] _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be _\b._\b._\b.
-
-D\bDE\bES\bSC\bCR\bRI\bIP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN
- The p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bnf\bfo\bo command is used to dump out information for packages, which
- may be either packed up in files or already installed on the system with
- the pkg_create(1) command.
-
- The _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be may be the name of an installed package (with our without
- version), a pattern matching several installed packages (see the _\bP_\bA_\bC_\bK_\bA_\bG_\bE
- _\bW_\bI_\bL_\bD_\bC_\bA_\bR_\bD_\bS section for a description of possible patterns), the pathname
- to a binary package, a filename belonging to an installed package (if -\b-F\bF
- is also given), or a URL to an ftp-available package.
-
- The following command-line options are supported:
-
- -\b-a\ba Show information for all currently installed packages. See also
- -\b-u\bu.
-
- -\b-B\bB Show some of the important definitions used when building the
- binary package (the ``Build information'') for each package.
- Additionally, any installation information variables (lowercase)
- can be queried, too. In particular, _\ba_\bu_\bt_\bo_\bm_\ba_\bt_\bi_\bc tells if a package
- was installed automatically as a dependency of another package.
-
- -\b-b\bb Show the NetBSD RCS Id strings from the files used in the con-
- struction of the binary package (the "Build version") for each
- package. These files are the package Makefile, any patch files,
- any checksum files, and the packing list file.
-
- -\b-c\bc Show the one-line comment field for each package.
-
- -\b-D\bD Show the install-message file (if any) for each package.
-
- -\b-d\bd Show the long-description field for each package.
-
- -\b-E\bE _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- This option allows you to test for the existence of a given pack-
- age. If a package identified by _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is currently installed,
- return code is 0, otherwise 1. The name of the best matching
- package found installed is printed to stdout unless turned off
- using the -\b-q\bq option. _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be can contain wildcards (see the
- _\bP_\bA_\bC_\bK_\bA_\bG_\bE _\bW_\bI_\bL_\bD_\bC_\bA_\bR_\bD_\bS section below).
-
- -\b-e\be _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be
- This option allows you to test for the existence of a given pack-
- age. If a package identified by _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be is currently installed,
- return code is 0, otherwise 1. The names of any package(s) found
- installed are printed to stdout unless turned off using the -\b-q\bq
- option. _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be can contain wildcards (see the _\bP_\bA_\bC_\bK_\bA_\bG_\bE
- _\bW_\bI_\bL_\bD_\bC_\bA_\bR_\bD_\bS section below).
-
- -\b-F\bF Interpret any pkg-name given as filename, and translate it to a
- package name using the Package Database. This can be used to
- query information on a per-file basis, e.g. in conjunction with
- the -\b-e\be flag to find out which package a file belongs to.
-
- -\b-f\bf Show the packing list instructions for each package.
-
- -\b-I\bI Show the index entry for each package.
-
- -\b-i\bi Show the install script (if any) for each package.
-
- -\b-K\bK _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b__\bd_\bb_\bd_\bi_\br
- Override the value of the PKG_DBDIR configuration option with the
- value _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b__\bd_\bb_\bd_\bi_\br.
-
- -\b-k\bk Show the de-install script (if any) for each package.
-
- -\b-L\bL Show the files within each package. This is different from just
- viewing the packing list, since full pathnames for everything are
- generated. Files that were created dynamically during installa-
- tion of the package are not listed.
-
- -\b-l\bl _\bs_\bt_\br Prefix each information category header (see -\b-q\bq) shown with _\bs_\bt_\br.
- This is primarily of use to front-end programs that want to
- request a lot of different information fields at once for a pack-
- age, but don't necessary want the output intermingled in such a
- way that they can't organize it. This lets you add a special
- token to the start of each field.
-
- -\b-m\bm Show the mtree file (if any) for each package.
-
- -\b-N\bN Show which packages each package was built with (exact dependen-
- cies), if any.
-
- -\b-n\bn Show which packages each package needs (depends upon), if any.
-
- -\b-p\bp Show the installation prefix for each package.
-
- -\b-Q\bQ Show the definition of _\bv_\ba_\br_\bi_\ba_\bb_\bl_\be from the build information for
- each package. An empty string is returned if no such variable
- definition is found for the package(s).
-
- -\b-q\bq Be ``quiet'' in emitting report headers and such, just dump the
- raw info (basically, assume a non-human reading).
-
- -\b-R\bR For each package, show the packages that require it.
-
- -\b-r\br For each package, show the packages that require it. Continue
- recursively to show all dependents.
-
- -\b-S\bS Show the size of this package and all the packages it requires,
- in bytes.
-
- -\b-s\bs Show the size of this package in bytes. The size is calculated
- by adding up the size of each file of the package.
-
- -\b-u\bu Show information for all user-installed packages. Automatically
- installed packages (as dependencies of other packages) are not
- displayed. See also -\b-a\ba.
-
- -\b-V\bV Print version number and exit.
-
- -\b-v\bv Turn on verbose output.
-
- -\b-X\bX Print summary information for each package. The summary format
- is described in pkg_summary(5). Its primary use is to contain
- all information about the contents of a (remote) binary package
- repository needed by package managing software.
-
-T\bTE\bEC\bCH\bHN\bNI\bIC\bCA\bAL\bL D\bDE\bET\bTA\bAI\bIL\bLS\bS
- Package info is either extracted from package files named on the command
- line, or from already installed package information in
- _\b<_\bP_\bK_\bG_\b__\bD_\bB_\bD_\bI_\bR_\b>_\b/_\b<_\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b>.
-
- A filename can be given instead of a (installed) package name to query
- information on the package this file belongs to. This filename is then
- resolved to a package name using the Package Database. For this transla-
- tion to take place, the -\b-F\bF flag must be given. The filename must be
- absolute, compare the output of pkg_info -\b-a\baF\bF.
-
-P\bPA\bAC\bCK\bKA\bAG\bGE\bE W\bWI\bIL\bLD\bDC\bCA\bAR\bRD\bDS\bS
- In the places where a package name/version is expected, e.g. for the -\b-e\be
- switch, several forms can be used. Either use a package name with or
- without version, or specify a package wildcard that gets matched against
- all installed packages.
-
- Package wildcards use fnmatch(3). In addition, csh(1) style {,} alter-
- nates have been implemented. Package version numbers can also be matched
- in a relational manner using the _\b>_\b=, _\b<_\b=, _\b>, and _\b< operators. For exam-
- ple, _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b__\bi_\bn_\bf_\bo _\b-_\be _\b'_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b>_\b=_\b1_\b._\b3_\b' will match versions 1.3 and later of the
- _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be package. Additionally, ranges can be defined by giving a lower
- bound with > or >= and an upper bound with < or <=. The lower bound has
- to come first. For example, _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b__\bi_\bn_\bf_\bo _\b-_\be _\b'_\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b>_\b=_\b1_\b._\b3_\b<_\b2_\b._\b0_\b' will match ver-
- sions 1.3 (inclusive) to 2.0 (exclusive) of package _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be.
-
- The collating sequence of the various package version numbers is unusual,
- but strives to be consistent. The magic string ``alpha'' equates to
- _\ba_\bl_\bp_\bh_\ba _\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn and sorts before a beta version. The magic string ``beta''
- equates to _\bb_\be_\bt_\ba _\bv_\be_\br_\bs_\bi_\bo_\bn and sorts before a release candidate. The magic
- string ``rc'' equates to _\br_\be_\bl_\be_\ba_\bs_\be _\bc_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bi_\bd_\ba_\bt_\be and sorts before a release.
- The magic string ``pre'', short for ``pre-release'', is a synonym for
- ``rc''. For example, _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b3_\br_\bc_\b3 will sort before _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b3 and after
- _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b2_\b._\b9. Similarly _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b3_\ba_\bl_\bp_\bh_\ba_\b2 will sort before _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b3_\bb_\be_\bt_\ba_\b1 and
- they both sort before _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b3_\br_\bc_\b1. In addition, alphabetic characters
- sort in the same place as their numeric counterparts, so that _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b2_\be
- has the same sorting value as _\bn_\ba_\bm_\be_\b-_\b1_\b._\b2_\b._\b5 The magic string ``pl'' equates
- to a _\bp_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh _\bl_\be_\bv_\be_\bl and has the same value as a dot in the dewey-decimal
- ordering schemes.
-
-E\bEN\bNV\bVI\bIR\bRO\bON\bNM\bME\bEN\bNT\bT
- See pkg_install.conf(5) for options, that can also be specified using the
- environment.
-
-S\bSE\bEE\bE A\bAL\bLS\bSO\bO
- pkg_add(1), pkg_admin(1), pkg_create(1), pkg_delete(1),
- pkg_install.conf(5) pkgsrc(7)
-
-A\bAU\bUT\bTH\bHO\bOR\bRS\bS
- Jordan Hubbard
- most of the work
- John Kohl
- refined it for NetBSD
- Hubert Feyrer
- NetBSD wildcard dependency processing, pkgdb, depends displaying,
- pkg size display etc.
-
-NetBSD 5.0 January 22, 2010 NetBSD 5.0
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: show.c,v 1.30 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: show.c,v 1.30 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 23 Aug 1993
- *
- * Various display routines for the info module.
- *
- */
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Hubert Feyrer <hubert@feyrer.de>.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "defs.h"
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "info.h"
-
-/* Structure to define entries for the "show table" */
-typedef struct show_t {
- pl_ent_t sh_type; /* type of entry */
- const char *sh_quiet; /* message when quiet */
- const char *sh_verbose; /* message when verbose */
-} show_t;
-
-/*
- * The entries in this table must be ordered the same as
- * pl_ent_t constants
- */
-static const show_t showv[] = {
- {PLIST_FILE, "%s", "\tFile: %s"},
- {PLIST_CWD, "@cwd %s", "\tCWD to: %s"},
- {PLIST_CMD, "@exec %s", "\tEXEC '%s'"},
- {PLIST_CHMOD, "@chmod %s", "\tCHMOD to %s"},
- {PLIST_CHOWN, "@chown %s", "\tCHOWN to %s"},
- {PLIST_CHGRP, "@chgrp %s", "\tCHGRP to %s"},
- {PLIST_COMMENT, "@comment %s", "\tComment: %s"},
- {PLIST_IGNORE, "@ignore", "Ignore next file:"},
- {PLIST_NAME, "@name %s", "\tPackage name: %s"},
- {PLIST_UNEXEC, "@unexec %s", "\tUNEXEC '%s'"},
- {PLIST_SRC, "@src: %s", "\tSRC to: %s"},
- {PLIST_DISPLAY, "@display %s", "\tInstall message file: %s"},
- {PLIST_PKGDEP, "@pkgdep %s", "\tPackage depends on: %s"},
- {PLIST_DIR_RM, "@dirrm %s", "\tObsolete deinstall directory removal hint: %s"},
- {PLIST_OPTION, "@option %s", "\tPackage has option: %s"},
- {PLIST_PKGCFL, "@pkgcfl %s", "\tPackage conflicts with: %s"},
- {PLIST_BLDDEP, "@blddep %s", "\tPackage depends exactly on: %s"},
- {PLIST_PKGDIR, "@pkgdir %s", "\tManaged directory: %s"},
- {-1, NULL, NULL}
-};
-
-static int print_string_as_var(const char *, const char *);
-
-void
-show_file(const char *buf, const char *title, Boolean separator)
-{
- size_t len;
-
- if (!Quiet)
- printf("%s%s", InfoPrefix, title);
-
- len = strlen(buf);
- if (len == 0 || buf[len - 1] != '\n')
- puts(buf);
- else
- fputs(buf, stdout);
-
- if (!Quiet || separator)
- printf("\n");
-}
-
-void
-show_var(const char *buf, const char *variable)
-{
- char *value;
-
- if (buf == NULL)
- return;
-
- if ((value = var_get_memory(buf, variable)) != NULL) {
- (void) printf("%s\n", value);
- free(value);
- }
-}
-
-void
-show_index(const char *buf, const char *title)
-{
- size_t len;
-
- if (!Quiet)
- printf("%s%s", InfoPrefix, title);
-
- len = strlen(buf);
- if (len == 0 || buf[len - 1] != '\n')
- puts(buf);
- else
- fputs(buf, stdout);
-}
-
-/*
- * Show a packing list item type. If type is PLIST_SHOW_ALL, show all
- */
-void
-show_plist(const char *title, package_t *plist, pl_ent_t type)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- Boolean ign;
-
- if (!Quiet) {
- printf("%s%s", InfoPrefix, title);
- }
- for (ign = FALSE, p = plist->head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == type || type == PLIST_SHOW_ALL) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_FILE:
- printf(Quiet ? showv[p->type].sh_quiet : showv[p->type].sh_verbose, p->name);
- if (ign) {
- if (!Quiet) {
- printf(" (ignored)");
- }
- ign = FALSE;
- }
- break;
- case PLIST_CHMOD:
- case PLIST_CHOWN:
- case PLIST_CHGRP:
- printf(Quiet ? showv[p->type].sh_quiet : showv[p->type].sh_verbose,
- p->name ? p->name : "(clear default)");
- break;
- case PLIST_IGNORE:
- printf(Quiet ? showv[p->type].sh_quiet : showv[p->type].sh_verbose);
- ign = TRUE;
- break;
- case PLIST_CWD:
- case PLIST_CMD:
- case PLIST_SRC:
- case PLIST_UNEXEC:
- case PLIST_COMMENT:
- case PLIST_NAME:
- case PLIST_DISPLAY:
- case PLIST_PKGDEP:
- case PLIST_DIR_RM:
- case PLIST_OPTION:
- case PLIST_PKGCFL:
- case PLIST_BLDDEP:
- case PLIST_PKGDIR:
- printf(Quiet ? showv[p->type].sh_quiet : showv[p->type].sh_verbose, p->name);
- break;
- default:
- warnx("unknown command type %d (%s)", p->type, p->name);
- }
- (void) fputc('\n', stdout);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Show all files in the packing list (except ignored ones)
- */
-void
-show_files(const char *title, package_t *plist)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- Boolean ign;
- const char *dir = ".";
-
- if (!Quiet) {
- printf("%s%s", InfoPrefix, title);
- }
- for (ign = FALSE, p = plist->head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_FILE:
- if (!ign) {
- printf("%s%s%s\n", dir,
- (strcmp(dir, "/") == 0) ? "" : "/", p->name);
- }
- ign = FALSE;
- break;
- case PLIST_CWD:
- dir = p->name;
- break;
- case PLIST_IGNORE:
- ign = TRUE;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Show dependencies (packages this pkg requires)
- */
-void
-show_depends(const char *title, package_t *plist)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- int nodepends;
-
- nodepends = 1;
- for (p = plist->head; p && nodepends; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_PKGDEP:
- nodepends = 0;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- if (nodepends)
- return;
-
- if (!Quiet) {
- printf("%s%s", InfoPrefix, title);
- }
- for (p = plist->head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_PKGDEP:
- printf("%s\n", p->name);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- printf("\n");
-}
-
-/*
- * Show exact dependencies (packages this pkg was built with)
- */
-void
-show_bld_depends(const char *title, package_t *plist)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- int nodepends;
-
- nodepends = 1;
- for (p = plist->head; p && nodepends; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_BLDDEP:
- nodepends = 0;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- if (nodepends)
- return;
-
- if (!Quiet) {
- printf("%s%s", InfoPrefix, title);
- }
- for (p = plist->head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_BLDDEP:
- printf("%s\n", p->name);
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- printf("\n");
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Show entry for pkg_summary.txt file.
- */
-void
-show_summary(struct pkg_meta *meta, package_t *plist, const char *binpkgfile)
-{
- static const char *bi_vars[] = {
- "PKGPATH",
- "CATEGORIES",
- "PROVIDES",
- "REQUIRES",
- "PKG_OPTIONS",
- "OPSYS",
- "OS_VERSION",
- "MACHINE_ARCH",
- "LICENSE",
- "HOMEPAGE",
- "PKGTOOLS_VERSION",
- "BUILD_DATE",
- "PREV_PKGPATH",
- "SUPERSEDES",
- NULL
- };
-
- plist_t *p;
- struct stat st;
-
- for (p = plist->head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_NAME:
- printf("PKGNAME=%s\n", p->name);
- break;
- case PLIST_PKGDEP:
- printf("DEPENDS=%s\n", p->name);
- break;
- case PLIST_PKGCFL:
- printf("CONFLICTS=%s\n", p->name);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- print_string_as_var("COMMENT", meta->meta_comment);
- print_string_as_var("SIZE_PKG", meta->meta_size_pkg);
-
- if (meta->meta_build_info)
- var_copy_list(meta->meta_build_info, bi_vars);
- else
- warnx("Build information missing");
-
- if (binpkgfile != NULL && stat(binpkgfile, &st) == 0) {
- const char *base;
-
- base = strrchr(binpkgfile, '/');
- if (base == NULL)
- base = binpkgfile;
- else
- base++;
- printf("FILE_NAME=%s\n", base);
-#ifndef __minix
- printf("FILE_SIZE=%" MY_PRIu64 "\n", (uint64_t)st.st_size);
-#else
- printf("FILE_SIZE=%lu\n", st.st_size);
-#endif
- /* XXX: DIGETS */
- }
-
- print_string_as_var("DESCRIPTION", meta->meta_desc);
- putc('\n', stdout);
-}
-
-/*
- * Print the contents of file fname as value of variable var to stdout.
- */
-static int
-print_string_as_var(const char *var, const char *str)
-{
- const char *eol;
-
- while ((eol = strchr(str, '\n')) != NULL) {
- printf("%s=%.*s\n", var, (int)(eol - str), str);
- str = eol + 1;
- }
- if (*str)
- printf("%s=%s\n", var, str);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void
-show_list(lpkg_head_t *pkghead, const char *title)
-{
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- if (!Quiet)
- printf("%s%s", InfoPrefix, title);
-
- while ((lpp = TAILQ_FIRST(pkghead)) != NULL) {
- TAILQ_REMOVE(pkghead, lpp, lp_link);
- puts(lpp->lp_name);
- free_lpkg(lpp);
- }
-
- if (!Quiet)
- printf("\n");
-}
+++ /dev/null
-
-LIB= install
-SRCS= automatic.c conflicts.c dewey.c fexec.c file.c \
- gpgsig.c global.c iterate.c license.c lpkg.c opattern.c \
- parse-config.c pkgdb.c plist.c remove.c \
- str.c var.c version.c vulnerabilities-file.c xwrapper.c \
- pkg_io.c pkg_signature.c
-
-.include "../Makefile.inc"
-
-LIBISPRIVATE= 1
-.include <bsd.lib.mk>
+++ /dev/null
-# $NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.29 2010/04/14 18:24:58 joerg Exp $
-
-srcdir= @srcdir@
-
-pkgdbdir= @pkgdbdir@
-mandir= @mandir@
-datarootdir= @datarootdir@
-sysconfdir= @sysconfdir@
-
-cat5dir= $(mandir)/cat5
-cat7dir= $(mandir)/cat7
-man5dir= $(mandir)/man5
-man7dir= $(mandir)/man7
-
-BOOTSTRAP= @bootstrap@
-SSL_SUPPORT= @ssl_support@
-
-RANLIB= @RANLIB@
-AR= @AR@
-CC= @CC@
-CPPFLAGS= @CPPFLAGS@ -I. -I$(srcdir)
-DEFS= @DEFS@ -DDEF_LOG_DIR=\"$(pkgdbdir)\"
-CFLAGS= @CFLAGS@
-
-INSTALL= @INSTALL@
-
-LIB= libinstall.a
-
-OBJS= automatic.o conflicts.o dewey.o fexec.o file.o \
- gpgsig.o global.o iterate.o license.o lpkg.o opattern.o \
- parse-config.o pkgdb.o plist.o remove.o \
- str.o var.o version.o vulnerabilities-file.o xwrapper.o
-
-CPPFLAGS+= -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\"
-
-.if !empty(BOOTSTRAP)
-CPPFLAGS+= -DBOOTSTRAP
-.else
-OBJS+= pkg_io.o pkg_signature.o
-.endif
-
-.if !empty(SSL_SUPPORT)
-CPPFLAGS+= -DHAVE_SSL
-OBJS+= pkcs7.o
-.endif
-
-all: $(LIB)
-
-.c.o:
- $(CC) $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
-
-$(LIB): $(OBJS)
- $(AR) crv $@ $(OBJS)
- $(RANLIB) $@
-
-clean:
- rm -f $(OBJS) $(LIB)
-
-install:
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(man5dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(cat5dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(man7dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(cat7dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_summary.5 ${DESTDIR}$(man5dir)/pkg_summary.5
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_summary.cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat5dir)/pkg_summary.0
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_install.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}$(man5dir)/pkg_install.conf.5
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_install.conf.cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat5dir)/pkg_install.conf.0
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkgsrc.7 ${DESTDIR}$(man7dir)/pkgsrc.7
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkgsrc.cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat7dir)/pkgsrc.0
+++ /dev/null
-# $NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.29 2010/04/14 18:24:58 joerg Exp $
-
-srcdir= .
-
-pkgdbdir= /usr/db/pkg
-mandir= ${datarootdir}/man
-datarootdir= ${prefix}/share
-sysconfdir= /etc
-
-cat5dir= $(mandir)/cat5
-cat7dir= $(mandir)/cat7
-man5dir= $(mandir)/man5
-man7dir= $(mandir)/man7
-
-BOOTSTRAP=
-SSL_SUPPORT=
-
-RANLIB= :
-AR= ar
-CC= cc
-CPPFLAGS= -I. -I$(srcdir)
-DEFS= -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DDEF_LOG_DIR=\"$(pkgdbdir)\"
-CFLAGS= -g
-
-INSTALL= /usr/bin/install -c
-
-LIB= libinstall.a
-
-OBJS= automatic.o conflicts.o dewey.o fexec.o file.o \
- gpgsig.o global.o iterate.o license.o lpkg.o opattern.o \
- parse-config.o pkgdb.o plist.o remove.o \
- str.o var.o version.o vulnerabilities-file.o xwrapper.o
-
-CPPFLAGS+= -DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\"
-
-.if !empty(BOOTSTRAP)
-CPPFLAGS+= -DBOOTSTRAP
-.else
-OBJS+= pkg_io.o pkg_signature.o
-.endif
-
-.if !empty(SSL_SUPPORT)
-CPPFLAGS+= -DHAVE_SSL
-OBJS+= pkcs7.o
-.endif
-
-all: $(LIB)
-
-.c.o:
- $(CC) $(DEFS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -c $<
-
-$(LIB): $(OBJS)
- $(AR) crv $@ $(OBJS)
- $(RANLIB) $@
-
-clean:
- rm -f $(OBJS) $(LIB)
-
-install:
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(man5dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(cat5dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(man7dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(cat7dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_summary.5 ${DESTDIR}$(man5dir)/pkg_summary.5
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_summary.cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat5dir)/pkg_summary.0
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_install.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}$(man5dir)/pkg_install.conf.5
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkg_install.conf.cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat5dir)/pkg_install.conf.0
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkgsrc.7 ${DESTDIR}$(man7dir)/pkgsrc.7
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 pkgsrc.cat ${DESTDIR}$(cat7dir)/pkgsrc.0
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: automatic.c,v 1.5 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2005 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Dieter Baron and Thomas Klausner.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
- * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
- * from this software without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: automatic.c,v 1.5 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ASSERT_H
-#include <assert.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#include "lib.h"
-
-Boolean
-is_automatic_installed(const char *pkg)
-{
- char *filename, *value;
- Boolean ret;
-
- assert(pkg[0] != '/');
-
- filename = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, INSTALLED_INFO_FNAME);
-
- value = var_get(filename, AUTOMATIC_VARNAME);
-
- if (value && strcasecmp(value, "yes") == 0)
- ret = TRUE;
- else
- ret = FALSE;
-
- free(value);
- free(filename);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-int
-mark_as_automatic_installed(const char *pkg, int value)
-{
- char *filename;
- int retval;
-
- assert(pkg[0] != '/');
-
- filename = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkg, INSTALLED_INFO_FNAME);
-
- retval = var_set(filename, AUTOMATIC_VARNAME, value ? "yes" : NULL);
-
- free(filename);
-
- return retval;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* lib/config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <assert.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_ASSERT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_CTYPE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_ERRNO_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <err.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_ERR_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <fnctl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_FNCTL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <fnmatch.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <glob.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_GLOB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_GRP_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `db' library (-ldb). */
-#undef HAVE_LIBDB
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_PWD_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <signal.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SIGNAL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDARG_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDIO_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/cdefs.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/queue.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_QUEUE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/utsname.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_TIME_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
-#undef HAVE_VFORK
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <vis.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_VIS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if the `z' modifider for printf is missing. */
-#undef MISSING_SIZE_T_SUPPORT
-
-/* Defined when PRIu64 is missing or broken */
-#undef NEED_PRI_MACRO
-
-/* Defined when to retain only the numeric OS version */
-#undef NUMERIC_VERSION_ONLY
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the home page for this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_URL
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* The size of `int', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_INT
-
-/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_LONG
-
-/* The size of `long long', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
-
-/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
-#undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint32_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
- <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
- #define below would cause a syntax error. */
-#undef _UINT32_T
-
-/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint64_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
- <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
- #define below would cause a syntax error. */
-#undef _UINT64_T
-
-/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint8_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
- <pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
- #define below would cause a syntax error. */
-#undef _UINT8_T
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 16 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-#undef uint16_t
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 32 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-#undef uint32_t
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 64 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-#undef uint64_t
-
-/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 8 bits if
- such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
-#undef uint8_t
-
-#if !HAVE_VFORK
-# define vfork fork
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MISSING_SIZE_T_SUPPORT
-# define PRIzu "zu"
-#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_INT
-# define PRIzu "u"
-#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG
-# define PRIzu "lu"
-#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
-# define PRIzu "llu"
-#else
-# errror "Unknown size_t size"
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: conflicts.c,v 1.10 2010/01/22 13:30:42 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2007 Roland Illig <rillig@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-/*
- * XXX: Reading the +CONTENTS files of all installed packages is
- * rather slow. Since this check is necessary to avoid conflicting
- * packages, it should not be removed.
- *
- * TODO: Put all the information that is currently in the +CONTENTS
- * files into one large file or another database.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: conflicts.c,v 1.10 2010/01/22 13:30:42 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dewey.h"
-#include "lib.h"
-
-/**
- * Data structure to keep the intermediate result of the conflict
- * search. ''pkgname'' is the package in question. The first
- * installed package that conflicts is filled into
- * ''conflicting_pkgname''. The pattern that leads to the conflict is
- * also filled in to help the user in deciding what to do with the
- * conflict.
- */
-struct package_conflict {
- const char *pkgname;
- const char *skip_pkgname;
- char **conflicting_pkgname;
- char **conflicting_pattern;
-};
-
-static FILE *
-fopen_contents(const char *pkgname, const char *mode)
-{
- char *fname;
- FILE *f;
-
- fname = pkgdb_pkg_file(pkgname, CONTENTS_FNAME);
- f = fopen(fname, mode);
- if (f == NULL) {
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", fname);
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
- free(fname);
- return f;
-}
-
-
-static int
-check_package_conflict(const char *pkgname, void *v)
-{
- struct package_conflict *conflict = v;
- package_t pkg;
- plist_t *p;
- FILE *f;
- int rv;
-
- if (conflict->skip_pkgname != NULL &&
- strcmp(conflict->skip_pkgname, pkgname) == 0)
- return 0;
-
- rv = 0;
-
- f = fopen_contents(pkgname, "r");
- read_plist(&pkg, f);
- (void)fclose(f);
-
- for (p = pkg.head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type != PLIST_PKGCFL)
- continue;
-
- if (pkg_match(p->name, conflict->pkgname) == 1) {
- *(conflict->conflicting_pkgname) = xstrdup(pkgname);
- *(conflict->conflicting_pattern) = xstrdup(p->name);
- rv = 1 /* nonzero, stop iterating */;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- free_plist(&pkg);
- return rv;
-}
-
-/**
- * Checks if some installed package has a pkgcfl entry that matches
- * PkgName. If such an entry is found, the package name is returned in
- * inst_pkgname, the matching pattern in inst_pattern, and the function
- * returns a non-zero value. Otherwise, zero is returned and the result
- * variables are set to NULL.
- */
-int
-some_installed_package_conflicts_with(const char *pkgname,
- const char *skip_pkgname, char **inst_pkgname, char **inst_pattern)
-{
- struct package_conflict cfl;
- int rv;
-
- cfl.pkgname = pkgname;
- cfl.skip_pkgname = skip_pkgname;
- *inst_pkgname = NULL;
- *inst_pattern = NULL;
- cfl.conflicting_pkgname = inst_pkgname;
- cfl.conflicting_pattern = inst_pattern;
- rv = iterate_pkg_db(check_package_conflict, &cfl);
- if (rv == -1) {
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Couldn't read list of installed packages.");
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
- return *inst_pkgname != NULL;
-}
-
-#if 0
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
- char *pkg, *patt;
-
- if (some_installed_package_conflicts_with(argv[1], &pkg, &patt))
- printf("yes: package %s conflicts with %s, pattern %s\n", pkg, argv[1], patt);
- else
- printf("no\n");
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: defs.h,v 1.9 2008/04/18 12:01:46 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Alistair G. Crooks. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
- * must display the following acknowledgement:
- * This product includes software developed by Alistair G. Crooks.
- * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
- * products derived from this software without specific prior written
- * permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
- * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
- * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#ifndef DEFS_H_
-#define DEFS_H_
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MIN
-#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MAX
-#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Some systems such as OpenBSD-3.6 do not provide PRIu64.
- * Others such as AIX-4.3.2 have a broken PRIu64 which includes
- * a leading "%".
- */
-#ifndef __minix
-#ifdef NEED_PRI_MACRO
-# if SIZEOF_INT == 8
-# define MY_PRIu64 "u"
-# elif SIZEOF_LONG == 8
-# define MY_PRIu64 "lu"
-# elif SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == 8
-# define MY_PRIu64 "llu"
-# else
-# error "unable to find a suitable PRIu64"
-# endif
-#else
-# define MY_PRIu64 PRIu64
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif /* !DEFS_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: dewey.c,v 1.11 2009/03/06 15:18:42 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright © 2002 Alistair G. Crooks. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
- * products derived from this software without specific prior written
- * permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
- * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
- * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_CTYPE_H
-#include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "defs.h"
-#include "dewey.h"
-
-#define PKG_PATTERN_MAX 1024
-
-#ifdef __minix
-#include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-
-/* do not modify these values, or things will NOT work */
-enum {
- Alpha = -3,
- Beta = -2,
- RC = -1,
- Dot = 0,
- Patch = 1
-};
-
-/* this struct defines a version number */
-typedef struct arr_t {
- unsigned c; /* # of version numbers */
- unsigned size; /* size of array */
- int *v; /* array of decimal numbers */
- int netbsd; /* any "nb" suffix */
-} arr_t;
-
-/* this struct describes a test */
-typedef struct test_t {
- const char *s; /* string representation */
- unsigned len; /* length of string */
- int t; /* enumerated type of test */
-} test_t;
-
-
-/* the tests that are recognised. */
- const test_t tests[] = {
- { "<=", 2, DEWEY_LE },
- { "<", 1, DEWEY_LT },
- { ">=", 2, DEWEY_GE },
- { ">", 1, DEWEY_GT },
- { "==", 2, DEWEY_EQ },
- { "!=", 2, DEWEY_NE },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
- const test_t modifiers[] = {
- { "alpha", 5, Alpha },
- { "beta", 4, Beta },
- { "pre", 3, RC },
- { "rc", 2, RC },
- { "pl", 2, Dot },
- { "_", 1, Dot },
- { ".", 1, Dot },
- { NULL, 0, 0 }
-};
-
-
-
-/* locate the test in the tests array */
-int
-dewey_mktest(int *op, const char *test)
-{
- const test_t *tp;
-
- for (tp = tests ; tp->s ; tp++) {
- if (strncasecmp(test, tp->s, tp->len) == 0) {
- *op = tp->t;
- return tp->len;
- }
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-/*
- * make a component of a version number.
- * '.' encodes as Dot which is '0'
- * '_' encodes as 'patch level', or 'Dot', which is 0.
- * 'pl' encodes as 'patch level', or 'Dot', which is 0.
- * 'alpha' encodes as 'alpha version', or Alpha, which is -3.
- * 'beta' encodes as 'beta version', or Beta, which is -2.
- * 'rc' encodes as 'release candidate', or RC, which is -1.
- * 'nb' encodes as 'netbsd version', which is used after all other tests
- */
-static int
-mkcomponent(arr_t *ap, const char *num)
-{
- static const char alphas[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz";
- const test_t *modp;
- int n;
- const char *cp;
-
- if (ap->c == ap->size) {
- if (ap->size == 0) {
- ap->size = 62;
- if ((ap->v = malloc(ap->size * sizeof(int))) == NULL)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "mkver malloc failed");
- } else {
- ap->size *= 2;
- if ((ap->v = realloc(ap->v, ap->size * sizeof(int)))
- == NULL)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "mkver realloc failed");
- }
- }
- if (isdigit((unsigned char)*num)) {
- for (cp = num, n = 0 ; isdigit((unsigned char)*num) ; num++) {
- n = (n * 10) + (*num - '0');
- }
- ap->v[ap->c++] = n;
- return (int)(num - cp);
- }
- for (modp = modifiers ; modp->s ; modp++) {
- if (strncasecmp(num, modp->s, modp->len) == 0) {
- ap->v[ap->c++] = modp->t;
- return modp->len;
- }
- }
- if (strncasecmp(num, "nb", 2) == 0) {
- for (cp = num, num += 2, n = 0 ; isdigit((unsigned char)*num) ; num++) {
- n = (n * 10) + (*num - '0');
- }
- ap->netbsd = n;
- return (int)(num - cp);
- }
- if (isalpha((unsigned char)*num)) {
- ap->v[ap->c++] = Dot;
- cp = strchr(alphas, tolower((unsigned char)*num));
- if (ap->c == ap->size) {
- ap->size *= 2;
- if ((ap->v = realloc(ap->v, ap->size * sizeof(int))) == NULL)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "mkver realloc failed");
- }
- ap->v[ap->c++] = (int)(cp - alphas) + 1;
- return 1;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* make a version number string into an array of comparable ints */
-static int
-mkversion(arr_t *ap, const char *num)
-{
- ap->c = 0;
- ap->size = 0;
- ap->v = NULL;
- ap->netbsd = 0;
-
- while (*num) {
- num += mkcomponent(ap, num);
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-static void
-freeversion(arr_t *ap)
-{
- free(ap->v);
- ap->v = NULL;
- ap->c = 0;
- ap->size = 0;
-}
-
-#define DIGIT(v, c, n) (((n) < (c)) ? v[n] : 0)
-
-/* compare the result against the test we were expecting */
-static int
-result(int cmp, int tst)
-{
- switch(tst) {
- case DEWEY_LT:
- return cmp < 0;
- case DEWEY_LE:
- return cmp <= 0;
- case DEWEY_GT:
- return cmp > 0;
- case DEWEY_GE:
- return cmp >= 0;
- case DEWEY_EQ:
- return cmp == 0;
- case DEWEY_NE:
- return cmp != 0;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* do the test on the 2 vectors */
-static int
-vtest(arr_t *lhs, int tst, arr_t *rhs)
-{
- int cmp;
- unsigned int c, i;
-
- for (i = 0, c = MAX(lhs->c, rhs->c) ; i < c ; i++) {
- if ((cmp = DIGIT(lhs->v, lhs->c, i) - DIGIT(rhs->v, rhs->c, i)) != 0) {
- return result(cmp, tst);
- }
- }
- return result(lhs->netbsd - rhs->netbsd, tst);
-}
-
-/*
- * Compare two dewey decimal numbers
- */
-int
-dewey_cmp(const char *lhs, int op, const char *rhs)
-{
- arr_t right;
- arr_t left;
- int retval;
-
- if (!mkversion(&left, lhs))
- return 0;
- if (!mkversion(&right, rhs)) {
- freeversion(&left);
- return 0;
- }
- retval = vtest(&left, op, &right);
- freeversion(&left);
- freeversion(&right);
- return retval;
-}
-
-/*
- * Perform dewey match on "pkg" against "pattern".
- * Return 1 on match, 0 on non-match, -1 on error.
- */
-int
-dewey_match(const char *pattern, const char *pkg)
-{
- const char *version;
- const char *sep, *sep2;
- int op, op2;
- int n;
-
- /* compare names */
- if ((version=strrchr(pkg, '-')) == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
- if ((sep = strpbrk(pattern, "<>")) == NULL)
- return -1;
- /* compare name lengths */
- if ((sep-pattern != version-pkg) ||
- strncmp(pkg, pattern, (size_t)(version-pkg)) != 0)
- return 0;
- version++;
-
- /* extract comparison operator */
- if ((n = dewey_mktest(&op, sep)) < 0) {
- return 0;
- }
- /* skip operator */
- sep += n;
-
- /* if greater than, look for less than */
- sep2 = NULL;
- if (op == DEWEY_GT || op == DEWEY_GE) {
- if ((sep2 = strchr(sep, '<')) != NULL) {
- if ((n = dewey_mktest(&op2, sep2)) < 0) {
- return 0;
- }
- /* compare upper limit */
- if (!dewey_cmp(version, op2, sep2+n))
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* compare only pattern / lower limit */
- if (sep2) {
- char ver[PKG_PATTERN_MAX];
-
- strlcpy(ver, sep, MIN((ssize_t)sizeof(ver), sep2-sep+1));
- if (dewey_cmp(version, op, ver))
- return 1;
- }
- else {
- if (dewey_cmp(version, op, sep))
- return 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: dewey.h,v 1.2 2007/04/16 12:55:35 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#ifndef _INST_LIB_DEWEY_H_
-#define _INST_LIB_DEWEY_H_
-
-int dewey_cmp(const char *, int, const char *);
-int dewey_match(const char *, const char *);
-int dewey_mktest(int *, const char *);
-
-enum {
- DEWEY_LT,
- DEWEY_LE,
- DEWEY_EQ,
- DEWEY_GE,
- DEWEY_GT,
- DEWEY_NE
-};
-
-#endif /* _INST_LIB_DEWEY_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: fexec.c,v 1.12 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Matthias Scheler.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDARG_H
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: fexec.c,v 1.12 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-static int vfcexec(const char *, int, const char *, va_list);
-
-/*
- * fork, then change current working directory to path and
- * execute the command and arguments in the argv array.
- * wait for the command to finish, then return the exit status.
- */
-int
-pfcexec(const char *path, const char *file, const char **argv)
-{
- pid_t child;
- int status;
-
- child = vfork();
- switch (child) {
- case 0:
- if ((path != NULL) && (chdir(path) < 0))
- _exit(127);
-
- (void)execvp(file, __UNCONST(argv));
- _exit(127);
- /* NOTREACHED */
- case -1:
- return -1;
- }
-
- while (waitpid(child, &status, 0) < 0) {
- if (errno != EINTR)
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (!WIFEXITED(status))
- return -1;
-
- return WEXITSTATUS(status);
-}
-
-static int
-vfcexec(const char *path, int skipempty, const char *arg, va_list ap)
-{
- const char **argv;
- size_t argv_size, argc;
- int retval;
-
- argv_size = 16;
- argv = xcalloc(argv_size, sizeof(*argv));
-
- argv[0] = arg;
- argc = 1;
-
- do {
- if (argc == argv_size) {
- argv_size *= 2;
- argv = xrealloc(argv, argv_size * sizeof(*argv));
- }
- arg = va_arg(ap, const char *);
- if (skipempty && arg && strlen(arg) == 0)
- continue;
- argv[argc++] = arg;
- } while (arg != NULL);
-
- retval = pfcexec(path, argv[0], argv);
- free(argv);
- return retval;
-}
-
-int
-fexec(const char *arg, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- int result;
-
- va_start(ap, arg);
- result = vfcexec(NULL, 0, arg, ap);
- va_end(ap);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-int
-fexec_skipempty(const char *arg, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- int result;
-
- va_start(ap, arg);
- result = vfcexec(NULL, 1, arg, ap);
- va_end(ap);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-int
-fcexec(const char *path, const char *arg, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- int result;
-
- va_start(ap, arg);
- result = vfcexec(path, 0, arg, ap);
- va_end(ap);
-
- return result;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: file.c,v 1.29 2009/09/11 18:00:13 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_QUEUE_H
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: file.c,v 1.29 2009/09/11 18:00:13 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Miscellaneous file access utilities.
- *
- */
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ASSERT_H
-#include <assert.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_GLOB_H
-#include <glob.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_PWD_H
-#include <pwd.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_TIME_H
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * Quick check to see if a file (or dir ...) exists
- */
-Boolean
-fexists(const char *fname)
-{
- struct stat dummy;
- if (!lstat(fname, &dummy))
- return TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Quick check to see if something is a directory
- */
-Boolean
-isdir(const char *fname)
-{
- struct stat sb;
-
- if (lstat(fname, &sb) != FAIL && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))
- return TRUE;
- else
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if something is a link to a directory
- */
-Boolean
-islinktodir(const char *fname)
-{
- struct stat sb;
-
- if (lstat(fname, &sb) != FAIL && S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
- if (stat(fname, &sb) != FAIL && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode))
- return TRUE; /* link to dir! */
- else
- return FALSE; /* link to non-dir */
- } else
- return FALSE; /* non-link */
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if something is a link that points to nonexistant target.
- */
-Boolean
-isbrokenlink(const char *fname)
-{
- struct stat sb;
-
- if (lstat(fname, &sb) != FAIL && S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
- if (stat(fname, &sb) != FAIL)
- return FALSE; /* link target exists! */
- else
- return TRUE; /* link target missing*/
- } else
- return FALSE; /* non-link */
-}
-
-/*
- * Check to see if file is a dir, and is empty
- */
-Boolean
-isemptydir(const char *fname)
-{
- if (isdir(fname) || islinktodir(fname)) {
- DIR *dirp;
- struct dirent *dp;
-
- dirp = opendir(fname);
- if (!dirp)
- return FALSE; /* no perms, leave it alone */
- for (dp = readdir(dirp); dp != NULL; dp = readdir(dirp)) {
- if (strcmp(dp->d_name, ".") && strcmp(dp->d_name, "..")) {
- closedir(dirp);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- (void) closedir(dirp);
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if something is a regular file
- */
-Boolean
-isfile(const char *fname)
-{
- struct stat sb;
- if (stat(fname, &sb) != FAIL && S_ISREG(sb.st_mode))
- return TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check to see if file is a file and is empty. If nonexistent or not
- * a file, say "it's empty", otherwise return TRUE if zero sized.
- */
-Boolean
-isemptyfile(const char *fname)
-{
- struct stat sb;
- if (stat(fname, &sb) != FAIL && S_ISREG(sb.st_mode)) {
- if (sb.st_size != 0)
- return FALSE;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* This struct defines the leading part of a valid URL name */
-typedef struct url_t {
- const char *u_s; /* the leading part of the URL */
- int u_len; /* its length */
-} url_t;
-
-/* A table of valid leading strings for URLs */
-static const url_t urls[] = {
- {"file://", 7},
- {"ftp://", 6},
- {"http://", 7},
- {NULL, 0}
-};
-
-/*
- * Returns length of leading part of any URL from urls table, or -1
- */
-int
-URLlength(const char *fname)
-{
- const url_t *up;
- int i;
-
- if (fname != (char *) NULL) {
- for (i = 0; isspace((unsigned char) *fname); i++) {
- fname++;
- }
- for (up = urls; up->u_s; up++) {
- if (strncmp(fname, up->u_s, up->u_len) == 0) {
- return i + up->u_len; /* ... + sizeof(up->u_s); - HF */
- }
- }
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Takes a filename and package name, returning (in "try") the canonical
- * "preserve" name for it.
- */
-Boolean
-make_preserve_name(char *try, size_t max, const char *name, const char *file)
-{
- size_t len, i;
-
- if ((len = strlen(file)) == 0)
- return FALSE;
- i = len - 1;
- strncpy(try, file, max);
- if (try[i] == '/') /* Catch trailing slash early and save checking in the loop */
- --i;
- for (; i; i--) {
- if (try[i] == '/') {
- try[i + 1] = '.';
- strncpy(&try[i + 2], &file[i + 1], max - i - 2);
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!i) {
- try[0] = '.';
- strncpy(try + 1, file, max - 1);
- }
- /* I should probably be called rude names for these inline assignments */
- strncat(try, ".", max -= strlen(try));
- strncat(try, name, max -= strlen(name));
- strncat(try, ".", max--);
- strncat(try, "backup", max -= 6);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-remove_files(const char *path, const char *pattern)
-{
- char fpath[MaxPathSize];
- glob_t globbed;
- int i;
- size_t j;
-
- (void) snprintf(fpath, sizeof(fpath), "%s/%s", path, pattern);
- if ((i=glob(fpath, GLOB_NOSORT, NULL, &globbed)) != 0) {
- switch(i) {
- case GLOB_NOMATCH:
- warn("no files matching ``%s'' found", fpath);
- break;
- case GLOB_ABORTED:
- warn("globbing aborted");
- break;
- case GLOB_NOSPACE:
- warn("out-of-memory during globbing");
- break;
- default:
- warn("unknown error during globbing");
- break;
- }
- return;
- }
-
- /* deleting globbed files */
- for (j = 0; j < globbed.gl_pathc; j++)
- if (unlink(globbed.gl_pathv[j]) < 0)
- warn("can't delete ``%s''", globbed.gl_pathv[j]);
-
- return;
-}
-
-/*
- * Using fmt, replace all instances of:
- *
- * %F With the parameter "name"
- * %D With the parameter "dir"
- * %B Return the directory part ("base") of %D/%F
- * %f Return the filename part of %D/%F
- *
- * Check that no overflows can occur.
- */
-int
-format_cmd(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, const char *dir, const char *name)
-{
- size_t remaining, quoted;
- char *bufp, *tmp;
- char *cp;
-
- for (bufp = buf, remaining = size; remaining > 1 && *fmt;) {
- if (*fmt != '%') {
- *bufp++ = *fmt++;
- --remaining;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (*++fmt != 'D' && name == NULL) {
- warnx("no last file available for '%s' command", buf);
- return -1;
- }
- switch (*fmt) {
- case 'F':
- quoted = shquote(name, bufp, remaining);
- if (quoted >= remaining) {
- warnx("overflow during quoting");
- return -1;
- }
- bufp += quoted;
- remaining -= quoted;
- break;
-
- case 'D':
- quoted = shquote(dir, bufp, remaining);
- if (quoted >= remaining) {
- warnx("overflow during quoting");
- return -1;
- }
- bufp += quoted;
- remaining -= quoted;
- break;
-
- case 'B':
- tmp = xasprintf("%s/%s", dir, name);
- cp = strrchr(tmp, '/');
- *cp = '\0';
- quoted = shquote(tmp, bufp, remaining);
- free(tmp);
- if (quoted >= remaining) {
- warnx("overflow during quoting");
- return -1;
- }
- bufp += quoted;
- remaining -= quoted;
- break;
-
- case 'f':
- tmp = xasprintf("%s/%s", dir, name);
- cp = strrchr(tmp, '/') + 1;
- quoted = shquote(cp, bufp, remaining);
- free(tmp);
- if (quoted >= remaining) {
- warnx("overflow during quoting");
- return -1;
- }
- bufp += quoted;
- remaining -= quoted;
- break;
-
- default:
- if (remaining == 1) {
- warnx("overflow during quoting");
- return -1;
- }
- *bufp++ = '%';
- *bufp++ = *fmt;
- remaining -= 2;
- break;
- }
- ++fmt;
- }
- *bufp = '\0';
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-readfile(int fd, char *buf, size_t s)
-{
- int ntoread, nread;
-
- ntoread = s;
- nread = 0;
-
- while(ntoread > 0) {
- if((nread = read(fd, buf, ntoread)) < 0) {
- return nread;
- }
- buf += nread;
- ntoread -= nread;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: global.c,v 1.5 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: global.c,v 1.5 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
-
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Semi-convenient place to stick some needed globals.
- *
- */
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-/* These are global for all utils */
-Boolean Verbose = FALSE;
-Boolean Fake = FALSE;
-Boolean Force = FALSE;
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: gpgsig.c,v 1.3 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $ */
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: gpgsig.c,v 1.3 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#if !defined(NETBSD) && !defined(__minix)
-#include <nbcompat/err.h>
-#else
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if !defined(NETBSD) && !defined(__minix)
-#include <nbcompat/stdlib.h>
-#else
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static void
-verify_signature(const char *input, size_t input_len, const char *keyring,
- const char *detached_signature)
-{
- const char *argv[8], **argvp;
- pid_t child;
- int fd[2], status;
-
- if (pipe(fd) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot create input pipes");
-
- child = vfork();
- if (child == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot fork GPG process");
- if (child == 0) {
- close(fd[1]);
- close(STDIN_FILENO);
- if (dup2(fd[0], STDIN_FILENO) == -1) {
- static const char err_msg[] =
- "cannot redirect stdin of GPG process\n";
- write(STDERR_FILENO, err_msg, sizeof(err_msg) - 1);
- _exit(255);
- }
- close(fd[0]);
- argvp = argv;
- *argvp++ = gpg_cmd;
- *argvp++ = "--verify";
- if (keyring != NULL) {
- *argvp++ = "--no-default-keyring";
- *argvp++ = "--keyring";
- *argvp++ = keyring;
- }
-
- if (detached_signature != NULL)
- *argvp++ = detached_signature;
- *argvp++ = "-";
-
- *argvp = NULL;
-
- execvp(gpg_cmd, __UNCONST(argv));
- _exit(255);
- }
- close(fd[0]);
- if (write(fd[1], input, input_len) != (ssize_t)input_len)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Short read from GPG");
- close(fd[1]);
- waitpid(child, &status, 0);
- if (status)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "GPG could not verify the signature");
-}
-
-int
-inline_gpg_verify(const char *content, size_t len, const char *keyring)
-{
- verify_signature(content, len, keyring, NULL);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-detached_gpg_verify(const char *content, size_t len,
- const char *signature, size_t signature_len, const char *keyring)
-{
- int fd;
- const char *tmpdir;
- char *tempsig;
- ssize_t ret;
-
- if (gpg_cmd == NULL) {
- warnx("GPG variable not set, failing signature check");
- return -1;
- }
-
- if ((tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR")) == NULL)
- tmpdir = "/tmp";
- tempsig = xasprintf("%s/pkg_install.XXXXXX", tmpdir);
-
- fd = mkstemp(tempsig);
- if (fd == -1) {
- warnx("Creating temporary file for GPG signature failed");
- return -1;
- }
-
- while (signature_len) {
- ret = write(fd, signature, signature_len);
- if (ret == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Write to GPG failed");
- if (ret == 0)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Short write to GPG");
- signature_len -= ret;
- signature += ret;
- }
-
- verify_signature(content, len, keyring, tempsig);
-
- unlink(tempsig);
- close(fd);
- free(tempsig);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-detached_gpg_sign(const char *content, size_t len, char **sig, size_t *sig_len,
- const char *keyring, const char *user)
-{
- const char *argv[12], **argvp;
- pid_t child;
- int fd_in[2], fd_out[2], status;
- size_t allocated;
- ssize_t ret;
-
- if (gpg_cmd == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "GPG variable not set");
-
- if (pipe(fd_in) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot create input pipes");
- if (pipe(fd_out) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot create output pipes");
-
- child = fork();
- if (child == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot fork GPG process");
- if (child == 0) {
- close(fd_in[1]);
- close(STDIN_FILENO);
- if (dup2(fd_in[0], STDIN_FILENO) == -1) {
- static const char err_msg[] =
- "cannot redirect stdin of GPG process\n";
- write(STDERR_FILENO, err_msg, sizeof(err_msg) - 1);
- _exit(255);
- }
- close(fd_in[0]);
-
- close(fd_out[0]);
- close(STDOUT_FILENO);
- if (dup2(fd_out[1], STDOUT_FILENO) == -1) {
- static const char err_msg[] =
- "cannot redirect stdout of GPG process\n";
- write(STDERR_FILENO, err_msg, sizeof(err_msg) - 1);
- _exit(255);
- }
- close(fd_out[1]);
-
- argvp = argv;
- *argvp++ = gpg_cmd;
- *argvp++ = "--detach-sign";
- *argvp++ = "--armor";
- *argvp++ = "--output";
- *argvp++ = "-";
- if (user != NULL) {
- *argvp++ = "--local-user";
- *argvp++ = user;
- }
- if (keyring != NULL) {
- *argvp++ = "--no-default-keyring";
- *argvp++ = "--secret-keyring";
- *argvp++ = keyring;
- }
-
- *argvp++ = "-";
- *argvp = NULL;
-
- execvp(gpg_cmd, __UNCONST(argv));
- _exit(255);
- }
- close(fd_in[0]);
- if (write(fd_in[1], content, len) != (ssize_t)len)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Short read from GPG");
- close(fd_in[1]);
-
- allocated = 1024;
- *sig = xmalloc(allocated);
- *sig_len = 0;
-
- close(fd_out[1]);
-
- while ((ret = read(fd_out[0], *sig + *sig_len,
- allocated - *sig_len)) > 0) {
- *sig_len += ret;
- if (*sig_len == allocated) {
- allocated *= 2;
- *sig = xrealloc(*sig, allocated);
- }
- }
-
- close(fd_out[0]);
-
- waitpid(child, &status, 0);
- if (status)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "GPG could not create signature");
-
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: iterate.c,v 1.8 2010/01/22 13:30:42 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2007 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-/*
- * Generic iteration function:
- * - get new entries from srciter, stop on NULL
- * - call matchiter for those entries, stop on non-null return value.
- */
-int
-iterate_pkg_generic_src(int (*matchiter)(const char *, void *),
- void *match_cookie, const char *(*srciter)(void *), void *src_cookie)
-{
- int retval;
- const char *entry;
-
- retval = 0;
-
- while ((entry = (*srciter)(src_cookie)) != NULL) {
- if ((retval = (*matchiter)(entry, match_cookie)) != 0)
- break;
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-struct pkg_dir_iter_arg {
- DIR *dirp;
- int filter_suffix;
- int allow_nonfiles;
-};
-
-static const char *
-pkg_dir_iter(void *cookie)
-{
- struct pkg_dir_iter_arg *arg = cookie;
- struct dirent *dp;
- size_t len;
-
- while ((dp = readdir(arg->dirp)) != NULL) {
-#if defined(DT_UNKNOWN) && defined(DT_DIR)
- if (arg->allow_nonfiles == 0 &&
- dp->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN && dp->d_type != DT_REG)
- continue;
-#endif
- len = strlen(dp->d_name);
- /* .tbz or .tgz suffix length + some prefix*/
- if (len < 5)
- continue;
- if (arg->filter_suffix == 0 ||
- memcmp(dp->d_name + len - 4, ".tgz", 4) == 0 ||
- memcmp(dp->d_name + len - 4, ".tbz", 4) == 0)
- return dp->d_name;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * Call matchiter for every package in the directory.
- */
-int
-iterate_local_pkg_dir(const char *dir, int filter_suffix, int allow_nonfiles,
- int (*matchiter)(const char *, void *), void *cookie)
-{
- struct pkg_dir_iter_arg arg;
- int retval;
-
- if ((arg.dirp = opendir(dir)) == NULL)
- return -1;
-
- arg.filter_suffix = filter_suffix;
- arg.allow_nonfiles = allow_nonfiles;
- retval = iterate_pkg_generic_src(matchiter, cookie, pkg_dir_iter, &arg);
-
- if (closedir(arg.dirp) == -1)
- return -1;
- return retval;
-}
-
-static const char *
-pkg_db_iter(void *cookie)
-{
- DIR *dirp = cookie;
- struct dirent *dp;
-
- while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) {
- if (strcmp(dp->d_name, ".") == 0)
- continue;
- if (strcmp(dp->d_name, "..") == 0)
- continue;
- if (strcmp(dp->d_name, "pkgdb.byfile.db") == 0)
- continue;
- if (strcmp(dp->d_name, ".cookie") == 0)
- continue;
- if (strcmp(dp->d_name, "pkg-vulnerabilities") == 0)
- continue;
-#if defined(DT_UNKNOWN) && defined(DT_DIR)
- if (dp->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN && dp->d_type != DT_DIR)
- continue;
-#endif
- return dp->d_name;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * Call matchiter for every installed package.
- */
-int
-iterate_pkg_db(int (*matchiter)(const char *, void *), void *cookie)
-{
- DIR *dirp;
- int retval;
-
- if ((dirp = opendir(pkgdb_get_dir())) == NULL) {
- if (errno == ENOENT)
- return 0; /* No pkgdb directory == empty pkgdb */
- return -1;
- }
-
- retval = iterate_pkg_generic_src(matchiter, cookie, pkg_db_iter, dirp);
-
- if (closedir(dirp) == -1)
- return -1;
- return retval;
-}
-
-static int
-match_by_basename(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- const char *target = cookie;
- const char *pkg_version;
-
- if ((pkg_version = strrchr(pkg, '-')) == NULL) {
- warnx("Entry %s in pkgdb is not a valid package name", pkg);
- return 0;
- }
- if (strncmp(pkg, target, pkg_version - pkg) == 0 &&
- pkg + strlen(target) == pkg_version)
- return 1;
- else
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-match_by_pattern(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- const char *pattern = cookie;
-
- return pkg_match(pattern, pkg);
-}
-
-struct add_matching_arg {
- lpkg_head_t *pkghead;
- int got_match;
- int (*match_fn)(const char *pkg, void *cookie);
- void *cookie;
-};
-
-static int
-match_and_add(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- struct add_matching_arg *arg = cookie;
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- if ((*arg->match_fn)(pkg, arg->cookie) == 1) {
- arg->got_match = 1;
-
- lpp = alloc_lpkg(pkg);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(arg->pkghead, lpp, lp_link);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Find all installed packages with the given basename and add them
- * to pkghead.
- * Returns -1 on error, 0 if no match was found and 1 otherwise.
- */
-int
-add_installed_pkgs_by_basename(const char *pkgbase, lpkg_head_t *pkghead)
-{
- struct add_matching_arg arg;
-
- arg.pkghead = pkghead;
- arg.got_match = 0;
- arg.match_fn = match_by_basename;
- arg.cookie = __UNCONST(pkgbase);
-
- if (iterate_pkg_db(match_and_add, &arg) == -1) {
- warnx("could not process pkgdb");
- return -1;
- }
- return arg.got_match;
-}
-
-/*
- * Match all installed packages against pattern, add the matches to pkghead.
- * Returns -1 on error, 0 if no match was found and 1 otherwise.
- */
-int
-add_installed_pkgs_by_pattern(const char *pattern, lpkg_head_t *pkghead)
-{
- struct add_matching_arg arg;
-
- arg.pkghead = pkghead;
- arg.got_match = 0;
- arg.match_fn = match_by_pattern;
- arg.cookie = __UNCONST(pattern);
-
- if (iterate_pkg_db(match_and_add, &arg) == -1) {
- warnx("could not process pkgdb");
- return -1;
- }
- return arg.got_match;
-}
-
-struct best_installed_match_arg {
- const char *pattern;
- char *best_current_match;
-};
-
-static int
-match_best_installed(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- struct best_installed_match_arg *arg = cookie;
-
- switch (pkg_order(arg->pattern, pkg, arg->best_current_match)) {
- case 0:
- case 2:
- /*
- * Either current package doesn't match or
- * the older match is better. Nothing to do.
- */
- break;
- case 1:
- /* Current package is better, remember it. */
- free(arg->best_current_match);
- arg->best_current_match = xstrdup(pkg);
- break;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Returns a copy of the name of best matching package.
- * If no package matched the pattern or an error occured, return NULL.
- */
-char *
-find_best_matching_installed_pkg(const char *pattern)
-{
- struct best_installed_match_arg arg;
-
- arg.pattern = pattern;
- arg.best_current_match = NULL;
-
- if (iterate_pkg_db(match_best_installed, &arg) == -1) {
- warnx("could not process pkgdb");
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return arg.best_current_match;
-}
-
-struct call_matching_arg {
- const char *pattern;
- int (*call_fn)(const char *pkg, void *cookie);
- void *cookie;
-};
-
-static int
-match_and_call(const char *pkg, void *cookie)
-{
- struct call_matching_arg *arg = cookie;
-
- if (pkg_match(arg->pattern, pkg) == 1) {
- return (*arg->call_fn)(pkg, arg->cookie);
- } else
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Find all packages that match the given pattern and call the function
- * for each of them. Iteration stops if the callback return non-0.
- * Returns -1 on error, 0 if the iteration finished or whatever the
- * callback returned otherwise.
- */
-int
-match_installed_pkgs(const char *pattern, int (*cb)(const char *, void *),
- void *cookie)
-{
- struct call_matching_arg arg;
-
- arg.pattern = pattern;
- arg.call_fn = cb;
- arg.cookie = cookie;
-
- return iterate_pkg_db(match_and_call, &arg);
-}
-
-struct best_file_match_arg {
- const char *pattern;
- char *best_current_match_filtered;
- char *best_current_match;
- int filter_suffix;
-};
-
-static int
-match_best_file(const char *filename, void *cookie)
-{
- struct best_file_match_arg *arg = cookie;
- const char *active_filename;
- char *filtered_filename;
-
- if (arg->filter_suffix) {
- size_t len;
-
- len = strlen(filename);
- if (len < 5 ||
- (memcmp(filename + len - 4, ".tgz", 4) != 0 &&
- memcmp(filename + len - 4, ".tbz", 4) != 0)) {
- warnx("filename %s does not contain a recognized suffix", filename);
- return -1;
- }
- filtered_filename = xmalloc(len - 4 + 1);
- memcpy(filtered_filename, filename, len - 4);
- filtered_filename[len - 4] = '\0';
- active_filename = filtered_filename;
- } else {
- filtered_filename = NULL;
- active_filename = filename;
- }
-
- switch (pkg_order(arg->pattern, active_filename, arg->best_current_match_filtered)) {
- case 0:
- case 2:
- /*
- * Either current package doesn't match or
- * the older match is better. Nothing to do.
- */
- free(filtered_filename);
- return 0;
- case 1:
- /* Current package is better, remember it. */
- free(arg->best_current_match);
- free(arg->best_current_match_filtered);
- arg->best_current_match = xstrdup(filename);
- if (filtered_filename != NULL)
- arg->best_current_match_filtered = filtered_filename;
- else
- arg->best_current_match_filtered = xstrdup(active_filename);
- return 0;
- default:
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid error from pkg_order");
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Returns a copy of the name of best matching file.
- * If no package matched the pattern or an error occured, return NULL.
- */
-char *
-find_best_matching_file(const char *dir, const char *pattern, int filter_suffix, int allow_nonfiles)
-{
- struct best_file_match_arg arg;
-
- arg.filter_suffix = filter_suffix;
- arg.pattern = pattern;
- arg.best_current_match = NULL;
- arg.best_current_match_filtered = NULL;
-
- if (iterate_local_pkg_dir(dir, filter_suffix, allow_nonfiles, match_best_file, &arg) == -1) {
- warnx("could not process directory");
- return NULL;
- }
- free(arg.best_current_match_filtered);
-
- return arg.best_current_match;
-}
-
-struct call_matching_file_arg {
- const char *pattern;
- int (*call_fn)(const char *pkg, void *cookie);
- void *cookie;
- int filter_suffix;
-};
-
-static int
-match_file_and_call(const char *filename, void *cookie)
-{
- struct call_matching_file_arg *arg = cookie;
- const char *active_filename;
- char *filtered_filename;
- int ret;
-
- if (arg->filter_suffix) {
- size_t len;
-
- len = strlen(filename);
- if (len < 5 ||
- (memcmp(filename + len - 4, ".tgz", 4) != 0 &&
- memcmp(filename + len - 4, ".tbz", 4) != 0)) {
- warnx("filename %s does not contain a recognized suffix", filename);
- return -1;
- }
- filtered_filename = xmalloc(len - 4 + 1);
- memcpy(filtered_filename, filename, len - 4);
- filtered_filename[len - 4] = '\0';
- active_filename = filtered_filename;
- } else {
- filtered_filename = NULL;
- active_filename = filename;
- }
-
- ret = pkg_match(arg->pattern, active_filename);
- free(filtered_filename);
-
- if (ret == 1)
- return (*arg->call_fn)(filename, arg->cookie);
- else
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Find all packages that match the given pattern and call the function
- * for each of them. Iteration stops if the callback return non-0.
- * Returns -1 on error, 0 if the iteration finished or whatever the
- * callback returned otherwise.
- */
-int
-match_local_files(const char *dir, int filter_suffix, int allow_nonfiles, const char *pattern,
- int (*cb)(const char *, void *), void *cookie)
-{
- struct call_matching_file_arg arg;
-
- arg.pattern = pattern;
- arg.call_fn = cb;
- arg.cookie = cookie;
- arg.filter_suffix = filter_suffix;
-
- return iterate_local_pkg_dir(dir, filter_suffix, allow_nonfiles, match_file_and_call, &arg);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: lib.h,v 1.64 2010/06/16 23:02:49 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/* from FreeBSD Id: lib.h,v 1.25 1997/10/08 07:48:03 charnier Exp */
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Include and define various things wanted by the library routines.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef _INST_LIB_LIB_H_
-#define _INST_LIB_LIB_H_
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
-#include <sys/file.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_QUEUE_H
-#include <sys/queue.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_CTYPE_H
-#include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-#include <dirent.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDIO_H
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDARG_H
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Macros */
-#ifndef __UNCONST
-#define __UNCONST(a) ((void *)(unsigned long)(const void *)(a))
-#endif
-
-#define SUCCESS (0)
-#define FAIL (-1)
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE (1)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#define FALSE (0)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef OPSYS_NAME
-#define OPSYS_NAME "NetBSD"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DEF_UMASK
-#define DEF_UMASK 022
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-# ifdef MAXPATHLEN
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-# else
-# define PATH_MAX 1024
-# endif
-#endif
-
-enum {
- MaxPathSize = PATH_MAX
-};
-
-/* The names of our "special" files */
-#define CONTENTS_FNAME "+CONTENTS"
-#define COMMENT_FNAME "+COMMENT"
-#define DESC_FNAME "+DESC"
-#define INSTALL_FNAME "+INSTALL"
-#define DEINSTALL_FNAME "+DEINSTALL"
-#define REQUIRED_BY_FNAME "+REQUIRED_BY"
-#define REQUIRED_BY_FNAME_TMP "+REQUIRED_BY.tmp"
-#define DISPLAY_FNAME "+DISPLAY"
-#define MTREE_FNAME "+MTREE_DIRS"
-#define BUILD_VERSION_FNAME "+BUILD_VERSION"
-#define BUILD_INFO_FNAME "+BUILD_INFO"
-#define INSTALLED_INFO_FNAME "+INSTALLED_INFO"
-#define SIZE_PKG_FNAME "+SIZE_PKG"
-#define SIZE_ALL_FNAME "+SIZE_ALL"
-#define PRESERVE_FNAME "+PRESERVE"
-#define VIEWS_FNAME "+VIEWS"
-#define VIEWS_FNAME_TMP "+VIEWS.tmp"
-#define DEPOT_FNAME "+DEPOT"
-
-/* The names of special variables */
-#define AUTOMATIC_VARNAME "automatic"
-
-/* Prefix for extended PLIST cmd */
-#define CMD_CHAR '@'
-
-/* The name of the "prefix" environment variable given to scripts */
-#define PKG_PREFIX_VNAME "PKG_PREFIX"
-
-/* The name of the "destdir" environment variable given to scripts */
-#define PKG_DESTDIR_VNAME "PKG_DESTDIR"
-
-/*
- * The name of the "metadatadir" environment variable given to scripts.
- * This variable holds the location of the +-files for this package.
- */
-#define PKG_METADATA_DIR_VNAME "PKG_METADATA_DIR"
-
-/*
- * The name of the environment variable holding the location to the
- * reference-counts database directory.
- */
-#define PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR_VNAME "PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR"
-
-#define PKG_PATTERN_MAX MaxPathSize /* max length of pattern, including nul */
-#define PKG_SUFFIX_MAX 10 /* max length of suffix, including nul */
-
-enum {
- ReadWrite,
- ReadOnly
-};
-
-
-/* Enumerated constants for plist entry types */
-typedef enum pl_ent_t {
- PLIST_SHOW_ALL = -1,
- PLIST_FILE, /* 0 */
- PLIST_CWD, /* 1 */
- PLIST_CMD, /* 2 */
- PLIST_CHMOD, /* 3 */
- PLIST_CHOWN, /* 4 */
- PLIST_CHGRP, /* 5 */
- PLIST_COMMENT, /* 6 */
- PLIST_IGNORE, /* 7 */
- PLIST_NAME, /* 8 */
- PLIST_UNEXEC, /* 9 */
- PLIST_SRC, /* 10 */
- PLIST_DISPLAY, /* 11 */
- PLIST_PKGDEP, /* 12 */
- PLIST_DIR_RM, /* 13 */
- PLIST_OPTION, /* 14 */
- PLIST_PKGCFL, /* 15 */
- PLIST_BLDDEP, /* 16 */
- PLIST_PKGDIR /* 17 */
-} pl_ent_t;
-
-/* Enumerated constants for build info */
-typedef enum bi_ent_t {
- BI_OPSYS, /* 0 */
- BI_OS_VERSION, /* 1 */
- BI_MACHINE_ARCH, /* 2 */
- BI_IGNORE_RECOMMENDED, /* 3 */
- BI_USE_ABI_DEPENDS, /* 4 */
- BI_LICENSE, /* 5 */
- BI_PKGTOOLS_VERSION, /* 6 */
- BI_ENUM_COUNT /* 7 */
-} bi_ent_t;
-
-/* Types */
-typedef unsigned int Boolean;
-
-/* This structure describes a packing list entry */
-typedef struct plist_t {
- struct plist_t *prev; /* previous entry */
- struct plist_t *next; /* next entry */
- char *name; /* name of entry */
- Boolean marked; /* whether entry has been marked */
- pl_ent_t type; /* type of entry */
-} plist_t;
-
-/* This structure describes a package's complete packing list */
-typedef struct package_t {
- plist_t *head; /* head of list */
- plist_t *tail; /* tail of list */
-} package_t;
-
-#define SYMLINK_HEADER "Symlink:"
-#define CHECKSUM_HEADER "MD5:"
-
-enum {
- ChecksumHeaderLen = 4, /* strlen(CHECKSUM_HEADER) */
- SymlinkHeaderLen = 8, /* strlen(SYMLINK_HEADER) */
- ChecksumLen = 16,
- LegibleChecksumLen = 33
-};
-
-/* List of files */
-typedef struct _lfile_t {
- TAILQ_ENTRY(_lfile_t) lf_link;
- char *lf_name;
-} lfile_t;
-TAILQ_HEAD(_lfile_head_t, _lfile_t);
-typedef struct _lfile_head_t lfile_head_t;
-#define LFILE_ADD(lfhead,lfp,str) do { \
- lfp = xmalloc(sizeof(lfile_t)); \
- lfp->lf_name = str; \
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(lfhead,lfp,lf_link); \
- } while(0)
-
-/* List of packages */
-typedef struct _lpkg_t {
- TAILQ_ENTRY(_lpkg_t) lp_link;
- char *lp_name;
-} lpkg_t;
-TAILQ_HEAD(_lpkg_head_t, _lpkg_t);
-typedef struct _lpkg_head_t lpkg_head_t;
-
-struct pkg_vulnerabilities {
- size_t entries;
- char **vulnerability;
- char **classification;
- char **advisory;
-};
-
-/* If URLlength()>0, then there is a ftp:// or http:// in the string,
- * and this must be an URL. Hide this behind a more obvious name. */
-#define IS_URL(str) (URLlength(str) > 0)
-
-#define IS_STDIN(str) ((str) != NULL && !strcmp((str), "-"))
-#define IS_FULLPATH(str) ((str) != NULL && (str)[0] == '/')
-
-/* Conflict handling (conflicts.c) */
-int some_installed_package_conflicts_with(const char *, const char *, char **, char **);
-
-
-/* Prototypes */
-/* Misc */
-void show_version(void);
-int fexec(const char *, ...);
-int fexec_skipempty(const char *, ...);
-int fcexec(const char *, const char *, ...);
-int pfcexec(const char *, const char *, const char **);
-
-/* variables file handling */
-
-char *var_get(const char *, const char *);
-char *var_get_memory(const char *, const char *);
-int var_set(const char *, const char *, const char *);
-int var_copy_list(const char *, const char **);
-
-/* automatically installed as dependency */
-
-Boolean is_automatic_installed(const char *);
-int mark_as_automatic_installed(const char *, int);
-
-/* String */
-const char *basename_of(const char *);
-const char *dirname_of(const char *);
-const char *suffix_of(const char *);
-int pkg_match(const char *, const char *);
-int pkg_order(const char *, const char *, const char *);
-int ispkgpattern(const char *);
-int quick_pkg_match(const char *, const char *);
-
-/* Iterator functions */
-int iterate_pkg_generic_src(int (*)(const char *, void *), void *,
- const char *(*)(void *),void *);
-int iterate_local_pkg_dir(const char *, int, int, int (*)(const char *, void *),
- void *);
-int iterate_pkg_db(int (*)(const char *, void *), void *);
-
-int add_installed_pkgs_by_basename(const char *, lpkg_head_t *);
-int add_installed_pkgs_by_pattern(const char *, lpkg_head_t *);
-char *find_best_matching_installed_pkg(const char *);
-char *find_best_matching_file(const char *, const char *, int, int);
-int match_installed_pkgs(const char *, int (*)(const char *, void *), void *);
-int match_local_files(const char *, int, int, const char *, int (*cb)(const char *, void *), void *);
-
-/* File */
-Boolean fexists(const char *);
-Boolean isdir(const char *);
-Boolean islinktodir(const char *);
-Boolean isemptydir(const char *);
-Boolean isemptyfile(const char *);
-Boolean isfile(const char *);
-Boolean isbrokenlink(const char *);
-Boolean isempty(const char *);
-int URLlength(const char *);
-Boolean make_preserve_name(char *, size_t, const char *, const char *);
-void remove_files(const char *, const char *);
-int format_cmd(char *, size_t, const char *, const char *, const char *);
-int readfile(int fd, char *buf, size_t s);
-
-int recursive_remove(const char *, int);
-
-void add_pkgdir(const char *, const char *, const char *);
-void delete_pkgdir(const char *, const char *, const char *);
-int has_pkgdir(const char *);
-
-/* pkg_io.c: Local and remote archive handling */
-struct archive;
-struct archive_entry;
-
-struct archive *open_archive(const char *, char **);
-struct archive *find_archive(const char *, int, char **);
-void process_pkg_path(void);
-struct url *find_best_package(const char *, const char *, int);
-
-/* Packing list */
-plist_t *new_plist_entry(void);
-plist_t *last_plist(package_t *);
-plist_t *find_plist(package_t *, pl_ent_t);
-char *find_plist_option(package_t *, const char *);
-void plist_delete(package_t *, Boolean, pl_ent_t, char *);
-void free_plist(package_t *);
-void mark_plist(package_t *);
-void csum_plist_entry(char *, plist_t *);
-void add_plist(package_t *, pl_ent_t, const char *);
-void add_plist_top(package_t *, pl_ent_t, const char *);
-void delete_plist(package_t *, Boolean, pl_ent_t, char *);
-void write_plist(package_t *, FILE *, char *);
-void stringify_plist(package_t *, char **, size_t *, const char *);
-void parse_plist(package_t *, const char *);
-void read_plist(package_t *, FILE *);
-void append_plist(package_t *, FILE *);
-int delete_package(Boolean, package_t *, Boolean, const char *);
-
-/* Package Database */
-int pkgdb_open(int);
-void pkgdb_close(void);
-int pkgdb_store(const char *, const char *);
-char *pkgdb_retrieve(const char *);
-int pkgdb_dump(void);
-int pkgdb_remove(const char *);
-int pkgdb_remove_pkg(const char *);
-char *pkgdb_refcount_dir(void);
-char *pkgdb_get_database(void);
-const char *pkgdb_get_dir(void);
-/*
- * Priorities:
- * 0 builtin default
- * 1 config file
- * 2 environment
- * 3 command line
- * 4 destdir/views reset
- */
-void pkgdb_set_dir(const char *, int);
-char *pkgdb_pkg_dir(const char *);
-char *pkgdb_pkg_file(const char *, const char *);
-
-/* List of packages functions */
-lpkg_t *alloc_lpkg(const char *);
-lpkg_t *find_on_queue(lpkg_head_t *, const char *);
-void free_lpkg(lpkg_t *);
-
-/* Read pkg_vulnerabilities from file */
-struct pkg_vulnerabilities *read_pkg_vulnerabilities_file(const char *, int, int);
-/* Read pkg_vulnerabilities from memory */
-struct pkg_vulnerabilities *read_pkg_vulnerabilities_memory(void *, size_t, int);
-void free_pkg_vulnerabilities(struct pkg_vulnerabilities *);
-int audit_package(struct pkg_vulnerabilities *, const char *, const char *,
- int);
-
-/* Parse configuration file */
-void pkg_install_config(void);
-/* Print configuration variable */
-void pkg_install_show_variable(const char *);
-
-/* Package signature creation and validation */
-int pkg_verify_signature(const char *, struct archive **, struct archive_entry **, char **);
-int pkg_full_signature_check(const char *, struct archive **);
-#ifdef HAVE_SSL
-void pkg_sign_x509(const char *, const char *, const char *, const char *);
-#endif
-
-void pkg_sign_gpg(const char *, const char *);
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SSL
-/* PKCS7 signing/verification */
-int easy_pkcs7_verify(const char *, size_t, const char *, size_t,
- const char *, int);
-int easy_pkcs7_sign(const char *, size_t, char **, size_t *, const char *,
- const char *);
-#endif
-
-int inline_gpg_verify(const char *, size_t, const char *);
-int detached_gpg_verify(const char *, size_t, const char *, size_t,
- const char *);
-int detached_gpg_sign(const char *, size_t, char **, size_t *, const char *,
- const char *);
-
-/* License handling */
-int add_licenses(const char *);
-int acceptable_license(const char *);
-int acceptable_pkg_license(const char *);
-void load_license_lists(void);
-
-/* Helper functions for memory allocation */
-char *xstrdup(const char *);
-void *xrealloc(void *, size_t);
-void *xcalloc(size_t, size_t);
-void *xmalloc(size_t);
-char *xasprintf(const char *, ...);
-
-/* Externs */
-extern Boolean Verbose;
-extern Boolean Fake;
-extern Boolean Force;
-extern const char *cert_chain_file;
-extern const char *certs_packages;
-extern const char *certs_pkg_vulnerabilities;
-extern const char *check_eol;
-extern const char *check_vulnerabilities;
-extern const char *config_file;
-extern const char *config_pkg_dbdir;
-extern const char *config_pkg_path;
-extern const char *config_pkg_refcount_dbdir;
-extern const char *do_license_check;
-extern const char *verified_installation;
-extern const char *gpg_cmd;
-extern const char *gpg_keyring_pkgvuln;
-extern const char *gpg_keyring_sign;
-extern const char *gpg_keyring_verify;
-extern const char *gpg_sign_as;
-extern char fetch_flags[];
-
-extern const char *pkg_vulnerabilities_dir;
-extern const char *pkg_vulnerabilities_file;
-extern const char *pkg_vulnerabilities_url;
-extern const char *ignore_advisories;
-extern const char tnf_vulnerability_base[];
-
-extern const char *acceptable_licenses;
-extern const char *default_acceptable_licenses;
-
-#endif /* _INST_LIB_LIB_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: license.c,v 1.14 2010/05/06 13:16:59 obache Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2009 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-#define HASH_SIZE 521
-
-const char *default_acceptable_licenses =
- "public-domain "
- "gnu-fdl-v1.1 gnu-fdl-v1.2 gnu-fdl-v1.3 "
- "gnu-gpl-v2 gnu-lgpl-v2 gnu-lgpl-v2.1 "
- "gnu-gpl-v3 gnu-lgpl-v3 "
- "original-bsd modified-bsd 2-clause-bsd "
- "x11 mit miros "
- "apache-1.1 apache-2.0 "
- "artistic artistic-2.0 "
- "cddl-1.0 "
- "cpl-1.0 "
- "open-font-license "
- "mpl-1.0 mpl-1.1 "
- "zpl "
- "python-software-foundation "
- "ipafont "
- "isc "
- "info-zip";
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-static size_t hash_collisions;
-#endif
-
-static char **license_hash[HASH_SIZE];
-static const char license_spaces[] = " \t\n";
-static const char license_chars[] =
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_-.";
-
-static size_t
-hash_license(const char *license, size_t len)
-{
- size_t hash;
-
- for (hash = 0; *license && len; ++license, --len)
- hash = *license + hash * 32;
- return hash % HASH_SIZE;
-}
-
-static void
-add_license_internal(const char *license, size_t len)
-{
- char *new_license;
- size_t slot, i;
-
- slot = hash_license(license, len);
-
- new_license = malloc(len + 1);
- memcpy(new_license, license, len);
- new_license[len] = '\0';
-
- if (license_hash[slot] == NULL) {
- license_hash[slot] = calloc(sizeof(char *), 2);
- license_hash[slot][0] = new_license;
- } else {
- for (i = 0; license_hash[slot][i]; ++i) {
- if (!memcmp(license_hash[slot][i], license, len) &&
- license_hash[slot][i][len] == '\0') {
- free(new_license);
- return;
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
- ++hash_collisions;
-#endif
-
- license_hash[slot] = realloc(license_hash[slot],
- sizeof(char *) * (i + 2));
- license_hash[slot][i] = new_license;
- license_hash[slot][i + 1] = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-int
-add_licenses(const char *line)
-{
- const char *next;
-
- if (line == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (line += strspn(line, license_spaces); line; ) {
- next = line + strspn(line, license_chars);
- if (next == line)
- return *line ? -1 : 0;
- add_license_internal(line, next - line);
- line = next + strspn(next, license_spaces);
- if (next == line)
- return *line ? -1 : 0;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-acceptable_license_internal(const char *license, size_t len)
-{
- size_t slot, i;
-
- slot = hash_license(license, len);
-
- if (license_hash[slot] == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- for (i = 0; license_hash[slot][i]; ++i) {
- if (strncmp(license_hash[slot][i], license, len) == 0 &&
- license_hash[slot][i][len] == '\0')
- return 1;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-acceptable_license(const char *license)
-{
- size_t len;
-
- len = strlen(license);
- if (strspn(license, license_chars) != len) {
- warnx("Invalid character in license name at position %" PRIzu, len);
- return -1;
- }
-
- return acceptable_license_internal(license, len);
-}
-
-static int
-acceptable_pkg_license_internal(const char **licensep, int toplevel, const char *start)
-{
- const char *license = *licensep;
- int need_parenthesis, is_true = 0;
- int expr_type = 0; /* 0: unset, 1: or, 2: and */
- size_t len;
-
- license += strspn(license, license_spaces);
-
- if (*license == '(' && !toplevel) {
- need_parenthesis = 1;
- ++license;
- license += strspn(license, license_spaces);
- } else {
- need_parenthesis = 0;
- }
-
- for (;;) {
- if (*license == '(') {
- switch (acceptable_pkg_license_internal(&license, 0, start)) {
- case -1:
- return -1;
- case 0:
- if (expr_type == 2)
- is_true = 0;
- break;
- case 1:
- is_true = 1;
- break;
- }
- license += strspn(license, license_spaces);
- } else {
- len = strspn(license, license_chars);
- if (len == 0) {
- warnx("Invalid character in license name at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (acceptable_license_internal(license, len)) {
- if (expr_type != 2)
- is_true = 1;
- } else if (expr_type == 2) {
- is_true = 0;
- }
-
- license += len;
-
- len = strspn(license, license_spaces);
- if (len == 0 && *license && *license != ')') {
- warnx("Missing space at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
- license += len;
- }
-
- if (*license == ')') {
- if (!need_parenthesis) {
- warnx("Missing open parenthesis at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
- *licensep = license + 1;
- return is_true;
- }
- if (*license == '\0') {
- if (need_parenthesis) {
- warnx("Unbalanced parenthesis at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
- *licensep = license;
- return is_true;
- }
-
- if (strncmp(license, "AND", 3) == 0) {
- if (expr_type == 1) {
- warnx("Invalid operator in OR expression at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
- expr_type = 2;
- license += 3;
- } else if (strncmp(license, "OR", 2) == 0) {
- if (expr_type == 2) {
- warnx("Invalid operator in AND expression at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
- expr_type = 1;
- license += 2;
- } else {
- warnx("Invalid operator at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
- len = strspn(license, license_spaces);
- if (len == 0 && *license != '(') {
- warnx("Missing space at position %" PRIzu, license - start + 1);
- return -1;
- }
- license += len;
- }
-}
-
-int
-acceptable_pkg_license(const char *license)
-{
- int ret;
-
- ret = acceptable_pkg_license_internal(&license, 1, license);
- if (ret == -1)
- return -1;
- license += strspn(license, license_spaces);
- if (*license) {
- warnx("Trailing garbage in license specification");
- return -1;
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-void
-load_license_lists(void)
-{
- if (add_licenses(getenv("PKGSRC_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES")))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "syntax error in PKGSRC_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES");
- if (add_licenses(acceptable_licenses))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "syntax error in ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES");
- if (add_licenses(getenv("PKGSRC_DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES")))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "syntax error in PKGSRC_DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES");
- if (add_licenses(default_acceptable_licenses))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "syntax error in DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES");
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: lpkg.c,v 1.6 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1999 Christian E. Hopps
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
- * derived from this software without specific prior written permission
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- * Package-list auxiliary functions
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include "lib.h"
-
-/*
- * Add a package to the (add/recursive delete) list
- */
-lpkg_t *
-alloc_lpkg(const char *pkgname)
-{
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- lpp = xmalloc(sizeof(*lpp));
- lpp->lp_name = xstrdup(pkgname);
- return (lpp);
-}
-
-void
-free_lpkg(lpkg_t *lpp)
-{
- free(lpp->lp_name);
- free(lpp);
-}
-
-lpkg_t *
-find_on_queue(lpkg_head_t *qp, const char *name)
-{
- lpkg_t *lpp;
-
- for (lpp = TAILQ_FIRST(qp); lpp; lpp = TAILQ_NEXT(lpp, lp_link))
- if (!strcmp(name, lpp->lp_name))
- return (lpp);
- return (0);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: opattern.c,v 1.5 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: opattern.c,v 1.5 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Miscellaneous string utilities.
- *
- */
-
-#if HAVE_ASSERT_H
-#include <assert.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#endif
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "dewey.h"
-
-/* pull in definitions and macros for resizing arrays as we go */
-#include "defs.h"
-
-/*
- * Perform alternate match on "pkg" against "pattern",
- * calling pkg_match (recursively) to resolve any other patterns.
- * Return 1 on match, 0 otherwise
- */
-static int
-alternate_match(const char *pattern, const char *pkg)
-{
- char *sep;
- char buf[MaxPathSize];
- char *last;
- char *alt;
- char *cp;
- int cnt;
- int found;
-
- if ((sep = strchr(pattern, '{')) == (char *) NULL) {
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "alternate_match(): '{' expected in `%s'", pattern);
- }
- (void) strncpy(buf, pattern, (size_t) (sep - pattern));
- alt = &buf[sep - pattern];
- last = (char *) NULL;
- for (cnt = 0, cp = sep; *cp && last == (char *) NULL; cp++) {
- if (*cp == '{') {
- cnt++;
- } else if (*cp == '}' && --cnt == 0 && last == (char *) NULL) {
- last = cp + 1;
- }
- }
- if (cnt != 0) {
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Malformed alternate `%s'", pattern);
- }
- for (found = 0, cp = sep + 1; *sep != '}'; cp = sep + 1) {
- for (cnt = 0, sep = cp; cnt > 0 || (cnt == 0 && *sep != '}' && *sep != ','); sep++) {
- if (*sep == '{') {
- cnt++;
- } else if (*sep == '}') {
- cnt--;
- }
- }
- (void) snprintf(alt, sizeof(buf) - (alt - buf), "%.*s%s", (int) (sep - cp), cp, last);
- if (pkg_match(buf, pkg) == 1) {
- found = 1;
- }
- }
- return found;
-}
-
-/*
- * Perform glob match on "pkg" against "pattern".
- * Return 1 on match, 0 otherwise
- */
-static int
-glob_match(const char *pattern, const char *pkg)
-{
- return fnmatch(pattern, pkg, FNM_PERIOD) == 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Perform simple match on "pkg" against "pattern".
- * Return 1 on match, 0 otherwise
- */
-static int
-simple_match(const char *pattern, const char *pkg)
-{
- return strcmp(pattern, pkg) == 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Performs a fast check if pattern can ever match pkg.
- * Returns 1 if a match is possible and 0 otherwise.
- */
-int
-quick_pkg_match(const char *pattern, const char *pkg)
-{
-#define simple(x) (isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) || (x) == '-')
- if (!simple(pattern[0]))
- return 1;
- if (pattern[0] != pkg[0])
- return 0;
-
- if (!simple(pattern[1]))
- return 1;
- if (pattern[1] != pkg[1])
- return 0;
- return 1;
-#undef simple
-}
-
-/*
- * Match pkg against pattern, return 1 if matching, 0 else
- */
-int
-pkg_match(const char *pattern, const char *pkg)
-{
- if (!quick_pkg_match(pattern, pkg))
- return 0;
-
- if (strchr(pattern, '{') != (char *) NULL) {
- /* emulate csh-type alternates */
- return alternate_match(pattern, pkg);
- }
- if (strpbrk(pattern, "<>") != (char *) NULL) {
- int ret;
-
- /* perform relational dewey match on version number */
- ret = dewey_match(pattern, pkg);
- if (ret < 0)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "dewey_match returned error");
- return ret;
- }
- if (strpbrk(pattern, "*?[]") != (char *) NULL) {
- /* glob match */
- if (glob_match(pattern, pkg))
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* no alternate, dewey or glob match -> simple compare */
- if (simple_match(pattern, pkg))
- return 1;
-
- /* globbing patterns and simple matches may be specified with or
- * without the version number, so check for both cases. */
-
- {
- char *pattern_ver;
- int retval;
-
- pattern_ver = xasprintf("%s-[0-9]*", pattern);
- retval = glob_match(pattern_ver, pkg);
- free(pattern_ver);
- return retval;
- }
-}
-
-int
-pkg_order(const char *pattern, const char *first_pkg, const char *second_pkg)
-{
- const char *first_version;
- const char *second_version;
-
- if (first_pkg == NULL && second_pkg == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- if (first_pkg == NULL)
- return pkg_match(pattern, second_pkg) ? 2 : 0;
- if (second_pkg == NULL)
- return pkg_match(pattern, first_pkg) ? 1 : 0;
-
- first_version = strrchr(first_pkg, '-');
- second_version = strrchr(second_pkg, '-');
-
- if (first_version == NULL || !pkg_match(pattern, first_pkg))
- return pkg_match(pattern, second_pkg) ? 2 : 0;
-
- if (second_version == NULL || !pkg_match(pattern, second_pkg))
- return pkg_match(pattern, first_pkg) ? 1 : 0;
-
- if (dewey_cmp(first_version + 1, DEWEY_GT, second_version + 1))
- return 1;
- else
- return 2;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: parse-config.c,v 1.15 2010/06/16 23:02:49 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse-config.c,v 1.15 2010/06/16 23:02:49 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <errno.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
-#include <fetch.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static int cache_connections = 16;
-static int cache_connections_host = 4;
-
-const char *config_file = SYSCONFDIR"/pkg_install.conf";
-
-char fetch_flags[10] = ""; /* Workaround Mac OS X linker issues with BSS */
-static const char *active_ftp;
-static const char *verbose_netio;
-static const char *ignore_proxy;
-const char *cache_index = "yes";
-const char *cert_chain_file;
-const char *certs_packages;
-const char *certs_pkg_vulnerabilities;
-const char *check_eol = "yes";
-const char *check_vulnerabilities;
-static const char *config_cache_connections;
-static const char *config_cache_connections_host;
-const char *config_pkg_dbdir;
-const char *config_pkg_path;
-const char *config_pkg_refcount_dbdir;
-const char *do_license_check;
-const char *verified_installation;
-const char *gpg_cmd;
-const char *gpg_keyring_pkgvuln;
-const char *gpg_keyring_sign;
-const char *gpg_keyring_verify;
-const char *gpg_sign_as;
-const char *pkg_vulnerabilities_dir;
-const char *pkg_vulnerabilities_file;
-const char *pkg_vulnerabilities_url;
-const char *ignore_advisories = NULL;
-const char tnf_vulnerability_base[] = "http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/vulns";
-const char *acceptable_licenses = NULL;
-
-static struct config_variable {
- const char *name;
- const char **var;
-} config_variables[] = {
- { "ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES", &acceptable_licenses },
- { "ACTIVE_FTP", &active_ftp },
- { "CACHE_INDEX", &cache_index },
- { "CACHE_CONNECTIONS", &config_cache_connections },
- { "CACHE_CONNECTIONS_HOST", &config_cache_connections_host },
- { "CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS", &certs_packages },
- { "CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGVULN", &certs_pkg_vulnerabilities },
- { "CERTIFICATE_CHAIN", &cert_chain_file },
- { "CHECK_LICENSE", &do_license_check },
- { "CHECK_END_OF_LIFE", &check_eol },
- { "CHECK_VULNERABILITIES", &check_vulnerabilities },
- { "DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES", &default_acceptable_licenses },
- { "GPG", &gpg_cmd },
- { "GPG_KEYRING_PKGVULN", &gpg_keyring_pkgvuln },
- { "GPG_KEYRING_SIGN", &gpg_keyring_sign },
- { "GPG_KEYRING_VERIFY", &gpg_keyring_verify },
- { "GPG_SIGN_AS", &gpg_sign_as },
- { "IGNORE_PROXY", &ignore_proxy },
- { "IGNORE_URL", &ignore_advisories },
- { "PKG_DBDIR", &config_pkg_dbdir },
- { "PKG_PATH", &config_pkg_path },
- { "PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR", &config_pkg_refcount_dbdir },
- { "PKGVULNDIR", &pkg_vulnerabilities_dir },
- { "PKGVULNURL", &pkg_vulnerabilities_url },
- { "VERBOSE_NETIO", &verbose_netio },
- { "VERIFIED_INSTALLATION", &verified_installation },
- { NULL, NULL }, /* For use by pkg_install_show_variable */
- { NULL, NULL }
-};
-
-char *config_tmp_variables[sizeof config_variables/sizeof config_variables[0]];
-
-static void
-parse_pkg_install_conf(void)
-{
- struct config_variable *var;
- FILE *fp;
- char *line, *value;
- size_t len, var_len, i;
-
- fp = fopen(config_file, "r");
- if (!fp) {
- if (errno != ENOENT)
- warn("Can't open '%s' for reading", config_file);
- return;
- }
-
- while ((line = fgetln(fp, &len)) != (char *) NULL) {
- if (line[len - 1] == '\n')
- --len;
- for (i = 0; (var = &config_variables[i])->name != NULL; ++i) {
- var_len = strlen(var->name);
- if (strncmp(var->name, line, var_len) != 0)
- continue;
- if (line[var_len] != '=')
- continue;
- line += var_len + 1;
- len -= var_len + 1;
- if (config_tmp_variables[i])
- value = xasprintf("%s\n%.*s",
- config_tmp_variables[i], (int)len, line);
- else
- value = xasprintf("%.*s", (int)len, line);
- free(config_tmp_variables[i]);
- config_tmp_variables[i] = value;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; (var = &config_variables[i])->name != NULL; ++i) {
- if (config_tmp_variables[i] == NULL)
- continue;
- *var->var = config_tmp_variables[i];
- config_tmp_variables[i] = NULL;
- }
-
- fclose(fp);
-}
-
-void
-pkg_install_config(void)
-{
- int do_cache_index;
- char *value;
-
- parse_pkg_install_conf();
-
- if ((value = getenv("PKG_DBDIR")) != NULL)
- pkgdb_set_dir(value, 2);
- else if (config_pkg_dbdir != NULL)
- pkgdb_set_dir(config_pkg_dbdir, 1);
- config_pkg_dbdir = xstrdup(pkgdb_get_dir());
-
- if ((value = getenv("PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR")) != NULL)
- config_pkg_refcount_dbdir = value;
- else if (config_pkg_refcount_dbdir == NULL)
- config_pkg_refcount_dbdir = xasprintf("%s.refcount",
- pkgdb_get_dir());
-
- if (pkg_vulnerabilities_dir == NULL)
- pkg_vulnerabilities_dir = pkgdb_get_dir();
- pkg_vulnerabilities_file = xasprintf("%s/pkg-vulnerabilities",
- pkg_vulnerabilities_dir);
- if (pkg_vulnerabilities_url == NULL) {
- pkg_vulnerabilities_url = xasprintf("%s/pkg-vulnerabilities.gz",
- tnf_vulnerability_base);
- }
- if (verified_installation == NULL)
- verified_installation = "never";
-
- if (check_vulnerabilities == NULL)
- check_vulnerabilities = "never";
-
- if (do_license_check == NULL)
- do_license_check = "no";
-
- if ((value = getenv("PKG_PATH")) != NULL)
- config_pkg_path = value;
-
- if (strcasecmp(cache_index, "yes") == 0)
- do_cache_index = 1;
- else {
- if (strcasecmp(cache_index, "no"))
- warnx("Invalid value for configuration option "
- "CACHE_INDEX");
- do_cache_index = 0;
- }
-
- if (config_cache_connections && *config_cache_connections) {
- long v = strtol(config_cache_connections, &value, 10);
- if (*value == '\0') {
- if (v >= INT_MAX || v < 0)
- v = -1;
- cache_connections = v;
- }
- }
- config_cache_connections = xasprintf("%d", cache_connections);
-
- if (config_cache_connections_host) {
- long v = strtol(config_cache_connections_host, &value, 10);
- if (*value == '\0') {
- if (v >= INT_MAX || v < 0)
- v = -1;
- cache_connections_host = v;
- }
- }
- config_cache_connections_host = xasprintf("%d", cache_connections_host);
-
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
- fetchConnectionCacheInit(cache_connections, cache_connections_host);
-#endif
-
- snprintf(fetch_flags, sizeof(fetch_flags), "%s%s%s%s",
- (do_cache_index) ? "c" : "",
- (verbose_netio && *verbose_netio) ? "v" : "",
- (active_ftp && *active_ftp) ? "a" : "",
- (ignore_proxy && *ignore_proxy) ? "d" : "");
-}
-
-void
-pkg_install_show_variable(const char *var_name)
-{
- struct config_variable *var;
- const char *tmp_value = NULL;
-
- for (var = config_variables; var->name != NULL; ++var) {
- if (strcmp(var->name, var_name) == 0)
- break;
- }
- if (var->name == NULL) {
- var->name = var_name;
- var->var = &tmp_value;
- }
-
- pkg_install_config();
-
- if (*var->var != NULL)
- puts(*var->var);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: pkcs7.c,v 1.5 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $ */
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: pkcs7.c,v 1.5 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2004, 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Love Hörnquist Åstrand <lha@it.su.se>
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <openssl/pkcs7.h>
-#include <openssl/evp.h>
-#include <openssl/x509.h>
-#include <openssl/x509v3.h>
-#include <openssl/pem.h>
-#include <openssl/err.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-#ifndef NS_ANY_CA
-#define NS_ANY_CA (NS_SSL_CA|NS_SMIME_CA|NS_OBJSIGN_CA)
-#endif
-
-static const unsigned int pkg_key_usage = XKU_CODE_SIGN | XKU_SMIME;
-
-static int
-check_ca(X509 *cert)
-{
- if ((cert->ex_flags & EXFLAG_KUSAGE) != 0 &&
- (cert->ex_kusage & KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN) != KU_KEY_CERT_SIGN)
- return 0;
- if ((cert->ex_flags & EXFLAG_BCONS) != 0)
- return (cert->ex_flags & EXFLAG_CA) == EXFLAG_CA;
- if ((cert->ex_flags & (EXFLAG_V1|EXFLAG_SS)) == (EXFLAG_V1|EXFLAG_SS))
- return 1;
- if ((cert->ex_flags & EXFLAG_KUSAGE) != 0)
- return 1;
- if ((cert->ex_flags & EXFLAG_NSCERT) != 0 &&
- (cert->ex_nscert & NS_ANY_CA) != 0)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static STACK_OF(X509) *
-file_to_certs(const char *file)
-{
- unsigned long ret;
- STACK_OF(X509) *certs;
- FILE *f;
-
- if ((f = fopen(file, "r")) == NULL) {
- warn("open failed %s", file);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- certs = sk_X509_new_null();
- for (;;) {
- X509 *cert;
-
- cert = PEM_read_X509(f, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (cert == NULL) {
- ret = ERR_GET_REASON(ERR_peek_error());
- if (ret == PEM_R_NO_START_LINE) {
- /* End of file reached. no error */
- ERR_clear_error();
- break;
- }
- sk_X509_free(certs);
- warnx("Can't read certificate in file: %s", file);
- fclose(f);
- return NULL;
- }
- sk_X509_insert(certs, cert, sk_X509_num(certs));
- }
-
- fclose(f);
-
- if (sk_X509_num(certs) == 0) {
- sk_X509_free(certs);
- certs = NULL;
- warnx("No certificate found in file %s", file);
- }
-
- return certs;
-}
-
-int
-easy_pkcs7_verify(const char *content, size_t len,
- const char *signature, size_t signature_len,
- const char *anchor, int is_pkg)
-{
- STACK_OF(X509) *cert_chain, *signers;
- X509_STORE *store;
- BIO *sig, *in;
- PKCS7 *p7;
- int i, status;
- X509_NAME *name;
- char *subject;
-
- OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms();
- ERR_load_crypto_strings();
-
- status = -1;
-
- if (cert_chain_file)
- cert_chain = file_to_certs(cert_chain_file);
- else
- cert_chain = NULL;
-
- store = X509_STORE_new();
- if (store == NULL) {
- sk_X509_free(cert_chain);
- warnx("Failed to create certificate store");
- return -1;
- }
-
- X509_STORE_load_locations(store, anchor, NULL);
-
- in = BIO_new_mem_buf(__UNCONST(content), len);
- sig = BIO_new_mem_buf(__UNCONST(signature), signature_len);
- signers = NULL;
-
- p7 = PEM_read_bio_PKCS7(sig, NULL, NULL, NULL);
- if (p7 == NULL) {
- warnx("Failed to parse the signature");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- if (PKCS7_verify(p7, cert_chain, store, in, NULL, 0) != 1) {
- warnx("Failed to verify signature");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- signers = PKCS7_get0_signers(p7, NULL, 0);
- if (signers == NULL) {
- warnx("Failed to get signers");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- if (sk_X509_num(signers) == 0) {
- warnx("No signers found");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < sk_X509_num(signers); i++) {
- /* Compute ex_xkusage */
- X509_check_purpose(sk_X509_value(signers, i), -1, -1);
-
- if (check_ca(sk_X509_value(signers, i))) {
- warnx("CA keys are not valid for signatures");
- goto cleanup;
- }
- if (is_pkg) {
- if (sk_X509_value(signers, i)->ex_xkusage != pkg_key_usage) {
- warnx("Certificate must have CODE SIGNING "
- "and EMAIL PROTECTION property");
- goto cleanup;
- }
- } else {
- if (sk_X509_value(signers, i)->ex_xkusage != 0) {
- warnx("Certificate must not have any property");
- goto cleanup;
- }
- }
- }
-
- printf("Sigature ok, signed by:\n");
-
- for (i = 0; i < sk_X509_num(signers); i++) {
- name = X509_get_subject_name(sk_X509_value(signers, i));
- subject = X509_NAME_oneline(name, NULL, 0);
-
- printf("\t%s\n", subject);
-
- OPENSSL_free(subject);
- }
-
- status = 0;
-
-cleanup:
- sk_X509_free(cert_chain);
- sk_X509_free(signers);
- X509_STORE_free(store);
-
- PKCS7_free(p7);
- BIO_free(in);
- BIO_free(sig);
-
- return status;
-}
-
-static int
-ssl_pass_cb(char *buf, int size, int rwflag, void *u)
-{
-
- if (EVP_read_pw_string(buf, size, "Passphrase :", 0)) {
-#if OPENSSL_VERSION >= 0x0090608fL
- OPENSSL_cleanse(buf, size);
-#else
- memset(buf, 0, size);
-#endif
- return 0;
- }
- return strlen(buf);
-}
-
-int
-easy_pkcs7_sign(const char *content, size_t len,
- char **signature, size_t *signature_len,
- const char *key_file, const char *cert_file)
-{
- FILE *f;
- X509 *certificate;
- STACK_OF(X509) *c, *cert_chain;
- EVP_PKEY *private_key;
- char *tmp_sig;
- BIO *out, *in;
- PKCS7 *p7;
- int status;
-
- OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms();
- ERR_load_crypto_strings();
-
- status = -1;
- private_key = NULL;
- cert_chain = NULL;
- in = NULL;
-
- c = file_to_certs(cert_file);
-
- if (sk_X509_num(c) != 1) {
- warnx("More then one certificate in the certificate file");
- goto cleanup;
- }
- certificate = sk_X509_value(c, 0);
-
- /* Compute ex_kusage */
- X509_check_purpose(certificate, -1, 0);
-
- if (check_ca(certificate)) {
- warnx("CA keys are not valid for signatures");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- if (certificate->ex_xkusage != pkg_key_usage) {
- warnx("Certificate must have CODE SIGNING "
- "and EMAIL PROTECTION property");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- if (cert_chain_file)
- cert_chain = file_to_certs(cert_chain_file);
-
- if ((f = fopen(key_file, "r")) == NULL) {
- warn("Failed to open private key file %s", key_file);
- goto cleanup;
- }
- private_key = PEM_read_PrivateKey(f, NULL, ssl_pass_cb, NULL);
- fclose(f);
- if (private_key == NULL) {
- warnx("Can't read private key: %s", key_file);
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- if (X509_check_private_key(certificate, private_key) != 1) {
- warnx("The private key %s doesn't match the certificate %s",
- key_file, cert_file);
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- in = BIO_new_mem_buf(__UNCONST(content), len);
-
- p7 = PKCS7_sign(certificate, private_key, cert_chain, in,
- PKCS7_DETACHED|PKCS7_NOATTR|PKCS7_BINARY);
- if (p7 == NULL) {
- warnx("Failed to create signature structure");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- out = BIO_new(BIO_s_mem());
- PEM_write_bio_PKCS7(out, p7);
- *signature_len = BIO_get_mem_data(out, &tmp_sig);
- *signature = xmalloc(*signature_len);
- memcpy(*signature, tmp_sig, *signature_len);
- BIO_free_all(out);
-
- PKCS7_free(p7);
-
- status = 0;
-
-cleanup:
- sk_X509_free(c);
- sk_X509_free(cert_chain);
- EVP_PKEY_free(private_key);
- BIO_free(in);
-
- return status;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-.\" $NetBSD: pkg_install.conf.5.in,v 1.14 2010/06/16 23:02:49 joerg Exp $
-.\"
-.\" Copyright (c) 2008, 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
-.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
-.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
-.\" by Thomas Klausner.
-.\"
-.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-.\" are met:
-.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-.\"
-.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
-.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
-.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
-.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.Dd June 16, 2010
-.Dt PKG_INSTALL.CONF 5
-.Os
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm pkg_install.conf
-.Nd configuration file for package installation tools
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The file
-.Nm
-contains system defaults for the package installation tools
-as a list of variable-value pairs.
-Each line has the format
-.Ev VARIABLE=VALUE .
-If the value consists of more than one line, each line is prefixed with
-.Ev VARIABLE= .
-.Pp
-The current value of a variable can be checked by running
-.Dl Ic pkg_admin config-var VARIABLE
-.Pp
-Some variables are overriden by environmental variables of the same name.
-Those are marked by (*).
-.Pp
-The following variables are supported:
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Dv ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
-List of licenses packages are allowed to carry.
-License names are case-sensitive.
-.It Dv ACTIVE_FTP
-Force the use of active FTP.
-.It Dv CACHE_INDEX
-Cache directory listenings in memory.
-This avoids retransfers of the large directory index for HTTP and is
-enabled by default.
-.It Dv CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS
-Path to the file containing the certificates used for validating
-binary packages.
-A package is trusted when a certificate chain ends in one of the
-certificates contained in this file.
-The certificates must be PEM-encoded.
-.It Dv CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGVULN
-Analogous to
-.Dv CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS .
-The
-.Pa pkg-vulnerabilities
-is trusted when a certificate chain ends in one of the certificates
-contained in this file.
-.It Dv CERTIFICATE_CHAIN
-Path to a file containing additional certificates that can be used
-for completing certificate chains when validating binary packages or
-pkg-vulnerabilities files.
-.It Dv CHECK_LICENSE
-Check the license conditions of packages before installing them.
-Supported values are:
-.Bl -tag -width interactiveXX
-.It Dv no
-The check is not performed.
-.It Dv yes
-The check is performed if the package has license conditions set.
-.It Dv always
-Passing the license check is required.
-Missing license conditions are considered an error.
-.El
-.It Dv CHECK_END_OF_FILE
-During vulnerability checks, consider packages that have reached end-of-life
-as vulnerable.
-This option is enabled by default.
-.It Dv CHECK_VULNERABILITIES
-Check for vulnerabilities when installing packages.
-Supported values are:
-.Bl -tag -width interactiveXX
-.It Dv never
-No check is performed.
-.It Dv always
-Passing the vulnerability check is required.
-A missing pkg-vulnerabilities file is considered an error.
-.It Dv interactive
-The user is always asked to confirm installation of vulnerable packages.
-.El
-.It Dv CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS
-Limit the global connection cache to this value.
-For FTP this is the number of sessions without active command.
-For HTTP this is the number of connections open with keep-alive.
-.It Dv CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS_HOST
-Like
-.Dv CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS ,
-but limit the number of connections to the host as well.
-See
-.Xr fetch 3
-for further details
-.It Dv DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
-List of common Free and Open Source licenses packages are allowed to carry.
-The default value contains all OSI approved licenses in pkgsrc on the date
-pkg_install was released.
-License names are case-sensitive.
-.It Dv GPG
-Path to
-.Xr gpg 1 ,
-which can be used to verify the signature in the
-.Pa pkg-vulnerabilities
-file when running
-.Dl Ic pkg_admin check-pkg-vulnerabilities -s
-or
-.Dl Ic pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities -s
-It can also be used to verify and sign binary packages.
-.It Dv GPG_KEYRING_PKGVULN
-Non-default keyring to use for verifying GPG signatures of
-.Pa pkg-vulnerabilities .
-.It Dv GPG_KEYRING_SIGN
-Non-default keyring to use for signing packages with GPG.
-.It Dv GPG_KEYRING_VERIFY
-Non-default keyring to use for verifying GPG signature of packages.
-.It Dv GPG_SIGN_AS
-User-id to use for signing packages.
-.It Dv IGNORE_PROXY
-Use direct connections and ignore
-.Ev FTP_PROXY
-and
-.Ev HTTP_PROXY .
-.It Dv IGNORE_URL
-One line per advisory which should be ignored when running
-.Dl Ic pkg_admin audit
-The URL from the
-.Pa pkg-vulnerabilities
-file should be used as value.
-.It Dv PKG_DBDIR (*)
-Location of the packages database.
-This option is always overriden by the argument of the
-.Fl K
-option.
-.It Dv PKG_PATH (*)
-Search path for packages.
-The entries are separated by semicolon.
-Each entry specifies a directory or URL to search for packages.
-.It Dv PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR (*)
-Location of the package reference counts database directory.
-The default value is
-.Pa ${PKG_DBDIR}.refcount .
-.It Dv PKGVULNDIR
-Directory name in which the
-.Pa pkg-vulnerabilities
-file resides.
-Default is
-.Pa ${PKG_DBDIR} .
-.It Dv PKGVULNURL
-URL which is used for updating the local
-.Pa pkg-vulnerabilities
-file when running
-.Dl Ic pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities
-The default location is ftp.NetBSD.org using HTTP.
-.Em Note :
-Usually, only the compression type should be changed.
-Currently supported are uncompressed files and files compressed by
-.Xr bzip2 1
-.Pq Pa .bz2
-or
-.Xr gzip 1
-.Pq Pa .gz .
-.It Dv VERBOSE_NETIO
-Log details of network IO to stderr.
-.It Dv VERIFIED_INSTALLATION
-Set trust level used when installation.
-Supported values are:
-.Bl -tag -width interactiveXX
-.It Dv never
-No signature checks are performed.
-.It Dv always
-A valid signature is required.
-If the binary package can not be verified, the installation is terminated
-.It Dv trusted
-A valid signature is required.
-If the binary package can not be verified, the user is asked interactively.
-.It Dv interactive
-The user is always asked interactively when installing a package.
-.El
-.El
-.Sh FILES
-.Bl -tag -width ".Pa @SYSCONFDIR@/pkg_install.conf"
-.It Pa @SYSCONFDIR@/pkg_install.conf
-Default location for the file described in this manual page.
-.El
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr pkg_add 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_admin 1
-.Xr pkg_create 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_delete 1 ,
-.Xr pkg_info 1
+++ /dev/null
-PKG_INSTALL.CONF(5) NetBSD File Formats Manual PKG_INSTALL.CONF(5)
-
-N\bNA\bAM\bME\bE
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bns\bst\bta\bal\bll\bl.\b.c\bco\bon\bnf\bf -- configuration file for package installation tools
-
-D\bDE\bES\bSC\bCR\bRI\bIP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN
- The file p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bns\bst\bta\bal\bll\bl.\b.c\bco\bon\bnf\bf contains system defaults for the package
- installation tools as a list of variable-value pairs. Each line has the
- format VARIABLE=VALUE. If the value consists of more than one line, each
- line is prefixed with VARIABLE=.
-
- The current value of a variable can be checked by running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bg-\b-v\bva\bar\br V\bVA\bAR\bRI\bIA\bAB\bBL\bLE\bE
-
- Some variables are overriden by environmental variables of the same name.
- Those are marked by (*).
-
- The following variables are supported:
-
- ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
- List of licenses packages are allowed to carry. License names
- are case-sensitive.
-
- ACTIVE_FTP
- Force the use of active FTP.
-
- CACHE_INDEX
- Cache directory listenings in memory. This avoids retransfers of
- the large directory index for HTTP and is enabled by default.
-
- CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS
- Path to the file containing the certificates used for validating
- binary packages. A package is trusted when a certificate chain
- ends in one of the certificates contained in this file. The cer-
- tificates must be PEM-encoded.
-
- CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGVULN
- Analogous to CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS. The _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs is
- trusted when a certificate chain ends in one of the certificates
- contained in this file.
-
- CERTIFICATE_CHAIN
- Path to a file containing additional certificates that can be
- used for completing certificate chains when validating binary
- packages or pkg-vulnerabilities files.
-
- CHECK_LICENSE
- Check the license conditions of packages before installing them.
- Supported values are:
-
- no The check is not performed.
-
- yes The check is performed if the package has license
- conditions set.
-
- always Passing the license check is required. Missing
- license conditions are considered an error.
-
- CHECK_END_OF_FILE
- During vulnerability checks, consider packages that have reached
- end-of-life as vulnerable. This option is enabled by default.
-
- CHECK_VULNERABILITIES
- Check for vulnerabilities when installing packages. Supported
- values are:
-
- never No check is performed.
-
- always Passing the vulnerability check is required. A
- missing pkg-vulnerabilities file is considered an
- error.
-
- interactive The user is always asked to confirm installation
- of vulnerable packages.
-
- CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS
- Limit the global connection cache to this value. For FTP this is
- the number of sessions without active command. For HTTP this is
- the number of connections open with keep-alive.
-
- CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS_HOST
- Like CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS, but limit the number of connec-
- tions to the host as well. See fetch(3) for further details
-
- DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
- List of common Free and Open Source licenses packages are allowed
- to carry. The default value contains all OSI approved licenses
- in pkgsrc on the date pkg_install was released. License names
- are case-sensitive.
-
- GPG Path to gpg(1), which can be used to verify the signature in the
- _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file when running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bk-\b-p\bpk\bkg\bg-\b-v\bvu\bul\bln\bne\ber\bra\bab\bbi\bil\bli\bit\bti\bie\bes\bs -\b-s\bs
- or
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn f\bfe\bet\btc\bch\bh-\b-p\bpk\bkg\bg-\b-v\bvu\bul\bln\bne\ber\bra\bab\bbi\bil\bli\bit\bti\bie\bes\bs -\b-s\bs
- It can also be used to verify and sign binary packages.
-
- GPG_KEYRING_PKGVULN
- Non-default keyring to use for verifying GPG signatures of
- _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs.
-
- GPG_KEYRING_SIGN
- Non-default keyring to use for signing packages with GPG.
-
- GPG_KEYRING_VERIFY
- Non-default keyring to use for verifying GPG signature of pack-
- ages.
-
- GPG_SIGN_AS
- User-id to use for signing packages.
-
- IGNORE_PROXY
- Use direct connections and ignore FTP_PROXY and HTTP_PROXY.
-
- IGNORE_URL
- One line per advisory which should be ignored when running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn a\bau\bud\bdi\bit\bt
- The URL from the _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file should be used as
- value.
-
- PKG_DBDIR (*)
- Location of the packages database. This option is always overri-
- den by the argument of the -\b-K\bK option.
-
- PKG_PATH (*)
- Search path for packages. The entries are separated by semi-
- colon. Each entry specifies a directory or URL to search for
- packages.
-
- PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR (*)
- Location of the package reference counts database directory. The
- default value is _\b$_\b{_\bP_\bK_\bG_\b__\bD_\bB_\bD_\bI_\bR_\b}_\b._\br_\be_\bf_\bc_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bt.
-
- PKGVULNDIR
- Directory name in which the _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file resides.
- Default is _\b$_\b{_\bP_\bK_\bG_\b__\bD_\bB_\bD_\bI_\bR_\b}.
-
- PKGVULNURL
- URL which is used for updating the local _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file
- when running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn f\bfe\bet\btc\bch\bh-\b-p\bpk\bkg\bg-\b-v\bvu\bul\bln\bne\ber\bra\bab\bbi\bil\bli\bit\bti\bie\bes\bs
- The default location is ftp.NetBSD.org using HTTP. _\bN_\bo_\bt_\be: Usu-
- ally, only the compression type should be changed. Currently
- supported are uncompressed files and files compressed by bzip2(1)
- (_\b._\bb_\bz_\b2) or gzip(1) (_\b._\bg_\bz).
-
- VERBOSE_NETIO
- Log details of network IO to stderr.
-
- VERIFIED_INSTALLATION
- Set trust level used when installation. Supported values are:
-
- never No signature checks are performed.
-
- always A valid signature is required. If the binary
- package can not be verified, the installation is
- terminated
-
- trusted A valid signature is required. If the binary
- package can not be verified, the user is asked
- interactively.
-
- interactive The user is always asked interactively when
- installing a package.
-
-F\bFI\bIL\bLE\bES\bS
- /etc/pkg_install.conf Default location for the file described in
- this manual page.
-
-S\bSE\bEE\bE A\bAL\bLS\bSO\bO
- pkg_add(1), pkg_admin(1) pkg_create(1), pkg_delete(1), pkg_info(1)
-
-NetBSD 5.0 June 16, 2010 NetBSD 5.0
+++ /dev/null
-PKG_INSTALL.CONF(5) NetBSD File Formats Manual PKG_INSTALL.CONF(5)
-
-N\bNA\bAM\bME\bE
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bns\bst\bta\bal\bll\bl.\b.c\bco\bon\bnf\bf -- configuration file for package installation tools
-
-D\bDE\bES\bSC\bCR\bRI\bIP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN
- The file p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_i\bin\bns\bst\bta\bal\bll\bl.\b.c\bco\bon\bnf\bf contains system defaults for the package
- installation tools as a list of variable-value pairs. Each line has the
- format VARIABLE=VALUE. If the value consists of more than one line, each
- line is prefixed with VARIABLE=.
-
- The current value of a variable can be checked by running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bg-\b-v\bva\bar\br V\bVA\bAR\bRI\bIA\bAB\bBL\bLE\bE
-
- Some variables are overriden by environmental variables of the same name.
- Those are marked by (*).
-
- The following variables are supported:
-
- ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
- List of licenses packages are allowed to carry. License names
- are case-sensitive.
-
- ACTIVE_FTP
- Force the use of active FTP.
-
- CACHE_INDEX
- Cache directory listenings in memory. This avoids retransfers of
- the large directory index for HTTP and is enabled by default.
-
- CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS
- Path to the file containing the certificates used for validating
- binary packages. A package is trusted when a certificate chain
- ends in one of the certificates contained in this file. The cer-
- tificates must be PEM-encoded.
-
- CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGVULN
- Analogous to CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS. The _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs is
- trusted when a certificate chain ends in one of the certificates
- contained in this file.
-
- CERTIFICATE_CHAIN
- Path to a file containing additional certificates that can be
- used for completing certificate chains when validating binary
- packages or pkg-vulnerabilities files.
-
- CHECK_LICENSE
- Check the license conditions of packages before installing them.
- Supported values are:
-
- no The check is not performed.
-
- yes The check is performed if the package has license
- conditions set.
-
- always Passing the license check is required. Missing
- license conditions are considered an error.
-
- CHECK_END_OF_FILE
- During vulnerability checks, consider packages that have reached
- end-of-life as vulnerable. This option is enabled by default.
-
- CHECK_VULNERABILITIES
- Check for vulnerabilities when installing packages. Supported
- values are:
-
- never No check is performed.
-
- always Passing the vulnerability check is required. A
- missing pkg-vulnerabilities file is considered an
- error.
-
- interactive The user is always asked to confirm installation
- of vulnerable packages.
-
- CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS
- Limit the global connection cache to this value. For FTP this is
- the number of sessions without active command. For HTTP this is
- the number of connections open with keep-alive.
-
- CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS_HOST
- Like CONFIG_CACHE_CONNECTIONS, but limit the number of connec-
- tions to the host as well. See fetch(3) for further details
-
- DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES
- List of common Free and Open Source licenses packages are allowed
- to carry. The default value contains all OSI approved licenses
- in pkgsrc on the date pkg_install was released. License names
- are case-sensitive.
-
- GPG Path to gpg(1), which can be used to verify the signature in the
- _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file when running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn c\bch\bhe\bec\bck\bk-\b-p\bpk\bkg\bg-\b-v\bvu\bul\bln\bne\ber\bra\bab\bbi\bil\bli\bit\bti\bie\bes\bs -\b-s\bs
- or
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn f\bfe\bet\btc\bch\bh-\b-p\bpk\bkg\bg-\b-v\bvu\bul\bln\bne\ber\bra\bab\bbi\bil\bli\bit\bti\bie\bes\bs -\b-s\bs
- It can also be used to verify and sign binary packages.
-
- GPG_KEYRING_PKGVULN
- Non-default keyring to use for verifying GPG signatures of
- _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs.
-
- GPG_KEYRING_SIGN
- Non-default keyring to use for signing packages with GPG.
-
- GPG_KEYRING_VERIFY
- Non-default keyring to use for verifying GPG signature of pack-
- ages.
-
- GPG_SIGN_AS
- User-id to use for signing packages.
-
- IGNORE_PROXY
- Use direct connections and ignore FTP_PROXY and HTTP_PROXY.
-
- IGNORE_URL
- One line per advisory which should be ignored when running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn a\bau\bud\bdi\bit\bt
- The URL from the _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file should be used as
- value.
-
- PKG_DBDIR (*)
- Location of the packages database. This option is always overri-
- den by the argument of the -\b-K\bK option.
-
- PKG_PATH (*)
- Search path for packages. The entries are separated by semi-
- colon. Each entry specifies a directory or URL to search for
- packages.
-
- PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR (*)
- Location of the package reference counts database directory. The
- default value is _\b$_\b{_\bP_\bK_\bG_\b__\bD_\bB_\bD_\bI_\bR_\b}_\b._\br_\be_\bf_\bc_\bo_\bu_\bn_\bt.
-
- PKGVULNDIR
- Directory name in which the _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file resides.
- Default is _\b$_\b{_\bP_\bK_\bG_\b__\bD_\bB_\bD_\bI_\bR_\b}.
-
- PKGVULNURL
- URL which is used for updating the local _\bp_\bk_\bg_\b-_\bv_\bu_\bl_\bn_\be_\br_\ba_\bb_\bi_\bl_\bi_\bt_\bi_\be_\bs file
- when running
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_a\bad\bdm\bmi\bin\bn f\bfe\bet\btc\bch\bh-\b-p\bpk\bkg\bg-\b-v\bvu\bul\bln\bne\ber\bra\bab\bbi\bil\bli\bit\bti\bie\bes\bs
- The default location is ftp.NetBSD.org using HTTP. _\bN_\bo_\bt_\be: Usu-
- ally, only the compression type should be changed. Currently
- supported are uncompressed files and files compressed by bzip2(1)
- (_\b._\bb_\bz_\b2) or gzip(1) (_\b._\bg_\bz).
-
- VERBOSE_NETIO
- Log details of network IO to stderr.
-
- VERIFIED_INSTALLATION
- Set trust level used when installation. Supported values are:
-
- never No signature checks are performed.
-
- always A valid signature is required. If the binary
- package can not be verified, the installation is
- terminated
-
- trusted A valid signature is required. If the binary
- package can not be verified, the user is asked
- interactively.
-
- interactive The user is always asked interactively when
- installing a package.
-
-F\bFI\bIL\bLE\bES\bS
- @SYSCONFDIR@/pkg_install.conf Default location for the file described in
- this manual page.
-
-S\bSE\bEE\bE A\bAL\bLS\bSO\bO
- pkg_add(1), pkg_admin(1) pkg_create(1), pkg_delete(1), pkg_info(1)
-
-NetBSD 5.0 June 16, 2010 NetBSD 5.0
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: pkg_io.c,v 1.11 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $ */
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: pkg_io.c,v 1.11 2010/04/20 00:39:13 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#include <archive.h>
-#include <archive_entry.h>
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#include <fetch.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-struct pkg_path {
- TAILQ_ENTRY(pkg_path) pl_link;
- char *pl_path;
-};
-
-static char *orig_cwd, *last_toplevel;
-static TAILQ_HEAD(, pkg_path) pkg_path = TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(pkg_path);
-
-struct fetch_archive {
- struct url *url;
- fetchIO *fetch;
- char buffer[32768];
- off_t size;
- int restart;
-};
-
-static int
-fetch_archive_open(struct archive *a, void *client_data)
-{
- struct fetch_archive *f = client_data;
- struct url_stat us;
-
- f->fetch = fetchXGet(f->url, &us, fetch_flags);
- if (f->fetch == NULL)
- return ENOENT;
- f->size = us.size;
- f->restart = 1;
- f->url->offset = 0;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static ssize_t
-fetch_archive_read(struct archive *a, void *client_data,
- const void **buffer)
-{
- struct fetch_archive *f = client_data;
- struct url_stat us;
- ssize_t rv;
-
- *buffer = f->buffer;
- rv = fetchIO_read(f->fetch, f->buffer, sizeof(f->buffer));
- if (rv > 0) {
- f->url->offset += rv;
- return rv;
- }
- if (f->restart == 0)
- return rv;
- if (rv == 0) {
- if (f->size == -1)
- return 0;
- if (f->url->offset == f->size)
- return 0;
- }
- f->restart = 0;
- if (1) {
- char *url = fetchStringifyURL(f->url);
- fprintf(stderr, "Trying to reconnect %s\n", url);
- free(url);
- }
- fetchIO_close(f->fetch);
- f->fetch = fetchXGet(f->url, &us, fetch_flags);
- if (f->fetch == NULL)
- return -1;
- if (us.size != f->size)
- return -1;
- rv = fetchIO_read(f->fetch, f->buffer, sizeof(f->buffer));
- if (rv > 0)
- f->url->offset += rv;
- return rv;
-}
-
-static int
-fetch_archive_close(struct archive *a, void *client_data)
-{
- struct fetch_archive *f = client_data;
-
- if (f->fetch != NULL)
- fetchIO_close(f->fetch);
- fetchFreeURL(f->url);
- free(f);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static struct archive *
-open_archive_by_url(struct url *url, char **archive_name)
-{
- struct fetch_archive *f;
- struct archive *a;
-
- f = xmalloc(sizeof(*f));
- f->url = fetchCopyURL(url);
-
- *archive_name = fetchStringifyURL(url);
-
- a = archive_read_new();
- archive_read_support_compression_all(a);
- archive_read_support_format_all(a);
- if (archive_read_open(a, f, fetch_archive_open, fetch_archive_read,
- fetch_archive_close)) {
- free(*archive_name);
- *archive_name = NULL;
- archive_read_finish(a);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return a;
-}
-
-struct archive *
-open_archive(const char *url, char **archive_name)
-{
- struct url *u;
- struct archive *a;
-
- *archive_name = NULL;
-
- if (!IS_URL(url)) {
- a = archive_read_new();
- archive_read_support_compression_all(a);
- archive_read_support_format_all(a);
- if (archive_read_open_filename(a, url, 1024)) {
- archive_read_close(a);
- return NULL;
- }
- *archive_name = xstrdup(url);
- return a;
- }
-
- if ((u = fetchParseURL(url)) == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- a = open_archive_by_url(u, archive_name);
-
- fetchFreeURL(u);
- return a;
-}
-
-static int
-strip_suffix(char *filename)
-{
- size_t len;
-
- len = strlen(filename);
- if (len <= 4)
- return 0;
- if (strcmp(filename + len - 4, ".tgz") == 0 ||
- strcmp(filename + len - 4, ".tbz") == 0) {
- filename[len - 4] = '\0';
- return 1;
- } else
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-find_best_package_int(struct url *url, const char *pattern,
- struct url **best_url)
-{
- char *cur_match, *url_pattern, *best_match = NULL;
- struct url_list ue;
- size_t i;
-
- if (*best_url) {
- if ((best_match = fetchUnquoteFilename(*best_url)) == NULL)
- return -1;
- } else
- best_match = NULL;
-
- if (best_match && strip_suffix(best_match) == 0) {
- free(best_match);
- return -1;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; pattern[i] != '\0'; ++i) {
- if (!isalnum((unsigned char)(pattern[i])) &&
- (pattern[i]) != '-')
- break;
- }
- url_pattern = xasprintf("%*.*s*", (int)i, (int)i, pattern);
-
- fetchInitURLList(&ue);
- if (fetchList(&ue, url, url_pattern, fetch_flags)) {
- char *base_url;
- base_url = fetchStringifyURL(url);
- warnx("Can't process %s/%s: %s", base_url, url_pattern,
- fetchLastErrString);
- free(base_url);
- free(url_pattern);
- fetchFreeURLList(&ue);
- return -1;
- }
- free(url_pattern);
-
- for (i = 0; i < ue.length; ++i) {
- cur_match = fetchUnquoteFilename(ue.urls + i);
-
- if (cur_match == NULL) {
- free(best_match);
- fetchFreeURLList(&ue);
- return -1;
- }
- if (strip_suffix(cur_match) == 0) {
- free(cur_match);
- continue;
- }
- if (pkg_order(pattern, cur_match, best_match) == 1) {
- if (*best_url)
- fetchFreeURL(*best_url);
- *best_url = fetchCopyURL(ue.urls + i);
- free(best_match);
- best_match = cur_match;
- cur_match = NULL;
- if (*best_url == NULL) {
- free(best_match);
- return -1;
- }
- }
- free(cur_match);
- }
- free(best_match);
- fetchFreeURLList(&ue);
- return 0;
-}
-
-void
-process_pkg_path(void)
-{
- char cwd[PATH_MAX];
- int relative_path;
- struct pkg_path *pl;
- const char *start, *next;
- size_t len;
-
- if (getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "getcwd failed");
-
- orig_cwd = xstrdup(cwd);
-
- if (config_pkg_path == NULL)
- return;
-
- for (start = config_pkg_path; *start; start = next) {
- len = strcspn(start, ";");
- if (*(next = start + len) != '\0')
- ++next;
-
- relative_path = !IS_FULLPATH(start) && !IS_URL(start);
- pl = xmalloc(sizeof(*pl));
- pl->pl_path = xasprintf("%s%s%*.*s",
- relative_path ? cwd : "", len && relative_path ? "/" : "",
- (int)len, (int)len, start);
- TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&pkg_path, pl, pl_link);
- }
-}
-
-struct url *
-find_best_package(const char *toplevel, const char *pattern, int do_path)
-{
- struct url *url, *best_match = NULL;
- struct pkg_path *pl;
-
- if (toplevel) {
- url = fetchParseURL(last_toplevel);
- if (url != NULL) {
- find_best_package_int(url, pattern, &best_match);
- /* XXX Check return value and complain */
- fetchFreeURL(url);
- }
- }
- if (!do_path)
- return best_match;
-
- TAILQ_FOREACH(pl, &pkg_path, pl_link) {
- url = fetchParseURL(pl->pl_path);
- if (url != NULL) {
- find_best_package_int(url, pattern, &best_match);
- /* XXX Check return value and complain */
- fetchFreeURL(url);
- }
- }
-
- return best_match;
-}
-
-struct archive *
-find_archive(const char *fname, int top_level, char **archive_name)
-{
- struct archive *a;
- struct url *best_match;
- char *full_fname, *last_slash;
- int search_path;
-
- search_path = 0;
- if (IS_FULLPATH(fname) || IS_URL(fname)) {
- full_fname = xstrdup(fname);
- } else {
- if (strchr(fname, '/') == NULL)
- search_path = 1;
- full_fname = xasprintf("%s/%s", orig_cwd, fname);
- }
-
- last_slash = strrchr(full_fname, '/');
- if (top_level) {
- free(last_toplevel);
- *last_slash = '\0';
- last_toplevel = xstrdup(full_fname);
- *last_slash = '/';
- }
-
- a = open_archive(full_fname, archive_name);
- if (a != NULL) {
- free(full_fname);
- return a;
- }
-
- fname = last_slash + 1;
- *last_slash = '\0';
-
- best_match = find_best_package(full_fname, fname, 0);
-
- if (search_path && best_match == NULL)
- best_match = find_best_package(last_toplevel, fname, 1);
-
- free(full_fname);
-
- if (best_match == NULL)
- return NULL;
- a = open_archive_by_url(best_match, archive_name);
- fetchFreeURL(best_match);
- return a;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: pkg_signature.c,v 1.10 2010/02/20 04:40:03 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: pkg_signature.c,v 1.10 2010/02/20 04:40:03 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#if defined(NETBSD)
-#include <sha2.h>
-#elif defined(__minix)
-#include <minix/sha2.h>
-#else
-#include <nbcompat/sha2.h>
-#endif
-#include <signal.h>
-#if defined(NETBSD) || defined(__minix)
-#include <unistd.h>
-#else
-#include <nbcompat/unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <archive.h>
-#include <archive_entry.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-#define HASH_FNAME "+PKG_HASH"
-#define SIGNATURE_FNAME "+PKG_SIGNATURE"
-#define GPG_SIGNATURE_FNAME "+PKG_GPG_SIGNATURE"
-
-struct signature_archive {
- struct archive *archive;
- off_t pkg_size;
- size_t sign_block_len, sign_block_number, sign_cur_block;
- char **sign_blocks;
- unsigned char *sign_buf;
-};
-
-static void
-hash_block(unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len,
- char hash[SHA512_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH])
-{
- unsigned char digest[SHA512_DIGEST_LENGTH];
- SHA512_CTX hash_ctx;
- int i;
-
- SHA512_Init(&hash_ctx);
- SHA512_Update(&hash_ctx, buf, buf_len);
- SHA512_Final(digest, &hash_ctx);
- for (i = 0; i < SHA512_DIGEST_LENGTH; ++i) {
- unsigned char c;
-
- c = digest[i] / 16;
- if (c < 10)
- hash[2 * i] = '0' + c;
- else
- hash[2 * i] = 'a' - 10 + c;
-
- c = digest[i] % 16;
- if (c < 10)
- hash[2 * i + 1] = '0' + c;
- else
- hash[2 * i + 1] = 'a' - 10 + c;
- }
- hash[2 * i] = '\0';
-}
-
-static ssize_t
-verify_signature_read_cb(struct archive *archive, void *cookie, const void **buf)
-{
- struct signature_archive *state = cookie;
- char hash[SHA512_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH];
- ssize_t len, expected;
-
- if (state->sign_cur_block >= state->sign_block_number)
- return 0;
-
- /* The following works for sign_block_len > 1 */
- if (state->sign_cur_block + 1 == state->sign_block_number)
- expected = state->pkg_size % state->sign_block_len;
- else
- expected = state->sign_block_len;
-
- len = archive_read_data(state->archive, state->sign_buf, expected);
- if (len != expected) {
- warnx("Short read from package");
- return -1;
- }
-
- hash_block(state->sign_buf, len, hash);
-
- if (strcmp(hash, state->sign_blocks[state->sign_cur_block]) != 0) {
-#ifndef __minix
- warnx("Invalid signature of block %llu",
- (unsigned long long)state->sign_cur_block);
-#else
- warnx("Invalid signature of block %lu",
- (unsigned long)state->sign_cur_block);
-#endif
- return -1;
- }
- ++state->sign_cur_block;
- *buf = state->sign_buf;
- return len;
-}
-
-static void
-free_signature_int(struct signature_archive *state)
-{
- size_t i;
-
- if (state->sign_blocks != NULL) {
- for (i = 0; i < state->sign_block_number; ++i)
- free(state->sign_blocks[i]);
- }
- free(state->sign_blocks);
- free(state->sign_buf);
- free(state);
-}
-
-static int
-verify_signature_close_cb(struct archive *archive, void *cookie)
-{
- struct signature_archive *state = cookie;
-
- archive_read_finish(state->archive);
- free_signature_int(state);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-read_file_from_archive(const char *archive_name, struct archive *archive,
- struct archive_entry **entry,
- const char *fname, char **content, size_t *len)
-{
- int r;
-
- *content = NULL;
- *len = 0;
-
-retry:
- if (*entry == NULL &&
- (r = archive_read_next_header(archive, entry)) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
- if (r == ARCHIVE_FATAL) {
- warnx("Cannot read from archive `%s': %s",
- archive_name, archive_error_string(archive));
- } else {
- warnx("Premature end of archive `%s'", archive_name);
- }
- *entry = NULL;
- return -1;
- }
- if (strcmp(archive_entry_pathname(*entry), "//") == 0) {
- archive_read_data_skip(archive);
- *entry = NULL;
- goto retry;
- }
-
- if (strcmp(fname, archive_entry_pathname(*entry)) != 0)
- return 1;
-
-/*
- if (archive_entry_size(*entry) > SSIZE_MAX - 1) {
- warnx("Signature of archive `%s' too large to process",
- archive_name);
- return 1;
- }
-*/
- *len = archive_entry_size(*entry);
- *content = xmalloc(*len + 1);
-
- if (archive_read_data(archive, *content, *len) != (ssize_t)*len) {
- warnx("Cannot read complete %s from archive `%s'", fname,
- archive_name);
- free(*content);
- *len = 0;
- *content = NULL;
- return 1;
- }
- (*content)[*len] = '\0';
- *entry = NULL;
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-parse_hash_file(const char *hash_file, char **pkgname,
- struct signature_archive *state)
-{
- static const char block1[] = "pkgsrc signature\n\nversion: 1\npkgname: ";
- static const char block2[] = "algorithm: SHA512\nblock size: ";
- static const char block3[] = "file size: ";
- static const char block4[] = "end pkgsrc signature\n";
- char *next;
- size_t i, len;
-
- *pkgname = NULL;
-
- if (strncmp(hash_file, block1, strlen(block1)) != 0)
- goto cleanup;
- hash_file += strlen(block1);
-
- len = strcspn(hash_file, "\n");
- *pkgname = xmalloc(len + 1);
- memcpy(*pkgname, hash_file, len);
- (*pkgname)[len] = '\0';
- for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
- if (!isgraph((unsigned char)(*pkgname)[i]))
- goto cleanup;
- }
- hash_file += len + 1;
-
- if (strncmp(hash_file, block2, strlen(block2)) != 0)
- goto cleanup;
- hash_file += strlen(block2);
-
- errno = 0;
- if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*hash_file))
- goto cleanup;
- state->sign_block_len = strtoul(hash_file, &next, 10);
- hash_file = next;
-
- /* Assert sane minimum block size of 1KB */
- if (*hash_file++ != '\n' || errno == ERANGE || state->sign_block_len < 1024)
- goto cleanup;
-
- if (strncmp(hash_file, block3, strlen(block3)) != 0)
- goto cleanup;
- hash_file += strlen(block3);
-
- errno = 0;
- if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*hash_file))
- goto cleanup;
-#ifndef __minix
- if (/* CONSTCOND */sizeof(off_t) >= sizeof(long long))
- state->pkg_size = strtoll(hash_file, &next, 10);
- else
- state->pkg_size = strtol(hash_file, &next, 10);
-#else
- state->pkg_size = strtol(hash_file, &next, 10);
-#endif
- hash_file = next;
- if (*hash_file++ != '\n' || errno == ERANGE || state->pkg_size < 1)
- goto cleanup;
-
- if (*hash_file++ != '\n')
- goto cleanup;
-
- if (state->pkg_size / state->sign_block_len > SSIZE_MAX)
- goto cleanup;
- state->sign_block_number = (state->pkg_size +
- state->sign_block_len - 1) / state->sign_block_len;
-
- state->sign_buf = xmalloc(state->sign_block_len);
- state->sign_blocks = xcalloc(state->sign_block_number, sizeof(char *));
-
- for (i = 0; i < state->sign_block_number; ++i) {
- len = strspn(hash_file, "01234567889abcdef");
- if (len != SHA512_DIGEST_LENGTH * 2 || hash_file[len] != '\n')
- goto cleanup_hashes;
- state->sign_blocks[i] = xmalloc(len + 1);
- memcpy(state->sign_blocks[i], hash_file, len);
- state->sign_blocks[i][len] = '\0';
- hash_file += len + 1;
- }
-
- if (strcmp(hash_file, block4) != 0)
- goto cleanup_hashes;
-
- return 0;
-
-cleanup_hashes:
- for (i = 0; i < state->sign_block_number; ++i)
- free(state->sign_blocks[i]);
- free(state->sign_blocks);
- state->sign_blocks = NULL;
-
-cleanup:
- warnx("Unknown format of hash file");
- free(*pkgname);
- *pkgname = NULL;
- return -1;
-}
-
-int
-pkg_verify_signature(const char *archive_name, struct archive **archive,
- struct archive_entry **entry, char **pkgname)
-{
- struct signature_archive *state;
- struct archive_entry *my_entry;
- struct archive *a;
- char *hash_file, *signature_file;
- size_t hash_len, signature_len;
- int r, has_sig;
-
- *pkgname = NULL;
-
- state = xmalloc(sizeof(*state));
- state->sign_blocks = NULL;
- state->sign_buf = NULL;
- state->archive = NULL;
-
- r = read_file_from_archive(archive_name, *archive, entry, HASH_FNAME,
- &hash_file, &hash_len);
- if (r == -1) {
- archive_read_finish(*archive);
- *archive = NULL;
- free(state);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- } else if (r == 1) {
- free(state);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- }
-
- if (parse_hash_file(hash_file, pkgname, state))
- goto no_valid_signature;
-
- r = read_file_from_archive(archive_name, *archive, entry, SIGNATURE_FNAME,
- &signature_file, &signature_len);
- if (r == -1) {
- archive_read_finish(*archive);
- *archive = NULL;
- free(state);
- free(hash_file);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- } else if (r != 0) {
- if (*entry != NULL)
- r = read_file_from_archive(archive_name, *archive,
- entry, GPG_SIGNATURE_FNAME,
- &signature_file, &signature_len);
- if (r == -1) {
- archive_read_finish(*archive);
- *archive = NULL;
- free(state);
- free(hash_file);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- } else if (r != 0) {
- free(hash_file);
- free(state);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- }
- has_sig = !detached_gpg_verify(hash_file, hash_len,
- signature_file, signature_len, gpg_keyring_verify);
-
- free(signature_file);
- } else {
-#ifdef HAVE_SSL
- has_sig = !easy_pkcs7_verify(hash_file, hash_len, signature_file,
- signature_len, certs_packages, 1);
-
- free(signature_file);
-#else
- warnx("No OpenSSL support compiled in, skipping signature");
- has_sig = 0;
- free(signature_file);
-#endif
- }
-
- r = archive_read_next_header(*archive, &my_entry);
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK) {
- warnx("Cannot read inner package: %s",
- archive_error_string(*archive));
- free_signature_int(state);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- }
-
- if (archive_entry_size(my_entry) != state->pkg_size) {
- warnx("Package size doesn't match signature");
- free_signature_int(state);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- }
-
- state->archive = *archive;
-
- a = archive_read_new();
- archive_read_support_compression_all(a);
- archive_read_support_format_all(a);
- if (archive_read_open(a, state, NULL, verify_signature_read_cb,
- verify_signature_close_cb)) {
- warnx("Can't open signed package file");
- archive_read_finish(a);
- goto no_valid_signature;
- }
- *archive = a;
- *entry = NULL;
-
- return has_sig ? 0 : -1;
-
-no_valid_signature:
- return -1;
-}
-
-int
-pkg_full_signature_check(const char *archive_name, struct archive **archive)
-{
- struct archive_entry *entry = NULL;
- char *pkgname;
- int r;
-
- if (pkg_verify_signature(archive_name, archive, &entry, &pkgname))
- return -1;
- if (pkgname == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- /* XXX read PLIST and compare pkgname */
- while ((r = archive_read_next_header(*archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK)
- archive_read_data_skip(*archive);
-
- free(pkgname);
- return r == ARCHIVE_EOF ? 0 : -1;
-}
-
-static char *
-extract_pkgname(int fd)
-{
- package_t plist;
- plist_t *p;
- struct archive *a;
- struct archive_entry *entry;
- char *buf;
- ssize_t len;
- int r;
-
- a = archive_read_new();
- archive_read_support_compression_all(a);
- archive_read_support_format_all(a);
- if (archive_read_open_fd(a, fd, 1024)) {
- warnx("Cannot open binary package: %s",
- archive_error_string(a));
- archive_read_finish(a);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- r = archive_read_next_header(a, &entry);
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK) {
- warnx("Cannot extract package name: %s",
- r == ARCHIVE_EOF ? "EOF" : archive_error_string(a));
- archive_read_finish(a);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (strcmp(archive_entry_pathname(entry), "+CONTENTS") != 0) {
- warnx("Invalid binary package, doesn't start with +CONTENTS");
- archive_read_finish(a);
- return NULL;
- }
-/*
- if (archive_entry_size(entry) > SSIZE_MAX - 1) {
- warnx("+CONTENTS too large to process");
- archive_read_finish(a);
- return NULL;
- }
-*/
- len = archive_entry_size(entry);
- buf = xmalloc(len + 1);
-
- if (archive_read_data(a, buf, len) != len) {
- warnx("Short read when extracing +CONTENTS");
- free(buf);
- archive_read_finish(a);
- return NULL;
- }
- buf[len] = '\0';
-
- archive_read_finish(a);
-
- parse_plist(&plist, buf);
- free(buf);
- p = find_plist(&plist, PLIST_NAME);
- if (p != NULL) {
- buf = xstrdup(p->name);
- } else {
- warnx("Invalid PLIST: missing @name");
- buf = NULL;
- }
- free_plist(&plist);
-
- if (lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0) {
- warn("Cannot seek in archive");
- free(buf);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return buf;
-}
-
-#ifndef __minix
-static const char hash_template[] =
-"pkgsrc signature\n"
-"\n"
-"version: 1\n"
-"pkgname: %s\n"
-"algorithm: SHA512\n"
-"block size: 65536\n"
-"file size: %lld\n"
-"\n";
-#else
-static const char hash_template[] =
-"pkgsrc signature\n"
-"\n"
-"version: 1\n"
-"pkgname: %s\n"
-"algorithm: SHA512\n"
-"block size: 65536\n"
-"file size: %ld\n"
-"\n";
-#endif
-
-static const char hash_trailer[] = "end pkgsrc signature\n";
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SSL
-void
-pkg_sign_x509(const char *name, const char *output, const char *key_file, const char *cert_file)
-{
- struct archive *pkg;
- struct archive_entry *entry, *hash_entry, *sign_entry;
- int fd;
- struct stat sb;
- char *hash_file, *signature_file, *tmp, *pkgname, hash[SHA512_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH];
- unsigned char block[65536];
- off_t i, size;
- size_t block_len, signature_len;
-
- if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open binary package %s", name);
- if (fstat(fd, &sb) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot stat %s", name);
-
- entry = archive_entry_new();
- archive_entry_copy_stat(entry, &sb);
-
- pkgname = extract_pkgname(fd);
- hash_file = xasprintf(hash_template, pkgname,
- (long long)archive_entry_size(entry));
- free(pkgname);
-
- for (i = 0; i < archive_entry_size(entry); i += block_len) {
- if (i + (off_t)sizeof(block) < archive_entry_size(entry))
- block_len = sizeof(block);
- else
- block_len = archive_entry_size(entry) % sizeof(block);
- if (read(fd, block, block_len) != (ssize_t)block_len)
- err(2, "short read");
- hash_block(block, block_len, hash);
- tmp = xasprintf("%s%s\n", hash_file, hash);
- free(hash_file);
- hash_file = tmp;
- }
- tmp = xasprintf("%s%s", hash_file, hash_trailer);
- free(hash_file);
- hash_file = tmp;
-
- if (easy_pkcs7_sign(hash_file, strlen(hash_file), &signature_file,
- &signature_len, key_file, cert_file))
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot sign hash file");
-
- lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
-
- sign_entry = archive_entry_clone(entry);
- hash_entry = archive_entry_clone(entry);
- pkgname = strrchr(name, '/');
- archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, pkgname != NULL ? pkgname + 1 : name);
- archive_entry_set_pathname(hash_entry, HASH_FNAME);
- archive_entry_set_pathname(sign_entry, SIGNATURE_FNAME);
- archive_entry_set_size(hash_entry, strlen(hash_file));
- archive_entry_set_size(sign_entry, signature_len);
-
- pkg = archive_write_new();
- archive_write_set_compression_none(pkg);
- archive_write_set_format_ar_bsd(pkg);
- archive_write_open_filename(pkg, output);
-
- archive_write_header(pkg, hash_entry);
- archive_write_data(pkg, hash_file, strlen(hash_file));
- archive_write_finish_entry(pkg);
- archive_entry_free(hash_entry);
-
- archive_write_header(pkg, sign_entry);
- archive_write_data(pkg, signature_file, signature_len);
- archive_write_finish_entry(pkg);
- archive_entry_free(sign_entry);
-
- size = archive_entry_size(entry);
- archive_write_header(pkg, entry);
-
- for (i = 0; i < size; i += block_len) {
- if (i + (off_t)sizeof(block) < size)
- block_len = sizeof(block);
- else
- block_len = size % sizeof(block);
- if (read(fd, block, block_len) != (ssize_t)block_len)
- err(2, "short read");
- archive_write_data(pkg, block, block_len);
- }
- archive_write_finish_entry(pkg);
- archive_entry_free(entry);
-
- archive_write_finish(pkg);
-
- close(fd);
-
- exit(0);
-}
-#endif
-
-void
-pkg_sign_gpg(const char *name, const char *output)
-{
- struct archive *pkg;
- struct archive_entry *entry, *hash_entry, *sign_entry;
- int fd;
- struct stat sb;
- char *hash_file, *signature_file, *tmp, *pkgname, hash[SHA512_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH];
- unsigned char block[65536];
- off_t i, size;
- size_t block_len, signature_len;
-
- if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open binary package %s", name);
- if (fstat(fd, &sb) == -1)
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot stat %s", name);
-
- entry = archive_entry_new();
- archive_entry_copy_stat(entry, &sb);
-
- pkgname = extract_pkgname(fd);
-#ifndef __minix
- hash_file = xasprintf(hash_template, pkgname,
- (long long)archive_entry_size(entry));
-#else
- hash_file = xasprintf(hash_template, pkgname,
- archive_entry_size(entry));
-#endif
- free(pkgname);
-
- for (i = 0; i < archive_entry_size(entry); i += block_len) {
- if (i + (off_t)sizeof(block) < archive_entry_size(entry))
- block_len = sizeof(block);
- else
- block_len = archive_entry_size(entry) % sizeof(block);
- if (read(fd, block, block_len) != (ssize_t)block_len)
- err(2, "short read");
- hash_block(block, block_len, hash);
- tmp = xasprintf("%s%s\n", hash_file, hash);
- free(hash_file);
- hash_file = tmp;
- }
- tmp = xasprintf("%s%s", hash_file, hash_trailer);
- free(hash_file);
- hash_file = tmp;
-
- if (detached_gpg_sign(hash_file, strlen(hash_file), &signature_file,
- &signature_len, gpg_keyring_sign, gpg_sign_as))
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot sign hash file");
-
- lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
-
- sign_entry = archive_entry_clone(entry);
- hash_entry = archive_entry_clone(entry);
- pkgname = strrchr(name, '/');
- archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, pkgname != NULL ? pkgname + 1 : name);
- archive_entry_set_pathname(hash_entry, HASH_FNAME);
- archive_entry_set_pathname(sign_entry, GPG_SIGNATURE_FNAME);
- archive_entry_set_size(hash_entry, strlen(hash_file));
- archive_entry_set_size(sign_entry, signature_len);
-
- pkg = archive_write_new();
- archive_write_set_compression_none(pkg);
- archive_write_set_format_ar_bsd(pkg);
- archive_write_open_filename(pkg, output);
-
- archive_write_header(pkg, hash_entry);
- archive_write_data(pkg, hash_file, strlen(hash_file));
- archive_write_finish_entry(pkg);
- archive_entry_free(hash_entry);
-
- archive_write_header(pkg, sign_entry);
- archive_write_data(pkg, signature_file, signature_len);
- archive_write_finish_entry(pkg);
- archive_entry_free(sign_entry);
-
- size = archive_entry_size(entry);
- archive_write_header(pkg, entry);
-
- for (i = 0; i < size; i += block_len) {
- if (i + (off_t)sizeof(block) < size)
- block_len = sizeof(block);
- else
- block_len = size % sizeof(block);
- if (read(fd, block, block_len) != (ssize_t)block_len)
- err(2, "short read");
- archive_write_data(pkg, block, block_len);
- }
- archive_write_finish_entry(pkg);
- archive_entry_free(entry);
-
- archive_write_finish(pkg);
-
- close(fd);
-
- exit(0);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-PKG_SUMMARY(5) NetBSD File Formats Manual PKG_SUMMARY(5)
-
-N\bNA\bAM\bME\bE
- p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_s\bsu\bum\bmm\bma\bar\bry\by -- summary of binary package repository
-
-D\bDE\bES\bSC\bCR\bRI\bIP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN
- The file p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_s\bsu\bum\bmm\bma\bar\bry\by contains information about each package in a binary
- package repository as a list of variable-value pairs. The variables
- describing different packages are separated by one empty line. Each line
- has the format VARIABLE=VALUE. If the value consists of more than one
- line, each line is prefixed with VARIABLE=. Multi-line variables are
- guaranteed to be in consecutive lines.
-
- The following variables are used:
-
- BUILD_DATE
- (required) The date and time when the package was built.
-
- CATEGORIES
- (required) A list of categories which this package fits in, sepa-
- rated by space.
-
- COMMENT
- (required) A one-line description of the package.
-
- CONFLICTS
- (optional) A list of dewey patterns of packages the package con-
- flicts with, one per line. If missing, this package has no con-
- flicts.
-
- DEPENDS
- (optional) A list of dewey patterns of packages the package
- depends on, one per line. If missing, this package has no depen-
- dencies.
-
- DESCRIPTION
- (required) A more detailed description of the package.
-
- FILE_NAME
- (optional) The name of the binary package file. If not given,
- _\bP_\bK_\bG_\bN_\bA_\bM_\bE_\b._\bt_\bg_\bz can be assumed.
-
- FILE_SIZE
- (optional) The size of the binary package file, in bytes.
-
- HOMEPAGE
- (optional) A URL where more information about the package can be
- found.
-
- LICENSE
- (optional) The type of license this package is distributed under.
- If empty or missing, it is OSI-approved.
-
- MACHINE_ARCH
- (required) The architecture on which the package was compiled.
-
- OPSYS (required) The operating system on which the package was com-
- piled.
-
- OS_VERSION
- (required) The version of the operating system on which the pack-
- age was compiled.
-
- PKG_OPTIONS
- (optional) Any options selected to compile this package. If
- missing, the package does not support options.
-
- PKGNAME
- (required) The name of the package.
-
- PKGPATH
- (required) The path of the package directory within pkgsrc.
-
- PKGTOOLS_VERSION
- (required) The version of the package tools used to create the
- package.
-
- PREV_PKGPATH
- (optional) The previous path of the package directory within
- pkgsrc when a package was moved. (See SUPERSEDES below for a
- renamed package.)
-
- PROVIDES
- (optional) A list of shared libraries provided by the package,
- including major version number, one per line. If missing, this
- package does not provide shared libraries.
-
- REQUIRES
- (optional) A list of shared libraries needed by the package,
- including major version number, one per line. If missing, this
- package does not require shared libraries.
-
- SIZE_PKG
- (required) The size of the package when installed, in bytes.
-
- SUPERSEDES
- (optional) A list of dewey patterns of previous packages this
- package replaces, one per line. This is used for package renam-
- ing.
-
- The p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_s\bsu\bum\bmm\bma\bar\bry\by file can be generated using the pkg_info(1) -\b-X\bX option.
- For example, the following will list this data for all installed pack-
- ages:
-
- pkg_info -X -a
-
-S\bSE\bEE\bE A\bAL\bLS\bSO\bO
- pkg_info(1)
-
-H\bHI\bIS\bST\bTO\bOR\bRY\bY
- The p\bpk\bkg\bg_\b_s\bsu\bum\bmm\bma\bar\bry\by format was first officially documented in April 2006.
-
-NetBSD 5.0 April 11, 2009 NetBSD 5.0
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: pkgdb.c,v 1.39 2010/04/20 21:22:38 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: pkgdb.c,v 1.39 2010/04/20 21:22:38 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 1999-2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Hubert Feyrer <hubert@feyrer.de>.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if defined(NETBSD) || defined(__minix)
-#include <db.h>
-#else
-#include <nbcompat/db.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDARG_H
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDIO_H
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-#define PKGDB_FILE "pkgdb.byfile.db" /* indexed by filename */
-
-/*
- * Where we put logging information by default if PKG_DBDIR is unset.
- */
-#ifndef DEF_LOG_DIR
-#define DEF_LOG_DIR "/var/db/pkg"
-#endif
-
-/* just in case we change the environment variable name */
-#define PKG_DBDIR "PKG_DBDIR"
-
-static DB *pkgdbp;
-static char pkgdb_dir_default[] = DEF_LOG_DIR;
-static char *pkgdb_dir = pkgdb_dir_default;
-static int pkgdb_dir_prio = 0;
-
-/*
- * Return name of cache file in the buffer that was passed.
- */
-char *
-pkgdb_get_database(void)
-{
- return xasprintf("%s/%s", pkgdb_get_dir(), PKGDB_FILE);
-}
-
-/*
- * Open the pkg-database
- * Return value:
- * 1: everything ok
- * 0: error
- */
-int
-pkgdb_open(int mode)
-{
- BTREEINFO info;
- char *cachename;
-
- /* try our btree format first */
- info.flags = 0;
- info.cachesize = 2*1024*1024;
- info.maxkeypage = 0;
- info.minkeypage = 0;
- info.psize = 4096;
- info.compare = NULL;
- info.prefix = NULL;
- info.lorder = 0;
- cachename = pkgdb_get_database();
- pkgdbp = (DB *) dbopen(cachename,
- (mode == ReadOnly) ? O_RDONLY : O_RDWR | O_CREAT,
- 0644, DB_BTREE, (void *) &info);
- free(cachename);
- return (pkgdbp != NULL);
-}
-
-/*
- * Close the pkg database
- */
-void
-pkgdb_close(void)
-{
- if (pkgdbp != NULL) {
- (void) (*pkgdbp->close) (pkgdbp);
- pkgdbp = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Store value "val" with key "key" in database
- * Return value is as from ypdb_store:
- * 0: ok
- * 1: key already present
- * -1: some other error, see errno
- */
-int
-pkgdb_store(const char *key, const char *val)
-{
- DBT keyd, vald;
-
- if (pkgdbp == NULL)
- return -1;
-
- keyd.data = __UNCONST(key);
- keyd.size = strlen(key) + 1;
- vald.data = __UNCONST(val);
- vald.size = strlen(val) + 1;
-
- if (keyd.size > MaxPathSize || vald.size > MaxPathSize)
- return -1;
-
- return (*pkgdbp->put) (pkgdbp, &keyd, &vald, R_NOOVERWRITE);
-}
-
-/*
- * Recall value for given key
- * Return value:
- * NULL if some error occurred or value for key not found (check errno!)
- * String for "value" else
- */
-char *
-pkgdb_retrieve(const char *key)
-{
- DBT keyd, vald;
- int status;
- char *eos;
- static int corruption_warning;
-
- if (pkgdbp == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- keyd.data = __UNCONST(key);
- keyd.size = strlen(key) + 1;
- errno = 0; /* to be sure it's 0 if the key doesn't match anything */
-
- vald.data = (void *)NULL;
- vald.size = 0;
- status = (*pkgdbp->get) (pkgdbp, &keyd, &vald, 0);
- if (status)
- return NULL;
- eos = memchr(vald.data, 0, vald.size);
- if (eos == NULL || eos + 1 != (char *)vald.data + vald.size) {
- if (!corruption_warning) {
- warnx("pkgdb corrupted, please run ``pkg_admin rebuild''");
- corruption_warning = 1;
- }
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return vald.data;
-}
-
-/* dump contents of the database to stdout */
-int
-pkgdb_dump(void)
-{
- DBT key;
- DBT val;
- int type;
-
- if (pkgdb_open(ReadOnly)) {
- for (type = R_FIRST ; (*pkgdbp->seq)(pkgdbp, &key, &val, type) == 0 ; type = R_NEXT) {
- printf("file: %.*s pkg: %.*s\n",
- (int) key.size, (char *) key.data,
- (int) val.size, (char *) val.data);
- }
- pkgdb_close();
- return 0;
- } else
- return -1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Remove data set from pkgdb
- * Return value as ypdb_delete:
- * 0: everything ok
- * 1: key not present
- * -1: some error occurred (see errno)
- */
-int
-pkgdb_remove(const char *key)
-{
- DBT keyd;
-
- if (pkgdbp == NULL)
- return -1;
-
- keyd.data = __UNCONST(key);
- keyd.size = strlen(key) + 1;
- if (keyd.size > MaxPathSize)
- return -1;
-
- return (*pkgdbp->del) (pkgdbp, &keyd, 0);
-}
-
-/*
- * Remove any entry from the cache which has a data field of `pkg'.
- * Return value:
- * 1: everything ok
- * 0: error
- */
-int
-pkgdb_remove_pkg(const char *pkg)
-{
- DBT data;
- DBT key;
- int type;
- int ret;
- size_t cc;
- char *cachename;
-
- if (pkgdbp == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
- cachename = pkgdb_get_database();
- cc = strlen(pkg);
- for (ret = 1, type = R_FIRST; (*pkgdbp->seq)(pkgdbp, &key, &data, type) == 0 ; type = R_NEXT) {
- if ((cc + 1) == data.size && strncmp(data.data, pkg, cc) == 0) {
- if (Verbose) {
- printf("Removing file `%s' from %s\n", (char *)key.data, cachename);
- }
- switch ((*pkgdbp->del)(pkgdbp, &key, 0)) {
- case -1:
- warn("Error removing `%s' from %s", (char *)key.data, cachename);
- ret = 0;
- break;
- case 1:
- warn("Key `%s' not present in %s", (char *)key.data, cachename);
- ret = 0;
- break;
-
- }
- }
- }
- free(cachename);
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the location of the package reference counts database directory.
- */
-char *
-pkgdb_refcount_dir(void)
-{
- static char buf[MaxPathSize];
- char *tmp;
-
- if ((tmp = getenv(PKG_REFCOUNT_DBDIR_VNAME)) != NULL)
- strlcpy(buf, tmp, sizeof(buf));
- else
- snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.refcount", pkgdb_get_dir());
- return buf;
-}
-
-/*
- * Return directory where pkgdb is stored
- */
-const char *
-pkgdb_get_dir(void)
-{
-
- return pkgdb_dir;
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the first place we look for where pkgdb is stored.
- */
-void
-pkgdb_set_dir(const char *dir, int prio)
-{
-
- if (prio < pkgdb_dir_prio)
- return;
-
- pkgdb_dir_prio = prio;
-
- if (dir == pkgdb_dir)
- return;
- if (pkgdb_dir != pkgdb_dir_default)
- free(pkgdb_dir);
- pkgdb_dir = xstrdup(dir);
-}
-
-char *
-pkgdb_pkg_dir(const char *pkg)
-{
- return xasprintf("%s/%s", pkgdb_get_dir(), pkg);
-}
-
-char *
-pkgdb_pkg_file(const char *pkg, const char *file)
-{
- return xasprintf("%s/%s/%s", pkgdb_get_dir(), pkg, file);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-PKGSRC(7) NetBSD Miscellaneous Information Manual PKGSRC(7)
-
-N\bNA\bAM\bME\bE
- p\bpk\bkg\bgs\bsr\brc\bc -- NetBSD packages collection (framework for third-party software)
-
-D\bDE\bES\bSC\bCR\bRI\bIP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN
- The NetBSD Packages Collection (pkgsrc) is a framework for building and
- maintaining third-party software on NetBSD and other UNIX-like systems.
- It is used to enable freely available software to be configured and built
- easily on supported platforms.
-
- Tools are available to install ready-to-use packages and to perform vari-
- ous administrative tasks for the package system.
-
-S\bSE\bEE\bE A\bAL\bLS\bSO\bO
- pkg_add(1), pkg_delete(1), pkg_info(1),
- _\bh_\bt_\bt_\bp_\b:_\b/_\b/_\bw_\bw_\bw_\b._\bn_\be_\bt_\bb_\bs_\bd_\b._\bo_\br_\bg_\b/_\bd_\bo_\bc_\bs_\b/_\bp_\bk_\bg_\bs_\br_\bc_\b/
-
-NetBSD 5.0 March 2, 2007 NetBSD 5.0
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: plist.c,v 1.29 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: plist.c,v 1.29 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * General packing list routines.
- *
- */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008, 2009 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if defined(NETBSD)
-#include <md5.h>
-#elif defined(__minix)
-#include <minix/md5.h>
-#else
-#include <nbcompat/md5.h>
-#endif
-
-static int delete_with_parents(const char *, Boolean, Boolean);
-
-/* This struct defines a plist command type */
-typedef struct cmd_t {
- const char *c_s; /* string to recognise */
- pl_ent_t c_type; /* type of command */
- int c_argc; /* # of arguments */
- int c_subst; /* can substitute real prefix */
-} cmd_t;
-
-/* Commands to recognise */
-static const cmd_t cmdv[] = {
- {"cwd", PLIST_CWD, 1, 1},
- {"src", PLIST_SRC, 1, 1},
- {"exec", PLIST_CMD, 1, 0},
- {"unexec", PLIST_UNEXEC, 1, 0},
- {"mode", PLIST_CHMOD, 1, 0},
- {"owner", PLIST_CHOWN, 1, 0},
- {"group", PLIST_CHGRP, 1, 0},
- {"comment", PLIST_COMMENT, 1, 0},
- {"ignore", PLIST_IGNORE, 0, 0},
- {"name", PLIST_NAME, 1, 0},
- {"display", PLIST_DISPLAY, 1, 0},
- {"pkgdep", PLIST_PKGDEP, 1, 0},
- {"pkgcfl", PLIST_PKGCFL, 1, 0},
- {"pkgdir", PLIST_PKGDIR, 1, 0},
- {"dirrm", PLIST_DIR_RM, 1, 0},
- {"option", PLIST_OPTION, 1, 0},
- {"blddep", PLIST_BLDDEP, 1, 0},
- {NULL, FAIL, 0, 0}
-};
-
-/*
- * Add an item to the end of a packing list
- */
-void
-add_plist(package_t *p, pl_ent_t type, const char *arg)
-{
- plist_t *tmp;
-
- tmp = new_plist_entry();
- tmp->name = (arg == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup(arg);
- tmp->type = type;
- if (!p->head) {
- p->head = p->tail = tmp;
- } else {
- tmp->prev = p->tail;
- p->tail->next = tmp;
- p->tail = tmp;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Add an item to the start of a packing list
- */
-void
-add_plist_top(package_t *p, pl_ent_t type, const char *arg)
-{
- plist_t *tmp;
-
- tmp = new_plist_entry();
- tmp->name = (arg == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup(arg);
- tmp->type = type;
- if (!p->head) {
- p->head = p->tail = tmp;
- } else {
- tmp->next = p->head;
- p->head->prev = tmp;
- p->head = tmp;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the last (most recent) entry in a packing list
- */
-plist_t *
-last_plist(package_t *p)
-{
- return p->tail;
-}
-
-/*
- * Mark all items in a packing list to prevent iteration over them
- */
-void
-mark_plist(package_t *pkg)
-{
- plist_t *pp;
-
- for (pp = pkg->head; pp; pp = pp->next) {
- pp->marked = TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Find a given item in a packing list and, if so, return it (else NULL)
- */
-plist_t *
-find_plist(package_t *pkg, pl_ent_t type)
-{
- plist_t *pp;
-
- for (pp = pkg->head; pp && pp->type != type; pp = pp->next) {
- }
- return pp;
-}
-
-/*
- * Look for a specific boolean option argument in the list
- */
-char *
-find_plist_option(package_t *pkg, const char *name)
-{
- plist_t *p;
-
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_OPTION
- && strcmp(p->name, name) == 0) {
- return p->name;
- }
- }
-
- return (char *) NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * Delete plist item 'type' in the list (if 'name' is non-null, match it
- * too.) If 'all' is set, delete all items, not just the first occurance.
- */
-void
-delete_plist(package_t *pkg, Boolean all, pl_ent_t type, char *name)
-{
- plist_t *p = pkg->head;
-
- while (p) {
- plist_t *pnext = p->next;
-
- if (p->type == type && (!name || !strcmp(name, p->name))) {
- free(p->name);
- if (p->prev)
- p->prev->next = pnext;
- else
- pkg->head = pnext;
- if (pnext)
- pnext->prev = p->prev;
- else
- pkg->tail = p->prev;
- free(p);
- if (!all)
- return;
- p = pnext;
- } else
- p = p->next;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Allocate a new packing list entry, and return a pointer to it.
- */
-plist_t *
-new_plist_entry(void)
-{
- return xcalloc(1, sizeof(plist_t));
-}
-
-/*
- * Free an entire packing list
- */
-void
-free_plist(package_t *pkg)
-{
- plist_t *p = pkg->head;
-
- while (p) {
- plist_t *p1 = p->next;
-
- free(p->name);
- free(p);
- p = p1;
- }
- pkg->head = pkg->tail = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * For an ASCII string denoting a plist command, return its code and
- * optionally its argument(s)
- */
-static int
-plist_cmd(const char *s, char **arg)
-{
- const cmd_t *cmdp;
- const char *cp, *sp;
- char *sp2;
-
- sp = NULL; /* Older GCC can't detect that the loop is executed */
-
- for (cmdp = cmdv; cmdp->c_s; ++cmdp) {
- for (sp = s, cp = cmdp->c_s; *sp && *cp; ++cp, ++sp)
- if (*sp != *cp)
- break;
- if (*cp == '\0')
- break;
- }
-
- if (cmdp->c_s == NULL || arg == NULL)
- return cmdp->c_type;
-
- while (isspace((unsigned char)*sp))
- ++sp;
- *arg = xstrdup(sp);
- if (*sp) {
- sp2 = *arg + strlen(*arg) - 1;
- /*
- * The earlier loop ensured that at least one non-whitespace
- * is in the string.
- */
- while (isspace((unsigned char)*sp2))
- --sp2;
- sp2[1] = '\0';
- }
- return cmdp->c_type;
-}
-
-/*
- * Parse a packaging list from a memory buffer.
- */
-void
-parse_plist(package_t *pkg, const char *buf)
-{
- int cmd;
- char *line, *cp;
- const char *eol, *next;
- size_t len;
-
- pkg->head = NULL;
- pkg->tail = NULL;
-
- for (; *buf; buf = next) {
- /* Until add_plist can deal with trailing whitespace. */
- if ((eol = strchr(buf, '\n')) != NULL) {
- next = eol + 1;
- len = eol - buf;
- } else {
- len = strlen(buf);
- next = buf + len;
- }
-
- while (len && isspace((unsigned char)buf[len - 1]))
- --len;
-
- if (len == 0)
- continue;
-
- line = xmalloc(len + 1);
- memcpy(line, buf, len);
- line[len] = '\0';
-
- if (*(cp = line) == CMD_CHAR) {
- if ((cmd = plist_cmd(line + 1, &cp)) == FAIL) {
- warnx("Unrecognised PLIST command `%s'", line);
- continue;
- }
- if (*cp == '\0') {
- free(cp);
- cp = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- cmd = PLIST_FILE;
- }
- add_plist(pkg, cmd, cp);
- free(cp);
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Read a packing list from a file
- */
-void
-append_plist(package_t *pkg, FILE * fp)
-{
- char pline[MaxPathSize];
- char *cp;
- int cmd;
- int len;
- int free_cp;
-
- while (fgets(pline, MaxPathSize, fp) != (char *) NULL) {
- for (len = strlen(pline); len &&
- isspace((unsigned char) pline[len - 1]);) {
- pline[--len] = '\0';
- }
- if (len == 0) {
- continue;
- }
- free_cp = 0;
- if (*(cp = pline) == CMD_CHAR) {
- if ((cmd = plist_cmd(pline + 1, &cp)) == FAIL) {
- warnx("Unrecognised PLIST command `%s'", pline);
- continue;
- }
- if (*cp == '\0') {
- free(cp);
- cp = NULL;
- }
- free_cp = 1;
- } else {
- cmd = PLIST_FILE;
- }
- add_plist(pkg, cmd, cp);
- if (free_cp)
- free(cp);
- }
-}
-
-void
-read_plist(package_t *pkg, FILE * fp)
-{
- pkg->head = NULL;
- pkg->tail = NULL;
-
- append_plist(pkg, fp);
-}
-
-/*
- * Write a packing list to a file, converting commands to ASCII equivs
- */
-void
-write_plist(package_t *pkg, FILE * fp, char *realprefix)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- const cmd_t *cmdp;
-
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_FILE) {
- /* Fast-track files - these are the most common */
- (void) fprintf(fp, "%s\n", p->name);
- continue;
- }
- for (cmdp = cmdv; cmdp->c_type != FAIL && cmdp->c_type != p->type; cmdp++) {
- }
- if (cmdp->c_type == FAIL) {
- warnx("Unknown PLIST command type %d (%s)", p->type, p->name);
- } else if (cmdp->c_argc == 0) {
- (void) fprintf(fp, "%c%s\n", CMD_CHAR, cmdp->c_s);
- } else if (cmdp->c_subst && realprefix) {
- (void) fprintf(fp, "%c%s %s\n", CMD_CHAR, cmdp->c_s, realprefix);
- } else {
- (void) fprintf(fp, "%c%s %s\n", CMD_CHAR, cmdp->c_s,
- (p->name) ? p->name : "");
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Like write_plist, but compute memory string.
- */
-void
-stringify_plist(package_t *pkg, char **real_buf, size_t *real_len,
- const char *realprefix)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- const cmd_t *cmdp;
- char *buf;
- size_t len;
- int item_len;
-
- /* Pass One: compute output size only. */
- len = 0;
-
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_FILE) {
- len += strlen(p->name) + 1;
- continue;
- }
- for (cmdp = cmdv; cmdp->c_type != FAIL && cmdp->c_type != p->type; cmdp++) {
- }
- if (cmdp->c_type == FAIL)
- continue;
- if (cmdp->c_argc == 0)
- len += 1 + strlen(cmdp->c_s) + 1;
- else if (cmdp->c_subst && realprefix)
- len += 1 + strlen(cmdp->c_s) + 1 + strlen(realprefix) + 1;
- else
- len += 1 + strlen(cmdp->c_s) + 1 + strlen(p->name ? p->name : "") + 1;
- }
-
- /* Pass Two: build actual string. */
- buf = xmalloc(len + 1);
- *real_buf = buf;
- *real_len = len;
- ++len;
-
-#define UPDATE_LEN \
-do { \
- if (item_len < 0 || (size_t)item_len > len) \
- errx(2, "Size computation failed, aborted."); \
- buf += item_len; \
- len -= item_len; \
-} while (/* CONSTCOND */0)
-
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_FILE) {
- /* Fast-track files - these are the most common */
- item_len = snprintf(buf, len, "%s\n", p->name);
- UPDATE_LEN;
- continue;
- }
- for (cmdp = cmdv; cmdp->c_type != FAIL && cmdp->c_type != p->type; cmdp++) {
- }
- if (cmdp->c_type == FAIL) {
- warnx("Unknown PLIST command type %d (%s)", p->type, p->name);
- } else if (cmdp->c_argc == 0) {
- item_len = snprintf(buf, len, "%c%s\n", CMD_CHAR, cmdp->c_s);
- UPDATE_LEN;
- } else if (cmdp->c_subst && realprefix) {
- item_len = snprintf(buf, len, "%c%s %s\n", CMD_CHAR, cmdp->c_s, realprefix);
- UPDATE_LEN;
- } else {
- item_len = snprintf(buf, len, "%c%s %s\n", CMD_CHAR, cmdp->c_s,
- (p->name) ? p->name : "");
- UPDATE_LEN;
- }
- }
-
- if (len != 1)
- errx(2, "Size computation failed, aborted.");
-}
-
-/*
- * Delete the results of a package installation.
- *
- * This is here rather than in the pkg_delete code because pkg_add needs to
- * run it too in cases of failure.
- */
-int
-delete_package(Boolean ign_err, package_t *pkg, Boolean NoDeleteFiles,
- const char *destdir)
-{
- plist_t *p;
- const char *last_file = "";
- int fail = SUCCESS;
- Boolean preserve;
- char tmp[MaxPathSize];
- char cmd[MaxPathSize];
- const char *prefix = NULL, *name = NULL;
-
- if (!pkgdb_open(ReadWrite)) {
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "cannot open pkgdb");
- }
-
- preserve = find_plist_option(pkg, "preserve") ? TRUE : FALSE;
-
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_NAME:
- name = p->name;
- break;
- case PLIST_CWD:
- if (prefix == NULL)
- prefix = p->name;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (name == NULL || prefix == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "broken PLIST");
-
- /*
- * Remove database entries first, directory removal is done
- * in the main loop below.
- */
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_PKGDIR)
- delete_pkgdir(name, prefix, p->name);
- }
-
- for (p = pkg->head; p; p = p->next) {
- switch (p->type) {
- case PLIST_NAME:
- /* Handled already */
- break;
-
- case PLIST_PKGDIR:
- case PLIST_DIR_RM:
- (void) snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%s/%s",
- prefix, p->name);
- if (has_pkgdir(tmp))
- continue;
- (void) snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%s%s%s/%s",
- destdir ? destdir : "", destdir ? "/" : "",
- prefix, p->name);
- if (!fexists(tmp)) {
- if (p->type == PLIST_PKGDIR)
- warnx("Directory `%s' disappeared, skipping", tmp);
- } else if (!isdir(tmp)) {
- warnx("attempting to delete a file `%s' as a directory\n"
- "this packing list is incorrect - ignoring delete request", tmp);
- } else if (delete_with_parents(tmp, ign_err, TRUE))
- fail = FAIL;
- break;
-
- case PLIST_IGNORE:
- p = p->next;
- break;
-
- case PLIST_UNEXEC:
- if (NoDeleteFiles)
- break;
- (void) snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%s%s%s",
- destdir ? destdir : "", destdir ? "/" : "", prefix);
- format_cmd(cmd, sizeof(cmd), p->name, tmp, last_file);
- printf("Executing `%s'\n", cmd);
- if (!Fake && system(cmd)) {
- warnx("unexec command for `%s' failed", cmd);
- fail = FAIL;
- }
- break;
-
- case PLIST_FILE:
- last_file = p->name;
- (void) snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%s%s%s/%s",
- destdir ? destdir : "", destdir ? "/" : "",
- prefix, p->name);
- if (isdir(tmp)) {
- warnx("attempting to delete directory `%s' as a file\n"
- "this packing list is incorrect - ignoring delete request", tmp);
- } else {
- int restored = 0; /* restored from preserve? */
-
- if (p->next && p->next->type == PLIST_COMMENT) {
- if (strncmp(p->next->name, CHECKSUM_HEADER, ChecksumHeaderLen) == 0) {
- char *cp, buf[LegibleChecksumLen];
-
- if ((cp = MD5File(tmp, buf)) != NULL) {
- /* Mismatch? */
- if (strcmp(cp, p->next->name + ChecksumHeaderLen) != 0) {
- printf("original MD5 checksum failed, %s: %s\n",
- Force ? "deleting anyway" : "not deleting", tmp);
- if (!Force) {
- fail = FAIL;
- goto pkgdb_cleanup;
- }
- }
- }
- } else if (strncmp(p->next->name, SYMLINK_HEADER, SymlinkHeaderLen) == 0) {
- char buf[MaxPathSize + SymlinkHeaderLen];
- int cc;
-
- (void) strlcpy(buf, SYMLINK_HEADER,
- sizeof(buf));
- if ((cc = readlink(tmp, &buf[SymlinkHeaderLen],
- sizeof(buf) - SymlinkHeaderLen - 1)) < 0) {
- warn("can't readlink `%s'", tmp);
- goto pkgdb_cleanup;
- }
- buf[SymlinkHeaderLen + cc] = 0x0;
- if (strcmp(buf, p->next->name) != 0) {
- if ((cc = readlink(&buf[SymlinkHeaderLen], &buf[SymlinkHeaderLen],
- sizeof(buf) - SymlinkHeaderLen)) < 0) {
- printf("symlink %s is not same as recorded value, %s: %s\n",
- buf, Force ? "deleting anyway" : "not deleting", tmp);
- if (!Force) {
- fail = FAIL;
- goto pkgdb_cleanup;
- }
- }
- buf[SymlinkHeaderLen + cc] = 0x0;
- if (strcmp(buf, p->next->name) != 0) {
- printf("symlink %s is not same as recorded value, %s: %s\n",
- buf, Force ? "deleting anyway" : "not deleting", tmp);
- if (!Force) {
- fail = FAIL;
- goto pkgdb_cleanup;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (Verbose && !NoDeleteFiles)
- printf("Delete file %s\n", tmp);
- if (!Fake && !NoDeleteFiles) {
- if (delete_with_parents(tmp, ign_err, FALSE))
- fail = FAIL;
- if (preserve && name) {
- char tmp2[MaxPathSize];
-
- if (make_preserve_name(tmp2, MaxPathSize, name, tmp)) {
- if (fexists(tmp2)) {
- if (rename(tmp2, tmp))
- warn("preserve: unable to restore %s as %s",
- tmp2, tmp);
- else
- restored = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-pkgdb_cleanup:
- if (!Fake) {
- if (!restored) {
- errno = 0;
- if (pkgdb_remove(tmp) && errno)
- perror("pkgdb_remove");
- }
- }
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- pkgdb_close();
- return fail;
-}
-
-/*
- * Selectively delete a hierarchy
- * Returns 1 on error, 0 else.
- */
-static int
-delete_with_parents(const char *fname, Boolean ign_err, Boolean ign_nonempty)
-{
- char *cp, *cp2;
-
- if (remove(fname)) {
- if (!ign_err && (!ign_nonempty || errno != ENOTEMPTY))
- warnx("Couldn't remove %s", fname);
- return 0;
- }
- cp = xstrdup(fname);
- while (*cp) {
- if ((cp2 = strrchr(cp, '/')) != NULL)
- *cp2 = '\0';
- if (!isemptydir(cp))
- break;
- if (has_pkgdir(cp))
- break;
- if (rmdir(cp))
- break;
- }
- free(cp);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void
-add_pkgdir(const char *pkg, const char *prefix, const char *path)
-{
- char *fullpath, *oldvalue, *newvalue;
-
- fullpath = xasprintf("%s/%s", prefix, path);
- oldvalue = pkgdb_retrieve(fullpath);
- if (oldvalue) {
- if (strncmp(oldvalue, "@pkgdir ", 8) != 0)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Internal error while processing pkgdb, run pkg_admin rebuild");
- newvalue = xasprintf("%s %s", oldvalue, pkg);
- pkgdb_remove(fullpath);
- } else {
- newvalue = xasprintf("@pkgdir %s", pkg);
- }
- pkgdb_store(fullpath, newvalue);
-
- free(fullpath);
- free(newvalue);
-}
-
-void
-delete_pkgdir(const char *pkg, const char *prefix, const char *path)
-{
- size_t pkg_len, len;
- char *fullpath, *oldvalue, *newvalue, *iter;
-
- fullpath = xasprintf("%s/%s", prefix, path);
- oldvalue = pkgdb_retrieve(fullpath);
- if (oldvalue && strncmp(oldvalue, "@pkgdir ", 8) == 0) {
- newvalue = xstrdup(oldvalue);
- iter = newvalue + 8;
- pkg_len = strlen(pkg);
- while (*iter) {
- if (strncmp(iter, pkg, pkg_len) == 0 &&
- (iter[pkg_len] == ' ' || iter[pkg_len] == '\0')) {
- len = strlen(iter + pkg_len);
- memmove(iter, iter + pkg_len + 1, len);
- if (len == 0)
- *iter = '\0';
- } else {
- iter += strcspn(iter, " ");
- iter += strspn(iter, " ");
- }
- }
- pkgdb_remove(fullpath);
- if (iter != newvalue + 8)
- pkgdb_store(fullpath, newvalue);
- free(newvalue);
- }
- free(fullpath);
-}
-
-int
-has_pkgdir(const char *path)
-{
- const char *value;
-
- value = pkgdb_retrieve(path);
-
- if (value && strncmp(value, "@pkgdir ", 8) == 0)
- return 1;
- else
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: remove.c,v 1.3 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: remove.c,v 1.3 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-#include <dirent.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <errno.h>
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static int
-safe_fchdir(int cwd)
-{
- int tmp_errno, rv;
-
- tmp_errno = errno;
- rv = fchdir(cwd);
- errno = tmp_errno;
-
- return rv;
-}
-
-static int
-long_remove(const char **path_ptr, int missing_ok, int *did_chdir)
-{
- char tmp_path[PATH_MAX + 1];
- const char *path;
- size_t i, len;
- int rv;
-
- path = *path_ptr;
- len = strlen(path);
- *did_chdir = 0;
-
- while (len >= PATH_MAX) {
- for (i = PATH_MAX - 1; i > 0; --i) {
- if (path[i] == '/')
- break;
- }
- if (i == 0) {
- errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
- return -1; /* Assumes PATH_MAX > NAME_MAX */
- }
- memcpy(tmp_path, path, i);
- tmp_path[i] = '\0';
- if (chdir(tmp_path))
- return -1;
- *did_chdir = 1;
- path += i + 1;
- len -= i + 1;
- }
-
- if (remove(path) == 0 || (errno == ENOENT && missing_ok))
- rv = 0;
- else
- rv = -1;
-
- *path_ptr = path;
-
- return rv;
-}
-
-static int
-recursive_remove_internal(const char *path, int missing_ok, int cwd)
-{
- DIR *dir;
- struct dirent *de;
- const char *sub_path;
- char *subdir;
- int did_chdir, rv;
-
- /*
- * If the argument is longer than PATH_MAX, long_remove
- * will try to shorten it using chdir. So before returning,
- * make sure to fchdir back to the original cwd.
- */
- sub_path = path;
- if (long_remove(&sub_path, missing_ok, &did_chdir) == 0)
- rv = 0;
- else if (errno != ENOTEMPTY) /* Other errors are terminal. */
- rv = -1;
- else
- rv = 1;
-
- if (rv != 1) {
- if (did_chdir && safe_fchdir(cwd) == -1 && rv == 0)
- rv = -1;
- return rv;
- }
-
- if ((dir = opendir(sub_path)) == NULL) {
- if (errno == EMFILE)
- warn("opendir failed");
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (did_chdir && fchdir(cwd) == -1)
- return -1;
-
- rv = 0;
-
- while ((de = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
- if (strcmp(de->d_name, ".") == 0)
- continue;
- if (strcmp(de->d_name, "..") == 0)
- continue;
- subdir = xasprintf("%s/%s", path, de->d_name);
- rv = recursive_remove_internal(subdir, 1, cwd);
- free(subdir);
- }
-
- closedir(dir);
-
- safe_fchdir(cwd);
-
- rv |= long_remove(&path, missing_ok, &did_chdir);
-
- if (did_chdir && safe_fchdir(cwd) == -1 && rv == 0)
- rv = -1;
-
- return rv;
-}
-
-int
-recursive_remove(const char *path, int missing_ok)
-{
- int orig_cwd, rv;
-
- /* First try the easy case of regular file or empty directory. */
- if (remove(path) == 0 || (errno == ENOENT && missing_ok))
- return 0;
-
- /*
- * If the path is too long, long_remove will use chdir to shorten it,
- * so remember the current directory first.
- */
- if ((orig_cwd = open(".", O_RDONLY)) == -1)
- return -1;
-
- rv = recursive_remove_internal(path, missing_ok, orig_cwd);
-
- close(orig_cwd);
- return rv;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: str.c,v 1.26 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.26 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FreeBSD install - a package for the installation and maintainance
- * of non-core utilities.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * Jordan K. Hubbard
- * 18 July 1993
- *
- * Miscellaneous string utilities.
- *
- */
-
-#if HAVE_ASSERT_H
-#include <assert.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#endif
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "dewey.h"
-
-/* pull in definitions and macros for resizing arrays as we go */
-#include "defs.h"
-
-/*
- * Return the suffix portion of a path
- */
-const char *
-suffix_of(const char *str)
-{
- const char *dot;
-
- return ((dot = strrchr(basename_of(str), '.')) == NULL) ? "" : dot + 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the filename portion of a path
- */
-const char *
-basename_of(const char *str)
-{
- const char *slash;
-
- return ((slash = strrchr(str, '/')) == NULL) ? str : slash + 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Return the dirname portion of a path
- */
-const char *
-dirname_of(const char *path)
-{
- size_t cc;
- char *s;
- static char buf[MaxPathSize];
-
- if ((s = strrchr(path, '/')) == NULL) {
- return ".";
- }
- if (s == path) {
- /* "/foo" -> return "/" */
- return "/";
- }
- cc = (size_t) (s - path);
- if (cc >= sizeof(buf))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "dirname_of: too long dirname: '%s'", path);
- (void) memcpy(buf, path, cc);
- buf[cc] = 0;
- return buf;
-}
-
-/*
- * Does the pkgname contain any of the special chars ("{[]?*<>")?
- * If so, return 1, else 0
- */
-int
-ispkgpattern(const char *pkg)
-{
- return strpbrk(pkg, "<>[]?*{") != NULL;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.8 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2005, 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
- * by Dieter Baron, Thomas Klausner, Johnny Lam, and Joerg Sonnenberger.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
- * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
- * from this software without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
- * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.8 2009/08/02 17:56:45 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDIO_H
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static const char *var_cmp(const char *, size_t, const char *, size_t);
-static void var_print(FILE *, const char *, const char *);
-
-/*
- * Copy the specified varibales from the file fname to stdout.
- */
-int
-var_copy_list(const char *buf, const char **variables)
-{
- const char *eol, *next;
- size_t len;
- int i;
-
- for (; *buf; buf = next) {
- if ((eol = strchr(buf, '\n')) != NULL) {
- next = eol + 1;
- len = eol - buf;
- } else {
- next = eol;
- len = strlen(buf);
- }
-
- for (i=0; variables[i]; i++) {
- if (var_cmp(buf, len, variables[i],
- strlen(variables[i])) != NULL) {
- printf("%.*s\n", (int)len, buf);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Print the value of variable from the file fname to stdout.
- */
-char *
-var_get(const char *fname, const char *variable)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char *line;
- size_t len;
- size_t varlen;
- char *value;
- size_t valuelen;
- size_t thislen;
- const char *p;
-
- varlen = strlen(variable);
- if (varlen == 0)
- return NULL;
-
- fp = fopen(fname, "r");
- if (!fp) {
- if (errno != ENOENT)
- warn("var_get: can't open '%s' for reading", fname);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- value = NULL;
- valuelen = 0;
-
- while ((line = fgetln(fp, &len)) != (char *) NULL) {
- if (line[len - 1] == '\n')
- --len;
- if ((p=var_cmp(line, len, variable, varlen)) == NULL)
- continue;
-
- thislen = line+len - p;
- if (value) {
- value = xrealloc(value, valuelen+thislen+2);
- value[valuelen++] = '\n';
- }
- else {
- value = xmalloc(thislen+1);
- }
- sprintf(value+valuelen, "%.*s", (int)thislen, p);
- valuelen += thislen;
- }
- (void) fclose(fp);
- return value;
-}
-
-/*
- * Print the value of variable from the memory buffer to stdout.
- */
-char *
-var_get_memory(const char *buf, const char *variable)
-{
- const char *eol, *next, *data;
- size_t len, varlen, thislen, valuelen;
- char *value;
-
- varlen = strlen(variable);
- if (varlen == 0)
- return NULL;
-
- value = NULL;
- valuelen = 0;
-
- for (; *buf; buf = next) {
- if ((eol = strchr(buf, '\n')) != NULL) {
- next = eol + 1;
- len = eol - buf;
- } else {
- next = eol;
- len = strlen(buf);
- }
- if ((data = var_cmp(buf, len, variable, varlen)) == NULL)
- continue;
-
- thislen = buf + len - data;
- if (value) {
- value = xrealloc(value, valuelen+thislen+2);
- value[valuelen++] = '\n';
- }
- else {
- value = xmalloc(thislen+1);
- }
- sprintf(value + valuelen, "%.*s", (int)thislen, data);
- valuelen += thislen;
- }
- return value;
-}
-
-/*
- * Add given variable with given value to file, overwriting any
- * previous occurrence.
- */
-int
-var_set(const char *fname, const char *variable, const char *value)
-{
- FILE *fp;
- FILE *fout;
- char *tmpname;
- int fd;
- char *line;
- size_t len;
- size_t varlen;
- Boolean done;
- struct stat st;
-
- varlen = strlen(variable);
- if (varlen == 0)
- return 0;
-
- fp = fopen(fname, "r");
- if (fp == NULL) {
- if (errno != ENOENT) {
- warn("var_set: can't open '%s' for reading", fname);
- return -1;
- }
- if (value == NULL)
- return 0; /* Nothing to do */
- }
-
- tmpname = xasprintf("%s.XXXXXX", fname);
- if ((fd = mkstemp(tmpname)) < 0) {
- free(tmpname);
- if (fp != NULL)
- fclose(fp);
- warn("var_set: can't open temp file for '%s' for writing",
- fname);
- return -1;
- }
- if (chmod(tmpname, 0644) < 0) {
- close(fd);
- if (fp != NULL)
- fclose(fp);
- free(tmpname);
- warn("var_set: can't set permissions for temp file for '%s'",
- fname);
- return -1;
- }
- if ((fout=fdopen(fd, "w")) == NULL) {
- close(fd);
- remove(tmpname);
- free(tmpname);
- if (fp != NULL)
- fclose(fp);
- warn("var_set: can't open temp file for '%s' for writing",
- fname);
- return -1;
- }
-
- done = FALSE;
-
- if (fp) {
- while ((line = fgetln(fp, &len)) != (char *) NULL) {
- if (var_cmp(line, len, variable, varlen) == NULL)
- fprintf(fout, "%.*s", (int)len, line);
- else {
- if (!done && value) {
- var_print(fout, variable, value);
- done = TRUE;
- }
- }
- }
- (void) fclose(fp);
- }
-
- if (!done && value)
- var_print(fout, variable, value);
-
- if (fclose(fout) < 0) {
- free(tmpname);
- warn("var_set: write error for '%s'", fname);
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (stat(tmpname, &st) < 0) {
- free(tmpname);
- warn("var_set: cannot stat tempfile for '%s'", fname);
- return -1;
- }
-
- if (st.st_size == 0) {
- if (remove(tmpname) < 0) {
- free(tmpname);
- warn("var_set: cannot remove tempfile for '%s'",
- fname);
- return -1;
- }
- free(tmpname);
- if (remove(fname) < 0) {
- warn("var_set: cannot remove '%s'", fname);
- return -1;
- }
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (rename(tmpname, fname) < 0) {
- free(tmpname);
- warn("var_set: cannot move tempfile to '%s'", fname);
- return -1;
- }
- free(tmpname);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if line contains variable var, return pointer to its value or NULL.
- */
-static const char *
-var_cmp(const char *line, size_t linelen, const char *var, size_t varlen)
-{
- /*
- * We expect lines to look like one of the following
- * forms:
- * VAR=value
- * VAR= value
- * We print out the value of VAR, or nothing if it
- * doesn't exist.
- */
- if (linelen < varlen+1)
- return NULL;
- if (strncmp(var, line, varlen) != 0)
- return NULL;
-
- line += varlen;
- if (*line != '=')
- return NULL;
-
- ++line;
- linelen -= varlen+1;
- if (linelen > 0 && *line == ' ')
- ++line;
- return line;
-}
-
-/*
- * Print given variable with value to file f.
- */
-static void
-var_print(FILE *f, const char *variable, const char *value)
-{
- const char *p;
-
- while ((p=strchr(value, '\n')) != NULL) {
- if (p != value)
- fprintf(f, "%s=%.*s\n", variable, (int)(p-value), value);
- value = p+1;
- }
-
- if (*value)
- fprintf(f, "%s=%s\n", variable, value);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: version.c,v 1.7 2010/02/03 14:20:14 joerg Exp $ */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: version.c,v 1.7 2010/02/03 14:20:14 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2001 Thomas Klausner. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_STDIO_H
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "lib.h"
-#include "version.h"
-
-void
-show_version(void)
-{
- printf("%d\n", PKGTOOLS_VERSION);
- exit (0);
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: version.h,v 1.156 2010/06/16 23:02:49 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2001 Thomas Klausner. All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#ifndef _INST_LIB_VERSION_H_
-#define _INST_LIB_VERSION_H_
-
-#define PKGTOOLS_VERSION 20100616
-
-#endif /* _INST_LIB_VERSION_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: vulnerabilities-file.c,v 1.7 2010/06/16 23:02:49 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008, 2010 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: vulnerabilities-file.c,v 1.7 2010/06/16 23:02:49 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
-#include <archive.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#if defined(NETBSD)
-#include <sha1.h>
-#include <sha2.h>
-#elif defined(__minix)
-#include <minix/sha1.h>
-#include <minix/sha2.h>
-#else
-#include <nbcompat/sha1.h>
-#include <nbcompat/sha2.h>
-#endif
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-static struct pkg_vulnerabilities *read_pkg_vulnerabilities_archive(struct archive *, int);
-static struct pkg_vulnerabilities *parse_pkg_vuln(const char *, size_t, int);
-
-static const char pgp_msg_start[] = "-----BEGIN PGP SIGNED MESSAGE-----\n";
-static const char pgp_msg_end[] = "-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----\n";
-static const char pkcs7_begin[] = "-----BEGIN PKCS7-----\n";
-static const char pkcs7_end[] = "-----END PKCS7-----\n";
-
-static void
-verify_signature_pkcs7(const char *input)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_SSL
- const char *begin_pkgvul, *end_pkgvul, *begin_sig, *end_sig;
-
- if (strncmp(input, pgp_msg_start, strlen(pgp_msg_start)) == 0) {
- begin_pkgvul = input + strlen(pgp_msg_start);
- if ((end_pkgvul = strstr(begin_pkgvul, pgp_msg_end)) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid PGP signature");
- if ((begin_sig = strstr(end_pkgvul, pkcs7_begin)) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "No PKCS7 signature");
- } else {
- begin_pkgvul = input;
- if ((begin_sig = strstr(begin_pkgvul, pkcs7_begin)) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "No PKCS7 signature");
- end_pkgvul = begin_sig;
- }
- if ((end_sig = strstr(begin_sig, pkcs7_end)) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid PKCS7 signature");
- end_sig += strlen(pkcs7_end);
-
- if (easy_pkcs7_verify(begin_pkgvul, end_pkgvul - begin_pkgvul,
- begin_sig, end_sig - begin_sig, certs_pkg_vulnerabilities, 0))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Unable to verify PKCS7 signature");
-#else
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "OpenSSL support is not compiled in");
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-verify_signature(const char *input, size_t input_len)
-{
- if (gpg_cmd == NULL && certs_pkg_vulnerabilities == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE,
- "At least GPG or CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGVULN "
- "must be configured");
- if (gpg_cmd != NULL)
- inline_gpg_verify(input, input_len, gpg_keyring_pkgvuln);
- if (certs_pkg_vulnerabilities != NULL)
- verify_signature_pkcs7(input);
-}
-
-static void *
-sha512_hash_init(void)
-{
- static SHA512_CTX hash_ctx;
-
- SHA512_Init(&hash_ctx);
- return &hash_ctx;
-}
-
-static void
-sha512_hash_update(void *ctx, const void *data, size_t len)
-{
- SHA512_CTX *hash_ctx = ctx;
-
- SHA512_Update(hash_ctx, data, len);
-}
-
-static const char *
-sha512_hash_finish(void *ctx)
-{
- static char hash[SHA512_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH];
- unsigned char digest[SHA512_DIGEST_LENGTH];
- SHA512_CTX *hash_ctx = ctx;
- int i;
-
- SHA512_Final(digest, hash_ctx);
- for (i = 0; i < SHA512_DIGEST_LENGTH; ++i) {
- unsigned char c;
-
- c = digest[i] / 16;
- if (c < 10)
- hash[2 * i] = '0' + c;
- else
- hash[2 * i] = 'a' - 10 + c;
-
- c = digest[i] % 16;
- if (c < 10)
- hash[2 * i + 1] = '0' + c;
- else
- hash[2 * i + 1] = 'a' - 10 + c;
- }
- hash[2 * i] = '\0';
-
- return hash;
-}
-
-static void *
-sha1_hash_init(void)
-{
- static SHA1_CTX hash_ctx;
-
- SHA1Init(&hash_ctx);
- return &hash_ctx;
-}
-
-static void
-sha1_hash_update(void *ctx, const void *data, size_t len)
-{
- SHA1_CTX *hash_ctx = ctx;
-
- SHA1Update(hash_ctx, data, len);
-}
-
-static const char *
-sha1_hash_finish(void *ctx)
-{
- static char hash[SHA1_DIGEST_STRING_LENGTH];
- SHA1_CTX *hash_ctx = ctx;
-
- SHA1End(hash_ctx, hash);
-
- return hash;
-}
-
-static const struct hash_algorithm {
- const char *name;
- size_t name_len;
- void * (*init)(void);
- void (*update)(void *, const void *, size_t);
- const char * (* finish)(void *);
-} hash_algorithms[] = {
- { "SHA512", 6, sha512_hash_init, sha512_hash_update,
- sha512_hash_finish },
- { "SHA1", 4, sha1_hash_init, sha1_hash_update,
- sha1_hash_finish },
- { NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL }
-};
-
-static void
-verify_hash(const char *input, const char *hash_line)
-{
- const struct hash_algorithm *hash;
- void *ctx;
- const char *last_start, *next, *hash_value;
- int in_pgp_msg;
-
- for (hash = hash_algorithms; hash->name != NULL; ++hash) {
- if (strncmp(hash_line, hash->name, hash->name_len))
- continue;
- if (isspace((unsigned char)hash_line[hash->name_len]))
- break;
- }
- if (hash->name == NULL) {
- const char *end_name;
- for (end_name = hash_line; *end_name != '\0'; ++end_name) {
- if (!isalnum((unsigned char)*end_name))
- break;
- }
- warnx("Unsupported hash algorithm: %.*s",
- (int)(end_name - hash_line), hash_line);
- return;
- }
-
- hash_line += hash->name_len;
- if (!isspace((unsigned char)*hash_line))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid #CHECKSUM");
- while (isspace((unsigned char)*hash_line) && *hash_line != '\n')
- ++hash_line;
-
- if (*hash_line == '\n')
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid #CHECKSUM");
-
- ctx = (*hash->init)();
- if (strncmp(input, pgp_msg_start, strlen(pgp_msg_start)) == 0) {
- input += strlen(pgp_msg_start);
- in_pgp_msg = 1;
- } else {
- in_pgp_msg = 0;
- }
- for (last_start = input; *input != '\0'; input = next) {
- if ((next = strchr(input, '\n')) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Missing newline in pkg-vulnerabilities");
- ++next;
- if (in_pgp_msg && strncmp(input, pgp_msg_end, strlen(pgp_msg_end)) == 0)
- break;
- if (!in_pgp_msg && strncmp(input, pkcs7_begin, strlen(pkcs7_begin)) == 0)
- break;
- if (*input == '\n' ||
- strncmp(input, "Hash:", 5) == 0 ||
- strncmp(input, "# $NetBSD", 9) == 0 ||
- strncmp(input, "#CHECKSUM", 9) == 0) {
- (*hash->update)(ctx, last_start, input - last_start);
- last_start = next;
- }
- }
- (*hash->update)(ctx, last_start, input - last_start);
- hash_value = (*hash->finish)(ctx);
- if (strncmp(hash_line, hash_value, strlen(hash_value)))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s hash doesn't match", hash->name);
- hash_line += strlen(hash_value);
-
- while (isspace((unsigned char)*hash_line) && *hash_line != '\n')
- ++hash_line;
-
- if (!isspace((unsigned char)*hash_line))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid #CHECKSUM");
-}
-
-static void
-add_vulnerability(struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv, size_t *allocated, const char *line)
-{
- size_t len_pattern, len_class, len_url;
- const char *start_pattern, *start_class, *start_url;
-
- start_pattern = line;
-
- start_class = line;
- while (*start_class != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char)*start_class))
- ++start_class;
- len_pattern = start_class - line;
-
- while (*start_class != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char)*start_class))
- ++start_class;
-
- if (*start_class == '0' || *start_class == '\n')
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Input error: missing classification");
-
- start_url = start_class;
- while (*start_url != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char)*start_url))
- ++start_url;
- len_class = start_url - start_class;
-
- while (*start_url != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char)*start_url))
- ++start_url;
-
- if (*start_url == '0' || *start_url == '\n')
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Input error: missing URL");
-
- line = start_url;
- while (*line != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char)*line))
- ++line;
- len_url = line - start_url;
-
- if (pv->entries == *allocated) {
- if (*allocated == 0)
- *allocated = 16;
- else if (*allocated <= SSIZE_MAX / 2)
- *allocated *= 2;
- else
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Too many vulnerabilities");
- pv->vulnerability = xrealloc(pv->vulnerability,
- sizeof(char *) * *allocated);
- pv->classification = xrealloc(pv->classification,
- sizeof(char *) * *allocated);
- pv->advisory = xrealloc(pv->advisory,
- sizeof(char *) * *allocated);
- }
-
- pv->vulnerability[pv->entries] = xmalloc(len_pattern + 1);
- memcpy(pv->vulnerability[pv->entries], start_pattern, len_pattern);
- pv->vulnerability[pv->entries][len_pattern] = '\0';
- pv->classification[pv->entries] = xmalloc(len_class + 1);
- memcpy(pv->classification[pv->entries], start_class, len_class);
- pv->classification[pv->entries][len_class] = '\0';
- pv->advisory[pv->entries] = xmalloc(len_url + 1);
- memcpy(pv->advisory[pv->entries], start_url, len_url);
- pv->advisory[pv->entries][len_url] = '\0';
-
- ++pv->entries;
-}
-
-struct pkg_vulnerabilities *
-read_pkg_vulnerabilities_memory(void *buf, size_t len, int check_sum)
-{
-#ifdef BOOTSTRAP
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Audit functions are unsupported during bootstrap");
-#else
- struct archive *a;
- struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv;
-
- if ((a = archive_read_new()) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "memory allocation failed");
-
- if (archive_read_support_compression_all(a) != ARCHIVE_OK ||
- archive_read_support_format_raw(a) != ARCHIVE_OK ||
- archive_read_open_memory(a, buf, len) != ARCHIVE_OK)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open pkg_vulnerabilies buffer: %s",
- archive_error_string(a));
-
- pv = read_pkg_vulnerabilities_archive(a, check_sum);
-
- return pv;
-#endif
-}
-
-struct pkg_vulnerabilities *
-read_pkg_vulnerabilities_file(const char *path, int ignore_missing, int check_sum)
-{
-#ifdef BOOTSTRAP
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Audit functions are unsupported during bootstrap");
-#else
- struct archive *a;
- struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv;
- int fd;
-
- if ((fd = open(path, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
- if (errno == ENOENT && ignore_missing)
- return NULL;
- err(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open %s", path);
- }
-
- if ((a = archive_read_new()) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "memory allocation failed");
-
- if (archive_read_support_compression_all(a) != ARCHIVE_OK ||
- archive_read_support_format_raw(a) != ARCHIVE_OK ||
- archive_read_open_fd(a, fd, 65536) != ARCHIVE_OK)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot open ``%s'': %s", path,
- archive_error_string(a));
-
- pv = read_pkg_vulnerabilities_archive(a, check_sum);
- close(fd);
-
- return pv;
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifndef BOOTSTRAP
-static struct pkg_vulnerabilities *
-read_pkg_vulnerabilities_archive(struct archive *a, int check_sum)
-{
- struct archive_entry *ae;
- struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv;
- char *buf;
- size_t buf_len, off;
- ssize_t r;
-
- if (archive_read_next_header(a, &ae) != ARCHIVE_OK)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot read pkg_vulnerabilities: %s",
- archive_error_string(a));
-
- off = 0;
- buf_len = 65536;
- buf = xmalloc(buf_len + 1);
-
- for (;;) {
- r = archive_read_data(a, buf + off, buf_len - off);
- if (r <= 0)
- break;
- off += r;
- if (off == buf_len) {
- buf_len *= 2;
- if (buf_len < off)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "pkg_vulnerabilties too large");
- buf = xrealloc(buf, buf_len + 1);
- }
- }
-
- if (r != ARCHIVE_OK)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Cannot read pkg_vulnerabilities: %s",
- archive_error_string(a));
-
- archive_read_close(a);
-
- buf[off] = '\0';
- pv = parse_pkg_vuln(buf, off, check_sum);
- free(buf);
- return pv;
-}
-
-static struct pkg_vulnerabilities *
-parse_pkg_vuln(const char *input, size_t input_len, int check_sum)
-{
- struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv;
- long version;
- char *end;
- const char *iter, *next;
- size_t allocated_vulns;
- int in_pgp_msg;
-
- pv = xmalloc(sizeof(*pv));
-
- allocated_vulns = pv->entries = 0;
- pv->vulnerability = NULL;
- pv->classification = NULL;
- pv->advisory = NULL;
-
- if (strlen(input) != input_len)
- errx(1, "Invalid input (NUL character found)");
-
- if (check_sum)
- verify_signature(input, input_len);
-
- if (strncmp(input, pgp_msg_start, strlen(pgp_msg_start)) == 0) {
- iter = input + strlen(pgp_msg_start);
- in_pgp_msg = 1;
- } else {
- iter = input;
- in_pgp_msg = 0;
- }
-
- for (; *iter; iter = next) {
- if ((next = strchr(iter, '\n')) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Missing newline in pkg-vulnerabilities");
- ++next;
- if (*iter == '\0' || *iter == '\n')
- continue;
- if (strncmp(iter, "Hash:", 5) == 0)
- continue;
- if (strncmp(iter, "# $NetBSD", 9) == 0)
- continue;
- if (*iter == '#' && isspace((unsigned char)iter[1])) {
- for (++iter; iter != next; ++iter) {
- if (!isspace((unsigned char)*iter))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid header");
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- if (strncmp(iter, "#FORMAT", 7) != 0)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Input header is malformed");
-
- iter += 7;
- if (!isspace((unsigned char)*iter))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid #FORMAT");
- ++iter;
- version = strtol(iter, &end, 10);
- if (iter == end || version != 1 || *end != '.')
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Input #FORMAT");
- iter = end + 1;
- version = strtol(iter, &end, 10);
- if (iter == end || version != 1 || *end != '.')
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Input #FORMAT");
- iter = end + 1;
- version = strtol(iter, &end, 10);
- if (iter == end || version != 0)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Input #FORMAT");
- for (iter = end; iter != next; ++iter) {
- if (!isspace((unsigned char)*iter))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Input #FORMAT");
- }
- break;
- }
- if (*iter == '\0')
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Missing #CHECKSUM or content");
-
- for (iter = next; *iter; iter = next) {
- if ((next = strchr(iter, '\n')) == NULL)
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Missing newline in pkg-vulnerabilities");
- ++next;
- if (*iter == '\0' || *iter == '\n')
- continue;
- if (in_pgp_msg && strncmp(iter, pgp_msg_end, strlen(pgp_msg_end)) == 0)
- break;
- if (!in_pgp_msg && strncmp(iter, pkcs7_begin, strlen(pkcs7_begin)) == 0)
- break;
- if (*iter == '#' &&
- (iter[1] == '\0' || iter[1] == '\n' || isspace((unsigned char)iter[1])))
- continue;
- if (strncmp(iter, "#CHECKSUM", 9) == 0) {
- iter += 9;
- if (!isspace((unsigned char)*iter))
- errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid #CHECKSUM");
- while (isspace((unsigned char)*iter))
- ++iter;
- verify_hash(input, iter);
- continue;
- }
- if (*iter == '#') {
- /*
- * This should really be an error,
- * but it is still used.
- */
- /* errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Invalid data line starting with #"); */
- continue;
- }
- add_vulnerability(pv, &allocated_vulns, iter);
- }
-
- if (pv->entries != allocated_vulns) {
- pv->vulnerability = xrealloc(pv->vulnerability,
- sizeof(char *) * pv->entries);
- pv->classification = xrealloc(pv->classification,
- sizeof(char *) * pv->entries);
- pv->advisory = xrealloc(pv->advisory,
- sizeof(char *) * pv->entries);
- }
-
- return pv;
-}
-#endif
-
-void
-free_pkg_vulnerabilities(struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv)
-{
- size_t i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < pv->entries; ++i) {
- free(pv->vulnerability[i]);
- free(pv->classification[i]);
- free(pv->advisory[i]);
- }
- free(pv->vulnerability);
- free(pv->classification);
- free(pv->advisory);
- free(pv);
-}
-
-static int
-check_ignored_entry(struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv, size_t i)
-{
- const char *iter, *next;
- size_t entry_len, url_len;
-
- if (ignore_advisories == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- url_len = strlen(pv->advisory[i]);
-
- for (iter = ignore_advisories; *iter; iter = next) {
- if ((next = strchr(iter, '\n')) == NULL) {
- entry_len = strlen(iter);
- next = iter + entry_len;
- } else {
- entry_len = next - iter;
- ++next;
- }
- if (url_len != entry_len)
- continue;
- if (strncmp(pv->advisory[i], iter, entry_len) == 0)
- return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-audit_package(struct pkg_vulnerabilities *pv, const char *pkgname,
- const char *limit_vul_types, int output_type)
-{
- FILE *output = output_type == 1 ? stdout : stderr;
- size_t i;
- int retval, do_eol;
-
- retval = 0;
-
- do_eol = (strcasecmp(check_eol, "yes") == 0);
-
- for (i = 0; i < pv->entries; ++i) {
- if (check_ignored_entry(pv, i))
- continue;
- if (limit_vul_types != NULL &&
- strcmp(limit_vul_types, pv->classification[i]))
- continue;
- if (!pkg_match(pv->vulnerability[i], pkgname))
- continue;
- if (strcmp("eol", pv->classification[i]) == 0) {
- if (!do_eol)
- continue;
- retval = 1;
- if (output_type == 0) {
- puts(pkgname);
- continue;
- }
- fprintf(output,
- "Package %s has reached end-of-life (eol), "
- "see %s/eol-packages\n", pkgname,
- tnf_vulnerability_base);
- continue;
- }
- retval = 1;
- if (output_type == 0) {
- puts(pkgname);
- } else {
- fprintf(output,
- "Package %s has a %s vulnerability, see %s\n",
- pkgname, pv->classification[i], pv->advisory[i]);
- }
- }
- return retval;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* $NetBSD: xwrapper.c,v 1.2 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $ */
-
-/*-
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Joerg Sonnenberger <joerg@NetBSD.org>.
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
- * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
- * distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
- * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED
- * AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
- * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
- * SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-#include <nbcompat.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
-#include <sys/cdefs.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef __minix
-__RCSID("$NetBSD: xwrapper.c,v 1.2 2009/02/02 12:35:01 joerg Exp $");
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ERR_H
-#include <err.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "lib.h"
-
-char *
-xasprintf(const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- char *buf;
-
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- if (vasprintf(&buf, fmt, ap) == -1)
- err(1, "asprintf failed");
- va_end(ap);
- return buf;
-}
-
-void *
-xmalloc(size_t len)
-{
- void *ptr;
-
- if ((ptr = malloc(len)) == NULL)
- err(1, "malloc failed");
- return ptr;
-}
-
-void *
-xcalloc(size_t len, size_t n)
-{
- void *ptr;
-
- if ((ptr = calloc(len, n)) == NULL)
- err(1, "calloc failed");
- return ptr;
-}
-
-void *
-xrealloc(void *buf, size_t len)
-{
- void *ptr;
-
- if ((ptr = realloc(buf, len)) == NULL)
- err(1, "realloc failed");
- return ptr;
-}
-
-char *
-xstrdup(const char *str)
-{
- char *buf;
-
- if ((buf = strdup(str)) == NULL)
- err(1, "strdup failed");
- return buf;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-#!/usr/pkg/bin/wish -f
-# from FreeBSD Id: tkpkg,v 1.4 1997/02/22 16:09:13 peter Exp
-#
-set pkgname ""
-wm title . "Package Installation"
-#--------------------------------------------------------------
-# The top level main window, consisting of a bar of buttons and a list
-# of packages and a description of the current package.
-#--------------------------------------------------------------
-frame .menu -relief raised -borderwidth 1
-frame .frame -borderwidth 4
-
-scrollbar .frame.scroll -relief sunken -command ".frame.list yview"
-listbox .frame.list -yscroll ".frame.scroll set" -relief sunken -setgrid 1
-pack append .frame .frame.scroll {right filly} \
- .frame.list {left expand fill}
-
-# build the lower window shoing the complete description of a pacage
-frame .f -borderwidth 4
-text .f.t -width 80 -height 20 -yscrollcommand ".f.s set" -relief sunken
-
-# Initially display instructions in this window. Erase the
-# instructions and show the package description when the user clicks
-# on a package.
-#
-.f.t insert end "Double click on a package above to see its
-complete description here."
-scrollbar .f.s -relief sunken -command ".f.t yview"
-pack append .f .f.s {right filly} .f.t {left expand fill}
-
-bind .frame.list <Double-Button-1> \
- { do_description [selection get] }
-pack append . .menu {top fill} \
- .f {bottom expand fill} \
- .frame {bottom expand fill}
-
-#----------------------------------------------------------------
-# Make menu bar:
-#----------------------------------------------------------------
-button .menu.inst -text "Install" \
- -command "apply_to_pkg \"pkg_add -v\""
-button .menu.dein -text "Deinstall" \
- -command "apply_to_pkg \"pkg_delete -v\""
-button .menu.installed -text "What is Installed?" \
- -command "list_pkgs \"pkg_info -I -a |tr ' ' ' '\""
-button .menu.available -text "What can I install?" \
- -command "list_pkgs \"pkg_info -I -c [glob -nocomplain *.{tgz,tar.z,tar.gz,tar.Z}] |tr ' ' ' '\""
-button .menu.cont -text "Contents?" \
- -command "apply_to_pkg \"pkg_info -d -v\""
-button .menu.quit -text "Quit" -command "destroy ."
-button .menu.help -text "Help" -command "do_help"
-
-pack append .menu \
- .menu.inst left \
- .menu.dein left \
- .menu.installed left \
- .menu.available left \
- .menu.cont left \
- .menu.quit left \
- .menu.help right
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-# Display the package description.
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-proc list_pkgs {s} {
- set line ""
- set f [eval "open {| sh -c \"$s\" } r"]
- .frame.list delete 0 end
- while {[gets $f line] > 0} {
- .frame.list insert end $line
- }
- close $f
-}
-
-# display the list of available packages
-set archives [glob -nocomplain *.{tgz,tar.z,tar.gz,tar.Z}]
-if {$archives == ""} {
- .frame.list delete 0 end
- .frame.list insert end "Warning: no compressed tar archives files found."
-} else {
- list_pkgs "pkg_info -I -c $archives |tr ' ' ' '"
-}
-
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-# Display the package description.
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-proc do_description {s} {
- global pkgname
- regexp {[^ ]*} $s filename
- set pkgname $filename
- .f.t delete 0.0 end
- set cmd "pkg_info -d $filename |tr -d '\f'"
- set f [eval "open {| csh -c \"$cmd\" } r"]
- while {![eof $f]} {
- .f.t insert end [read $f]
- }
-}
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-# package install window.
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-proc do_help {{w .help}} {
- catch {destroy $w}
- toplevel $w
- wm title $w "Help"
- wm iconname $w "Help"
- button $w.ok -text OK -command "destroy $w"
- message $w.t -relief raised -bd 2 \
- -text "You can install, deinstall and list info on the available packages. To select a package and see its complete description, press mouse button 1 over the package name. To install a selected package, press the Install button. To exit, press the \"Quit\" button."
- pack append $w $w.ok {bottom fillx} $w.t {expand fill}
-}
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-# Apply a command to a package.
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-proc apply_to_pkg {s} {
- apply_to_pkg_err $s ""
-}
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-# Apply a command to a package, with error stream redirection instructions.
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-proc apply_to_pkg_err {s errredir} {
- global pkgname
- .f.t delete 0.0 end
- if {$pkgname == ""} {
- .f.t insert end "You must double click on a package name first!"
- } else {
- apply_to_pkg_int "$s $pkgname" "2>&1"
- }
-}
-proc apply_to_pkg_int {s errredir} {
- .f.t delete 0.0 end
- .f.t insert end "Running: $s\n"
- set f [eval "open {| sh -c \"$s $errredir\" } r"]
- while {![eof $f]} {
- .f.t insert end [read $f 64]
- }
-}
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-# Invoke an arbitrary command.
-#-------------------------------------------------------
-proc do_command {s} {
- .f.t delete 0.0 end
- .f.t insert end "Running: $s\n"
- set f [eval "open {| $s} r"]
- while {![eof $f]} {
- .f.t insert end [read $f 64]
- }
-}
-# local variables:
-# mode: csh
-# compile-command: ""
-# comment-start: "# "
-# comment-start-skip: "# "
-# end:
+++ /dev/null
-# $NetBSD: Makefile.in,v 1.6 2008/03/10 12:14:32 wiz Exp $
-
-prefix= @prefix@
-exec_prefix= @exec_prefix@
-sbindir= @sbindir@
-mandir= @mandir@
-datarootdir= @datarootdir@
-
-man1dir= $(mandir)/man1
-cat1dir= $(mandir)/cat1
-
-INSTALL= @INSTALL@
-
-SCRIPTS= linkfarm pkg_view
-
-all:
- @true # do nothing
-
-clean:
- @true # do nothing
-
-install:
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(sbindir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(man1dir)
- $(INSTALL) -m 755 -d ${DESTDIR}$(cat1dir)
- @for script in $(SCRIPTS); do \
- echo "$(INSTALL) $$script.sh ${DESTDIR}$(sbindir)/$$script"; \
- $(INSTALL) $$script.sh ${DESTDIR}$(sbindir)/$$script; \
- done
- @for script in $(SCRIPTS); do \
- echo "$(INSTALL) -m 444 $$script.1 ${DESTDIR}$(man1dir)/$$script.1"; \
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 $$script.1 ${DESTDIR}$(man1dir)/$$script.1; \
- echo "$(INSTALL) -m 444 $$script.cat1 ${DESTDIR}$(cat1dir)/$$script.0"; \
- $(INSTALL) -m 444 $$script.cat1 ${DESTDIR}$(cat1dir)/$$script.0; \
- done
+++ /dev/null
-LINKFARM(1) NetBSD General Commands Manual LINKFARM(1)
-
-N\bNA\bAM\bME\bE
- l\bli\bin\bnk\bkf\bfa\bar\brm\bm -- manage symbolic links to package files
-
-S\bSY\bYN\bNO\bOP\bPS\bSI\bIS\bS
- l\bli\bin\bnk\bkf\bfa\bar\brm\bm [-\b-c\bcD\bDn\bnR\bRV\bVv\bv] [-\b-d\bd _\bs_\bt_\bo_\bw_\bd_\bi_\br] [-\b-s\bs _\bs_\bu_\bb_\bd_\bi_\br] [-\b-t\bt _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt] _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be
-
-D\bDE\bES\bSC\bCR\bRI\bIP\bPT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN
- The l\bli\bin\bnk\bkf\bfa\bar\brm\bm command is used to manage a "linkfarm", a directory tree of
- symbolic links in _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt to the files in the _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be sub-directory of
- _\bs_\bt_\bo_\bw_\bd_\bi_\br. The default action is to create a linkfarm to a package.
-
- The following command-line options are supported:
-
- -\b-c\bc Check whether a package contains a linkfarm in _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt. If
- _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be has no symbolic links in _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt that correspond to its
- files, then return 0, otherwise return 1.
-
- -\b-D\bD Delete the linkfarm for _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be.
-
- -\b-d\bd _\bs_\bt_\bo_\bw_\bd_\bi_\br
- Set _\bs_\bt_\bo_\bw_\bd_\bi_\br as the directory in which _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be can be found. The
- default _\bs_\bt_\bo_\bw_\bd_\bi_\br is the _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be_\bs sub-directory in the default
- _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt directory.
-
- -\b-n\bn Don't actually execute the commands for removing and creating the
- symbolic links and directories.
-
- -\b-R\bR Delete and re-create the linkfarm for _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be.
-
- -\b-s\bs _\bs_\bu_\bb_\bd_\bi_\br
- The root of the package hierarchy for the linkfarm is the _\bs_\bu_\bb_\bd_\bi_\br
- sub-directory in the package. By default, assume the root of the
- package hierarchy is simply the _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be directory.
-
- -\b-t\bt _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt
- Set _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt as the directory in which to create and delete the
- linkfarm for _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be. The default _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt directory is _\b/_\bu_\bs_\br_\b/_\bp_\bk_\bg
- but may be overridden by the LOCALBASE environment variable.
-
- -\b-V\bV Print version number and exit.
-
- -\b-v\bv Turn on verbose output. Specifying -\b-v\bv multiple times increases
- the level of verbosity.
-
-E\bEN\bNV\bVI\bIR\bRO\bON\bNM\bME\bEN\bNT\bT
- LOCALBASE
- The standard packages directory, _\b/_\bu_\bs_\br_\b/_\bp_\bk_\bg, can be overridden by
- specifying an alternative directory in the LOCALBASE environment
- variable. This affects the default _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt and _\bs_\bt_\bo_\bw_\bd_\bi_\br directo-
- ries.
-
- PLIST_IGNORE_FILES
- This can be used to specify files in _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be that should ignored
- when creating and deleting symbolic links in _\bt_\ba_\br_\bg_\be_\bt.
- PLIST_IGNORE_FILES is a space-separated list of shell glob pat-
- terns that match files relative to the _\bp_\ba_\bc_\bk_\ba_\bg_\be directory, and it
- defaults to "info/dir *[~#] *.OLD *.orig *,v".
-
-S\bSE\bEE\bE A\bAL\bLS\bSO\bO
- lndir(1), pkg_view(1)
-
-A\bAU\bUT\bTH\bHO\bOR\bRS\bS
- The l
\bli
\bin
\bnk
\bkf
\bfa
\bar
\brm
\bm utility was written by Alistair G. Crooks <agc@NetBSD.org>.
-
-NetBSD 5.0 September 2, 2003 NetBSD 5.0
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# $NetBSD: linkfarm.sh.in,v 1.4 2004/08/20 20:09:53 jlam Exp $
-
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2002 Alistair G. Crooks. All rights reserved.
-#
-# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-# are met:
-# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-# must display the following acknowledgement:
-# This product includes software developed by Alistair G. Crooks.
-# 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
-# products derived from this software without specific prior written
-# permission.
-#
-# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
-# OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-# WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-# DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
-# GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
-# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
-# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-# set -x
-
-prefix="@prefix@"
-exec_prefix="@exec_prefix@"
-sbindir="@sbindir@"
-
-# set up program definitions
-findprog="@FIND@"
-grepprog="@GREP@"
-lnprog="@LN@"
-mkdirprog="@MKDIR@"
-pkginfoprog="@sbindir@/pkg_info"
-rmprog="@RM@"
-rmdirprog="@RMDIR@"
-sedprog="@SED@"
-sortprog="@SORT@"
-
-usage() {
- echo 'Usage: linkfarm [options] package'
- exit 1
-}
-
-version() {
- $pkginfoprog -V
- exit 0
-}
-
-checkdir() {
- if [ ! -d "$1" ]; then
- echo "linkfarm: \`$1' doesn't exist"
- exit 1
- fi
-}
-
-ignorefiles=${PLIST_IGNORE_FILES:-"info/dir *[~#] *.OLD *.orig *,v"}
-linktype=-s
-
-# default action: create a linkfarm in $target from $stowdir/$1
-# i.e. linkfarm --target=${prefix}/${view} --dir=${prefix}/packages $1
-#
-doit=""
-target=${LOCALBASE:-/usr/pkg}
-stowdir=${target}/packages
-subdir=""
-verbose=0
-
-# default action is to create
-check=no
-delete=no
-create=yes
-
-# process args - can't use getopt(1) because of '--' style args
-while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
- case "$1" in
- -D) delete=yes; create=no ;;
- -R) delete=yes; create=yes ;;
- -V) version ;;
- -c) check=yes; doit=":" ;;
- -d) stowdir=$2; shift ;;
- -d*) stowdir=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|-d||'` ;;
- -s) subdir=$2; shift ;;
- -s*) subdir=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|-s||'` ;;
- -t) target=$2; shift ;;
- -t*) target=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|-t||'` ;;
- -n) doit=":" ;;
- -v) verbose=`expr $verbose + 1` ;;
-
- --delete) delete=yes; create=no ;;
- --dir=*) stowdir=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|--dir=||'` ;;
- --restow) delete=yes; create=yes ;;
- --subdir=*) subdir=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|--subdir=||'` ;;
- --target=*) target=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|--target=||'` ;;
- --version) version ;;
-
- --) shift; break ;;
- *) break ;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-# set the package name
-package=$1
-
-# make sure stowdir has a full pathname
-case $stowdir in
-/*) ;;
-*) stowdir=`pwd`/$stowdir ;;
-esac
-
-# Set the directory from which we symlink.
-case $subdir in
-"") fromdir=$stowdir/$package ;;
-*) fromdir=$stowdir/$package/$subdir ;;
-esac
-
-# Set the directory to which we symlink.
-case $target in
-/*) todir=$target ;;
-*) todir=`pwd`/$target ;;
-esac
-
-# if we're checking the entries, check, then exit
-case $check in
-yes)
- checkdir $fromdir
- (cd $fromdir
- ex=0
- $findprog . ! -type d -print | \
- $sedprog -e 's|^\./||' | \
- while read f; do
- if [ -e $todir/$f ]; then
- ignore=no
- for i in $ignorefiles; do
- case $f in
- $i) ignore=yes; break ;;
- esac
- done
- case $ignore in
- no)
- echo "${f}"; ex=1 ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- exit $ex) || exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-# if we need to get rid of old linkfarms, do it
-case $delete in
-yes)
- checkdir $fromdir
- (cd $fromdir
- $findprog . ! -type d -print | \
- $sedprog -e 's|^\./||' | \
- while read f; do
- ignore=no
- for i in $ignorefiles; do
- case $f in
- $i) ignore=yes; break ;;
- esac
- done
- case $ignore in
- no)
- if [ $verbose -gt 0 ]; then
- echo "$rmprog -f $todir/$f"
- fi
- $doit $rmprog -f $todir/$f ;;
- esac
- done
- $findprog . -type d -print | \
- $sedprog -e 's|^\./||' | \
- $sortprog -r | \
- while read d; do
- if [ $verbose -gt 0 ]; then
- echo "$rmdirprog $todir/$d"
- fi
- $doit $rmdirprog $todir/$d > /dev/null 2>&1
- done)
- ;;
-esac
-
-# if we need to create new linkfarms, do it
-case $create in
-yes)
- checkdir $fromdir
- (cd $fromdir
- $findprog . -type d -print | \
- $sedprog -e 's|^\./||' | \
- while read d; do
- case "$d" in
- "") continue ;;
- esac
- if [ $verbose -gt 0 ]; then
- echo "$mkdirprog -p $todir/$d"
- fi
- $doit $mkdirprog -p $todir/$d > /dev/null 2>&1
- done
- $findprog . ! -type d -print | \
- $sedprog -e 's|^\./||' | \
- while read f; do
- ignore=no
- for i in $ignorefiles; do
- case $f in
- $i) ignore=yes; break ;;
- esac
- done
- case $ignore in
- no)
- if [ $verbose -gt 0 ]; then
- echo "$lnprog ${linktype} $fromdir/$f $todir/$f"
- fi
- $doit $lnprog ${linktype} $fromdir/$f $todir/$f ;;
- esac
- done)
- ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# $NetBSD: pkg_view.sh.in,v 1.7 2006/06/27 23:36:14 hubertf Exp $
-
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2001 Alistair G. Crooks. All rights reserved.
-#
-# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
-# are met:
-# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-# 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
-# must display the following acknowledgement:
-# This product includes software developed by Alistair G. Crooks.
-# 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
-# products derived from this software without specific prior written
-# permission.
-#
-# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
-# OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-# WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
-# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-# DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
-# GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
-# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
-# WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
-# NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-# SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-# set -x
-
-prefix="@prefix@"
-exec_prefix="@exec_prefix@"
-sbindir="@sbindir@"
-
-# set up program definitions
-chmodprog="@CHMOD@"
-cmpprog="@CMP@"
-cpprog="@CP@"
-envprog="@ENV@"
-findprog="@FIND@"
-grepprog="@GREP@"
-linkfarmprog="@sbindir@/linkfarm"
-lnprog="@LN@"
-mkdirprog="@MKDIR@"
-paxprog="@pax@"
-pkgadminprog="@sbindir@/pkg_admin"
-pkginfoprog="@sbindir@/pkg_info"
-rmprog="@RM@"
-rmdirprog="@RMDIR@"
-sedprog="@SED@"
-touchprog="@TOUCH@"
-
-usage() {
- echo 'Usage: pkg_view [-nVv] [-d stowdir] [-i ignore] [-k pkg_dbdir] [-W viewbase]'
- echo ' [-w viewname] add|check|delete pkgname...'
- exit 1
-}
-
-version() {
- $pkginfoprog -V
- exit 0
-}
-
-checkpkg() {
- if [ ! -d "$2/$1" ]; then
- echo "pkg_view: \`$1' doesn't exist in \`$2'" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-}
-
-#########################################
-# Initialization and Options Processing #
-#########################################
-
-doit=""
-stowdir=""
-viewbase=${LOCALBASE:-/usr/pkg}
-view=${PKG_VIEW:-""}
-dflt_ignorefiles=${PLIST_IGNORE_FILES:-"info/dir *[~#] *.OLD *.orig *,v"}
-dflt_pkg_dbdir=${PKG_DBDIR:-/usr/db/pkg}
-ignorefiles=""
-verbose=0
-
-while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
- case "$1" in
- -d) stowdir=$2; shift ;;
- -d*) stowdir=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|^-d||'` ;;
- -i) ignorefiles="$ignorefiles $2"; shift ;;
- -i*) ignorefiles="$ignorefiles `echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|^-i||'`" ;;
- -k) dflt_pkg_dbdir="$2"; shift ;;
- -k*) dflt_pkg_dbdir=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|^-k||'` ;;
- -n) doit=":" ;;
- -V) version ;;
- -v) verbose=`expr $verbose + 1` ;;
- -W) viewbase=$2; shift ;;
- -W*) viewbase=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|^-p||'` ;;
- -w) view=$2; shift ;;
- --view=*) view=`echo $1 | $sedprog -e 's|--view=||'` ;;
- --) shift; break ;;
- *) break ;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then
- usage
-fi
-
-# echoN will actually give output if ${verbose} > N.
-echo1=":"
-echo2=":"
-if [ ${verbose} -gt 0 ]; then echo1=echo; fi
-if [ ${verbose} -gt 1 ]; then echo2=echo; fi
-
-action=""
-case "$1" in
-add) action=add ;;
-check) action=check ;;
-delete|rm) action=delete ;;
-*) usage ;;
-esac
-shift
-
-# if standard view, put package info into ${dflt_pkg_dbdir}
-# if not standard view, put package info into view's pkgdb
-case "$view" in
-"")
- pkg_dbdir=${dflt_pkg_dbdir}
- targetdir=${viewbase}
- viewstr="the standard view"
- ;;
-*)
- pkg_dbdir=${viewbase}/${view}/.pkgdb
- targetdir=${viewbase}/${view}
- viewstr="view \"${view}\""
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Use stowdir if it's given, else fall back to ${DEPOTBASE} or else
-# default to ${viewbase}/packages.
-#
-depot_pkg_dbdir=${stowdir:-${DEPOTBASE:-${viewbase}/packages}}
-
-case "${depot_pkg_dbdir}" in
-${pkg_dbdir})
- echo "pkg_view: the depot and the view package database directories are the same" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-##########################
-# Shell helper functions #
-##########################
-
-# symlinks check|add|delete <pkg>
-#
-# Calls linkfarm(1) to check, add or delete the symlink farm in
-# ${targetdir}. We also ignore the right set of files when doing the
-# linkfarm operations.
-#
-symlinks() {
- pkg=$2
- case "$1" in
- add) linkfarmflags="" ;;
- check) linkfarmflags="-c" ;;
- delete) linkfarmflags="-D" ;;
- esac
- if [ -f ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$pkg/+BUILD_INFO ]; then
- ignore=`$grepprog "^_PLIST_IGNORE_FILES=" ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$pkg/+BUILD_INFO | $sedprog -e 's|^_PLIST_IGNORE_FILES=[ ]*||'`
- fi
- case "$ignore" in
- "") ignore="${dflt_ignorefiles}" ;;
- esac
- dbs=`(cd ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$pkg; echo +*)`
- ignore="${ignore} ${ignorefiles} $dbs"
- $doit $envprog PLIST_IGNORE_FILES="${ignore}" $linkfarmprog $linkfarmflags --target=${targetdir} --dir=${depot_pkg_dbdir} $pkg
-}
-
-#############
-# Main Loop #
-#############
-
-while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
- case $action in
- add)
- checkpkg $1 ${depot_pkg_dbdir}
- if [ -f ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+DEPOT ]; then
- echo "pkg_view: \`$1' already exists in $viewstr" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- $echo1 "Adding $1 to ${targetdir}."
- symlinks add $1
- $doit $mkdirprog -p ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1
- temp=${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+VIEWS.$$
- $doit $touchprog ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+VIEWS
- $doit $cpprog ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+VIEWS ${temp}
- case "$doit" in
- "") ($grepprog -v '^'${pkg_dbdir}'$' ${temp} || true; echo ${pkg_dbdir}) > ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+VIEWS ;;
- esac
- $doit $rmprog ${temp}
- $doit $mkdirprog -p ${pkg_dbdir}/$1
- #
- # Copy all of the metadata files except for +VIEWS,
- # which is only for the depoted package, and
- # +REQUIRED_BY, which is irrelevant for a package in
- # a view.
- #
- case "$doit" in
- "") (cd ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1; $paxprog -rwpe '-s|\./+VIEWS$||' '-s|\./+REQUIRED_BY$||' ./+* ${pkg_dbdir}/$1)
- $sedprog -e 's|'${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1'|'${targetdir}'|g' < ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+CONTENTS > ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+CONTENTS
- echo "${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1" > ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+DEPOT
- ;;
- esac
- $doit $pkgadminprog -K ${pkg_dbdir} add $1
- if [ -f ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+INSTALL ]; then
- $doit $chmodprog +x ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+INSTALL
- $doit $envprog -i PKG_PREFIX=${targetdir} ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+INSTALL $1 VIEW-INSTALL
- ec=$?
- if [ $ec != 0 ]; then
- echo "pkg_view: install script returned an error." 1>&2
- exit $ec
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- check)
- checkpkg $1 ${depot_pkg_dbdir}
- $echo1 "Checking $1 in ${targetdir}."
- symlinks check $1
- exit $?
- ;;
- delete)
- checkpkg $1 ${depot_pkg_dbdir}
- if [ ! -f ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+DEPOT ]; then
- echo "pkg_view: \`$1' doesn't exist in $viewstr" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- $echo1 "Deleting $1 from ${targetdir}."
- if [ -f ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+REQUIRED_BY ]; then
- if $cmpprog -s ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+REQUIRED_BY /dev/null; then
- : # not really required by another pkg
- else
- (echo "pkg_view: \`$1' is required by other packages:"
- $sedprog -e 's|^| |' ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+REQUIRED_BY) 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
- if [ -f ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+DEINSTALL ]; then
- $doit $chmodprog +x ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+DEINSTALL
- $doit $envprog -i PKG_PREFIX=${targetdir} ${pkg_dbdir}/$1/+DEINSTALL $1 VIEW-DEINSTALL
- ec=$?
- if [ $ec != 0 ]; then
- echo "pkg_view: de-install script returned an error." 1>&2
- exit $ec
- fi
- fi
- symlinks delete $1
- temp=${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+VIEWS.$$
- $doit $cpprog ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+VIEWS ${temp}
- case "$doit" in
- "") ($grepprog -v '^'${pkg_dbdir}'$' ${temp} || true) > ${depot_pkg_dbdir}/$1/+VIEWS ;;
- esac
- $doit $rmprog ${temp}
- $doit $rmprog -rf ${pkg_dbdir}/$1
- $doit $pkgadminprog -K ${pkg_dbdir} delete $1
- ;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-exit 0
+++ /dev/null
-# $NetBSD: pkgsrc.cnf,v 1.2 2009/02/02 12:49:16 joerg Exp $
-#
-# OpenSSL sample configuration file for use by pkgsrc.sh
-#
-
-# This definition stops the following lines choking if HOME isn't
-# defined.
-HOME = .
-RANDFILE = $ENV::HOME/.rnd
-
-####################################################################
-[ ca ]
-default_ca = CA_default # The default ca section
-
-####################################################################
-[ CA_default ]
-
-dir = ./pkgsrc # Where everything is kept
-certs = $dir/certs # Where the issued certs are kept
-crl_dir = $dir/crl # Where the issued crl are kept
-database = $dir/index.txt # database index file.
-#unique_subject = no # Set to 'no' to allow creation of
- # several ctificates with same subject.
-new_certs_dir = $dir/newcerts # default place for new certs.
-
-certificate = $dir/cacert.pem # The CA certificate
-serial = $dir/serial # The current serial number
-crlnumber = $dir/crlnumber # the current crl number
- # must be commented out to leave a V1 CRL
-crl = $dir/crl.pem # The current CRL
-private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem# The private key
-RANDFILE = $dir/private/.rand # private random number file
-
-# Comment out the following two lines for the "traditional"
-# (and highly broken) format.
-name_opt = ca_default # Subject Name options
-cert_opt = ca_default # Certificate field options
-
-# Extension copying option: use with caution.
-# copy_extensions = copy
-
-# Extensions to add to a CRL. Note: Netscape communicator chokes on V2 CRLs
-# so this is commented out by default to leave a V1 CRL.
-# crlnumber must also be commented out to leave a V1 CRL.
-# crl_extensions = crl_ext
-
-default_days = 365 # how long to certify for
-default_crl_days= 30 # how long before next CRL
-default_md = default # use public key default MD
-preserve = no # keep passed DN ordering
-
-# A few difference way of specifying how similar the request should look
-# For type CA, the listed attributes must be the same, and the optional
-# and supplied fields are just that :-)
-policy = policy_match
-
-# For the CA policy
-[ policy_match ]
-countryName = match
-stateOrProvinceName = match
-organizationName = match
-organizationalUnitName = optional
-commonName = supplied
-emailAddress = optional
-
-# For the 'anything' policy
-# At this point in time, you must list all acceptable 'object'
-# types.
-[ policy_anything ]
-countryName = optional
-stateOrProvinceName = optional
-localityName = optional
-organizationName = optional
-organizationalUnitName = optional
-commonName = supplied
-emailAddress = optional
-
-####################################################################
-[ req ]
-default_bits = 2048
-default_keyfile = privkey.pem
-default_md = sha1
-distinguished_name = req_distinguished_name
-x509_extensions = v3_ca # The extentions to add to the self signed cert
-
-string_mask = utf8only
-
-[ req_distinguished_name ]
-countryName = Country Name (2 letter code)
-countryName_default = AU
-countryName_min = 2
-countryName_max = 2
-
-stateOrProvinceName = State or Province Name (full name)
-stateOrProvinceName_default = Some-State
-
-localityName = Locality Name (eg, city)
-
-0.organizationName = Organization Name (eg, company)
-0.organizationName_default = Internet Widgits Pty Ltd
-
-# we can do this but it is not needed normally :-)
-#1.organizationName = Second Organization Name (eg, company)
-#1.organizationName_default = World Wide Web Pty Ltd
-
-organizationalUnitName = Organizational Unit Name (eg, section)
-#organizationalUnitName_default =
-
-commonName = Common Name (eg, YOUR name)
-commonName_max = 64
-
-emailAddress = Email Address
-emailAddress_max = 64
-
-[ pkgkey ]
-nsComment = "Certificate for binary pkgsrc packages"
-
-subjectKeyIdentifier=hash
-authorityKeyIdentifier=keyid,issuer
-
-subjectAltName=email:move
-
-extendedKeyUsage = codeSigning, emailProtection
-
-[ pkgsec ]
-nsComment = "Certificate for pkg-vulnerabilities"
-
-subjectKeyIdentifier=hash
-authorityKeyIdentifier=keyid,issuer
-
-subjectAltName=email:move
-
-[ v3_ca ]
-subjectKeyIdentifier=hash
-authorityKeyIdentifier=keyid:always,issuer:always
-basicConstraints = critical,CA:true
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# $NetBSD: pkgsrc.sh,v 1.2 2009/02/02 12:49:16 joerg Exp $
-#
-
-CA="openssl ca -config pkgsrc.cnf"
-REQ="openssl req -config pkgsrc.cnf"
-
-set -e
-
-new_ca() {
- if [ -f $1/serial ]; then
- echo "CA already exists, exiting" >& 2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- mkdir -p $1/certs $1/crl $1/newcerts $1/private
- echo "00" > $1/serial
- touch $1/index.txt
-
- echo "Making CA certificate ..."
- $REQ -new -keyout $1/private/cakey.pem \
- -out $1/careq.pem
- $CA -out $1/cacert.pem -batch \
- -keyfile $1/private/cakey.pem -selfsign \
- -infiles $1/careq.pem
-}
-
-new_pkgkey() {
- $REQ -new -keyout pkgkey_key.pem -out pkgkey_req.pem
- $CA -extensions pkgkey -policy policy_match -out pkgkey_cert.pem -infiles pkgkey_req.pem
- rm pkgkey_req.pem
- echo "Signed certificate is in pkgkey_cert.pem, key in pkgkey_key.pem"
-}
-
-new_pkgsec() {
- $REQ -new -keyout pkgsec_key.pem -out pkgsec_req.pem
- $CA -extensions pkgsec -policy policy_match -out pkgsec_cert.pem -infiles pkgsec_req.pem
- rm pkgsec_req.pem
- echo "Signed certificate is in pkgsec_cert.pem, key in pkgsec_key.pem"
-}
-
-usage() {
- echo "$0:"
- echo "setup - create new CA in ./pkgsrc for use by pkg_install"
- echo "pkgkey - create and sign a certificate for binary packages"
- echo "pkgsec - create and sign a certificate for pkg-vulnerabilities"
-}
-
-case "$1" in
-setup)
- new_ca ./pkgsrc
- ;;
-pkgkey)
- new_pkgkey
- ;;
-pkgsec)
- new_pkgsec
- ;;
-*)
- usage
- ;;
-esac
+++ /dev/null
-Use of digital signatures in pkg_install
-----------------------------------------
-
-(1) pkg_vulnerabilities: list of known vulnerabilities, provided by
- the pkgsrc security team and updated regulary
-(2) binary packages: check who provided binary packages
-
-For (1) gpg is currently the only choice. After pkgsrcCon (?) a PKCS7
-signature will be added as well. With the pkg_install-renovation branch,
-PKCS7 is the only supported verification mechanism for (2) and preferred
-for (1) once the infrastructure exists.
-
-PKCS7 is a format to use RSA public key cryptography with X509
-certificates. Those are commonly used for SSL. X509 implements a
-hierachical trust model. For this purpose it means that one or more
-certificates are installed and marked as trusted. A certificate used for
-signing a binary package or pkg_vulnerabilities will have to be included
-in the list to be trusted OR it must be itself signed by a trusted
-certificate. The original list is called the TRUST ANCHOR.
-
-Optionally, a second list of certificates can be provided to fill gaps.
-Let's assume A is a trust anchor and C is used to sign a package. C
-itself is not signed by A, so it won't be trusted. Instead, there's a
-third certificate B; and C includes a signature with B. The certificate
-chain file can now provide B signed by A. This gives a certificate chain
-of C -> B (included in the package) -> A (with the chain file) and the
-signature is valid and trusted.
-
-
-Practical implications for pkgsrc users:
-- get the pkgsrc-security certificate and point CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGVULN to it
-- get the certificate used by your bulk builder and point
-CERTIFICATE_ANCHOR_PKGS to it
-- at some later point a CA for pkgsrc might be created, in that case it
-will serve as certificate for both purposes; a list of all certificates
-will be provided in that case to point CERTIFICATE_CHAIN to.
-
-
-How to create your own keys:
-
-The pkgsrc.sh script and the corresponding pkgsrc.cnf file provide a working
-wrapper around the OpenSSL command line tool.
-
-The root certificate can be created by running "sh pkgsrc.sh setup",
-the output can found in the pkgsrc subdirectory of the current directory.
-The meta data is for human beings and displayed e.g. by pkg_add, but not
-relevant for cryptographic purposes. pkgsrc/newcerts/00.pem is the
-public key and can be used as trust anchor.
-A certificate for signing packages can be created by running
-"sh pkgsrc.sh pkgkey". The private key can be found in pkgkey_key.pem
-and the certificate in pkgkey_cert.pem.
-Similary, "sh pkgsrc.sh pkgsec" will create a certificate/key pair for
-signing pkg-vulnerabilities.
-
-How to verify a certificate:
-- decode the data with "openssl x509 -text -noout -in newcert.pem"
-- "Issuer" is vouching for the identity (and reliability) of "Subject"
-- "X509v3 Basic Constraints" should list "CA:FALSE" for all keys that are not allowed
- to sign further keys.
PKG_DBDIR= /usr/var/db/pkg
LOCALBASE= /usr/pkg
VARBASE= /usr/var
+.if exists(/usr/sbin/pkg_add)
PKG_TOOLS_BIN= /usr/sbin
+.endif
PKGMANDIR= man
FETCH_USING?= fetch
export SHELL=/bin/sh
# Packages we have to pre-install, and url to use
-PREINSTALLED_PACKAGES=pkgin-0.3.3.1nb1
+PREINSTALLED_PACKAGES="pkgin-0.3.3.4.tgz pkg_install-20101212"
PACKAGEURL=ftp://ftp.minix3.org/pub/minix/packages/`uname -r`/`uname -m`/All/
RELEASERC=$HOME/.releaserc